IMPORTANT NOTICE

NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS

IMPORTANT: You must read the following disclaimer before continuing. The following disclaimer applies to the attached information memorandum. You are advised to read this disclaimer carefully before accessing, reading or making any other use of the attached information memorandum. In accessing the attached information memorandum, you agree to be bound by the following terms and conditions, including any modifications to them from time to time, each time you receive any information from us as a result of such access.

Confirmation of Your Representation: In order to be eligible to view the attached information memorandum or make an investment decision with respect to the securities, investors must not be a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (as defined below)). The attached information memorandum is being sent at your request and by accepting the e-mail and accessing the attached information memorandum, you shall be deemed to have represented to us (1) that you are not resident in the United States (“U.S.”) nor a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) nor are you acting on behalf of a U.S. person, the electronic mail address that you gave us and to which this email has been delivered is not located in the U.S. and, to the extent you purchase the securities described in the attached information memorandum, you will be doing so pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, and (2) that you consent to delivery of the attached information memorandum and any amendments or supplements thereto by electronic transmission. By accepting this email and accessing the attached information memorandum, if you are an investor in Singapore, you (A) represent and warrant that you are either an institutional investor as defined under Section 4A(1) of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2) of the SFA or a person to whom an offer, as referred to in Section 275(1A) of the SFA, is being made and (B) agree to be bound by the limitations and restrictions described herein.

The attached information memorandum has been made available to you in electronic form. You are reminded that documents transmitted via this medium may be altered or changed during the process of transmission and consequently none of Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime), DBS Bank Ltd., The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who controls any of them nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives or affiliates accepts any liability or responsibility whatsoever in respect of any discrepancies between the information memorandum distributed to you in electronic format and the hard copy version. A hard copy version will be provided to you upon request.

Restrictions: The attached information memorandum is being furnished in connection with an offering of securities exempt from registration under the Securities Act solely for the purpose of enabling a prospective investor to consider the purchase of the securities described therein.

NOTHING IN THIS ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CONSTITUTES AN OFFER OF SECURITIES FOR SALE IN THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHERE IT IS UNLAWFUL TO DO SO. THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN, AND WILL NOT BE, REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE U.S. OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED WITHIN THE U.S. OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE OR LOCAL SECURITIES LAWS.

Except with respect to eligible investors in jurisdictions where such offer is permitted by law, nothing in this electronic transmission constitutes an offer or an invitation by or on behalf of Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime), DBS Bank Ltd. or The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited to subscribe for or purchase any of the securities described therein, and access has been limited so that it shall not constitute directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act).

The attached information memorandum or any materials relating to the offering do not constitute, and may not be used in connection with, an offer or solicitation in any place where offers or solicitations are not permitted by law. If a jurisdiction requires that the offering be made by a licensed broker or dealer and the dealers or any affiliate of the dealers is a licensed broker or dealer in that jurisdiction, the offering shall be deemed to be made by the dealers or such affiliate on behalf of Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime) in such jurisdiction. The attached information memorandum may only be communicated to persons in the United Kingdom in circumstances where section 21(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 does not apply.

You are reminded that you have accessed the attached information memorandum on the basis that you are a person into whose possession this information memorandum may be lawfully delivered in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which you are located and you may not nor are you authorised to deliver this information memorandum, electronically or otherwise, to any other person. If you have gained access to this transmission contrary to the foregoing restrictions, you will be unable to purchase any of the securities described therein.

Actions that You May Not Take: If you receive this information memorandum by e-mail, you should not reply by e-mail, and you may not purchase any securities by doing so. Any reply e-mail communications, including those you generate by using the “Reply” function on your e-mail software, will be ignored or rejected.

YOU ARE NOT AUTHORISED AND YOU MAY NOT FORWARD OR DELIVER THE ATTACHED INFORMATION MEMORANDUM, ELECTRONICALLY OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR REPRODUCE SUCH INFORMATION MEMORANDUM IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER. ANY FORWARDING, DISTRIBUTION OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS DOCUMENT AND THE ATTACHED INFORMATION MEMORANDUM IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS UNAUTHORISED. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS DIRECTIVE MAY RESULT IN A VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

You are responsible for protecting against viruses and other destructive items. If you receive this information memorandum by e-mail, your use of this e-mail is at your own risk and it is your responsibility to take precautions to ensure that it is free from viruses and other items of a destructive nature.

INFORMATION MEMORANDUM DATED 19 NOVEMBER 2013

RICKMERS MARITIME(a business trust constituted on 30 March 2007 under the laws of Singapore and registered under the

Business Trusts Act, Chapter 31A of Singapore)(Registration Number: 2007003)

MANAGED BY

RICKMERS TRUST MANAGEMENT PTE. LTD.(in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime)

(Incorporated in the Republic of Singapore on 6 November 2006)(UEN/Company Registration No. 200616499G)

S$ 300 ,000,000Multicurrency Medium Term Note Programme

(the “Programme”)

Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”)) (the “Issuer”), subject to compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and directives, may from time to time issue notes under the Programme (the “Notes”). The aggregate nominal amount of Notes outstanding will not at any time exceed S$ 300 ,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies) or such higher amount as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Arrangers.

Notes may be issued in series having one or more issue dates and the same maturity date, and on identical terms (including as to listing) except (in the case of Notes other than variable rate notes (as described under the section “Summary of the Programme”)) for the issue dates, issue prices and/or the dates of the first payment of interest, or (in the case of variable rate notes) for the issue prices and rates of interest. Each series may be issued in one or more tranches on the same or different issue dates. The Notes will be issued in bearer form and may be listed on a stock exchange. The Notes will initially be represented by either a Temporary Global Note (as defined herein) or a Permanent Global Note (as defined herein) which will be deposited on the issue date with either CDP (as defined herein) or a common depositary for Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”) or otherwise delivered as agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) (as defined herein). Subject to compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and directives, the Notes may have maturities of such tenor as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) and may be subject to redemption or purchase in whole or in part. The Notes will bear interest at a fixed, floating, variable or hybrid rate or may not bear interest or may be such other notes as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s). The Notes will be repayable at par, at a specified amount above or below par or at an amount determined by reference to a formula, in each case with terms as specified in the Pricing Supplement (as defined herein) issued in relation to each series or tranche of Notes. Details applicable to each series or tranche of Notes will be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement which is to be read in conjunction with this Information Memorandum.

This Information Memorandum has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this Information Memorandum and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Notes to be issued from time to time by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

The Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or with any securities regulatory authority of any state or other jurisdiction of the United States, and are subject to U.S. tax law requirements. Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered, sold or delivered in the United States or to or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons except in certain transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. See “Subscription, Purchase and Distribution” for further details.

Approval in-principal has been received from the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited (the “SGX-ST”) for the establishment of the Programme and application will be made for the listing and quotation of any Notes which are agreed at the time of issue thereof to be so listed on the SGX-ST. Such permission will be granted when such Notes have been admitted to the Official List of the SGX-ST. The SGX-ST assumes no responsibility for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed or reports contained herein. Admission to the Official List of the SGX-ST and quotation of any Notes on the SGX-ST is not to be taken as an indication of the merits of the Issuer, the Trust, the subsidiaries and associated companies of the Trust (if any), the Programme or such Notes. Unlisted Notes may also be issued under the Programme.

Joint Arrangers

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

NOTICE ................................................................................................................................................ 1

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ................................................................................................. 4

DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 5

CORPORATE INFORMATION ............................................................................................................. 10

SUMMARY OF THE PROGRAMME .................................................................................................... 11

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES ..................................................................................... 15

RISK FACTORS ................................................................................................................................... 40

THE TRUST .......................................................................................................................................... 60

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION ................................................................ 87

PURPOSE OF THE PROGRAMME AND USE OF PROCEEDS ........................................................ 93

CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT .......................................................................................................... 94

SINGAPORE TAXATION ...................................................................................................................... 96

SUBSCRIPTION, PURCHASE AND DISTRIBUTION ......................................................................... 100

APPENDICES

I: GENERAL AND OTHER INFORMATION .................................................................................. 103

II: AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2011 .................................................... 106

III: AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2012 .................................................... 159

IV: UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTION ANNOUNCEMENT OF RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE THIRD QUARTER ENDED

30 SEPTEMBER 2013 ............................................................................................................... 213

V: REPORT OF MAERSK BROKER ASIA LTD.............................................................................. 230

VI: REPORT OF CLARKSON RESEARCH SERVICES LIMITED .................................................. 242

NOTICE

DBS Bank Ltd. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (together, the “Arrangers”) have been authorised by the Issuer to arrange the Programme described herein. Under the Programme, the Issuer may, subject to compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and directives, from time to time issue Notes denominated in Singapore dollars and/or any other currencies.

This Information Memorandum contains information with regard to the Issuer, the Trust, the subsidiaries and associated companies of the Trust (if any), the Programme and the Notes. The Issuer confirms that this Information Memorandum contains all information which is or may be material in the context of the Programme or the issue and offering of the Notes, that the information contained in this Information Memorandum is true and accurate in all respects, that the opinions, expectations and intentions expressed in this Information Memorandum have been carefully considered, are based on all relevant considerations and facts existing at the date of this Information Memorandum and are fairly, reasonably and honestly held by the directors of the Issuer, and that there are no other facts the omission of which in the context of the Programme or the issue and offering of the Notes would or might make any such information or expressions of opinion, expectation or intention misleading in any respect.

No person has been authorised to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this Information Memorandum and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorised by the Issuer, either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers. Save as expressly stated in this Information Memorandum, nothing contained herein is, or may be relied upon as, a promise or representation as to the future performance or policies of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries or associated companies of the Trust (if any). Neither this Information Memorandum nor any other document or information (or any part thereof) delivered or supplied under or in relation to the Programme may be used for the purpose of, and does not constitute an offer of, or solicitation or invitation by or on behalf of the Issuer, either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers to subscribe for or purchase, the Notes in any jurisdiction or under any circumstances in which such offer, solicitation or invitation is unlawful, or not authorised or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer, solicitation or invitation. The distribution and publication of this Information Memorandum or any such other document or information and the offer of the Notes in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons who distribute or publish this Information Memorandum or any such other document or information or into whose possession this Information Memorandum or any such other document or information comes are required to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions and all applicable laws, orders, rules and regulations.

Neither this Information Memorandum nor any other document or information (or any part thereof) delivered or supplied under or in relation to the Programme shall be deemed to constitute an offer of, or an invitation by or on behalf of the Issuer, either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers to subscribe for or purchase, any of the Notes.

This Information Memorandum and any other documents or materials in relation to the issue, offering or sale of the Notes have been prepared solely for the purpose of the initial sale by the relevant Dealer(s) of the Notes from time to time to be issued pursuant to the Programme. This Information Memorandum and such other documents or materials are made available to the recipients thereof solely on the basis that they are persons falling within the ambit of Section 274 and/or Section 275 of the SFA and may not be relied upon by any person other than persons to whom the Notes are sold or with whom they are placed by the relevant Dealer(s) as aforesaid or for any other purpose. Recipients of this Information Memorandum must not reissue, circulate or distribute this Information Memorandum or any part thereof in any manner whatsoever.

Neither the delivery of this Information Memorandum (or any part thereof) nor the issue, offering, purchase or sale of the Notes shall, under any circumstances, constitute a representation, or give rise to any implication, that there has been no change in the prospects, results of operations or general affairs of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies (if any) or in the information herein since the date hereof or the date on which this Information Memorandum has been most recently amended or supplemented.

1

The Arrangers and the Dealers have not separately verified the information contained in this Information Memorandum. None of the Arrangers, any of the Dealers or any of their respective officers, employees or agents is making any representation or warranty expressed or implied as to the merits of the Notes or the subscription for, purchase or acquisition thereof, or the creditworthiness or financial condition or otherwise of the Issuer, the Trust or the subsidiaries or associated companies of the Trust (if any). Further, none of the Arrangers nor any of the Dealers makes any representation or warranty as to the Issuer, the Trust, the subsidiaries or associated companies of the Trust (if any) or as to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of the information set out herein (including the legal and regulatory requirements pertaining to Sections 274, 275 and 276 or any other provisions of the SFA) and the documents which are incorporated by reference in, and form part of, this Information Memorandum.

Neither this Information Memorandum nor any other document or information (or any part thereof) delivered or supplied under or in relation to the Programme or the issue of the Notes is intended to provide the basis of any credit or other evaluation and should not be considered as a recommendation by the Issuer, either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers that any recipient of this Information Memorandum or such other document or information (or such part thereof) should subscribe for or purchase any of the Notes. A prospective purchaser must make its own assessment of the foregoing and other relevant matters including the financial condition and affairs and the creditworthiness of the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and associated companies of the Trust (if any), and obtain its own independent legal or other advice thereon, and its investment must be based on its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs and its appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and associated companies of the Trust (if any). Accordingly, notwithstanding anything herein, none of the Arrangers, the Dealers or any of their respective officers, employees or agents shall be held responsible for any loss or damage suffered or incurred by the recipients of this Information Memorandum or such other document or information (or such part thereof) as a result of or arising from anything expressly or implicitly contained in or referred to in this Information Memorandum or such other document or information (or such part thereof) and the same shall not constitute a ground for rescission of any purchase or acquisition of any of the Notes by a recipient of this Information Memorandum or such other document or information (or such part thereof).

To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Arrangers nor any of the Dealers accepts any responsibility for the contents of this Information Memorandum or for any other statement, made or purported to be made by either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers or on its behalf in connection with the Issuer or the issue and offering of the Notes. Each Arranger and each Dealer accordingly disclaims all and any liability whether arising in tort or contract or otherwise (save as referred to above) which it might otherwise have in respect of this Information Memorandum or any such statement.

The following documents published or issued from time to time after the date hereof shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and to form part of, this Information Memorandum: (1) any annual reports, audited consolidated accounts and/or unaudited financial statements of the Trust and the subsidiaries and associated companies of the Trust (if any) and (2) any supplement or amendment to this Information Memorandum issued by the Issuer (including each relevant Pricing Supplement). This Information Memorandum must be read in conjunction with all such documents which are incorporated by reference herein and, with respect to any series or tranche of Notes, any Pricing Supplement in respect of such series or tranche. Any statement contained in this Information Memorandum or in a document deemed to be incorporated by reference herein is deemed to be modified or superseded for the purpose of this Information Memorandum to the extent that a statement contained in this Information Memorandum or in such subsequent document that is also deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such earlier statement (whether expressly, by implication or otherwise). Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Information Memorandum. Copies of all documents deemed incorporated by reference herein are available for inspection at the respective specified office of the Principal Paying Agent (as defined herein) or, as the case may be, the Non-CDP Paying Agent (as defined herein).

Any purchase or acquisition of the Notes is in all respects conditional on the satisfaction of certain conditions set out in the Programme Agreement (as defined herein) and the issue of the Notes by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement. Any offer, invitation to offer or agreement made in connection with the purchase or acquisition of the Notes or pursuant to this Information Memorandum

2

will (without any liability or responsibility on the part of the Issuer, either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers) lapse and cease to have any effect if (for any other reason whatsoever) the Notes are not issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement.

Any discrepancies in the tables included herein between the listed amounts and totals thereof are due to rounding.

The attention of recipients of this Information Memorandum is drawn to the restrictions on resale of the Notes set out under the section “Subscription, Purchase and Distribution” on pages 100 to 102 of this Information Memorandum.

Any person(s) who is/are invited to purchase or subscribe for the Notes or to whom this Information Memorandum is sent must not make any offer or sale, directly or indirectly, of any Notes or distribute or cause to be distributed any document or other material in connection therewith in any country or jurisdiction except in such manner and in such circumstances as will result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations.

Persons proposing to subscribe for or purchase any of the Notes are advised to consult their own legal and other advisers before purchasing or acquiring the Notes.

3

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained in this Information Memorandum that are not statements of historical fact constitute “forward-looking statements”. Some of these statements can be identified by forward-looking terms such as “expect”, “believe”, “plan”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “may”, “will”, “would” and “could” or similar words. However, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. All statements regarding the expected financial position, business strategy, plans and prospects of the Issuer, the Trust and/or the Group (as defined herein) (including statements as to the Issuer’s, the Trust’s and/or the Group’s revenue and profitability, prospects, future plans and other matters discussed in this Information Memorandum regarding matters that are not historical facts and including the financial forecasts, profit projections, statements as to the expansion plans of the Issuer, the Trust and/or the Group, expected growth in the Issuer, the Trust and/or the Group and other related matters), if any, are forward-looking statements and accordingly, are only predictions. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Issuer, the Trust and/or the Group to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others:

changes in general political, social and economic conditions;

changes in currency exchange and interest rates;

demographic changes;

changes in competitive conditions; and

other factors beyond the control of the Issuer and the Group.

Some of these factors are discussed in greater detail in this Information Memorandum, in particular, but not limited to, under the section “Investment Considerations”.

Given the risks and uncertainties that may cause the actual future results, performance or achievements of the Issuer, the Trust or the Group to be materially different from the results, performance or achievements expected, expressed or implied by the financial forecasts, profit projections and forward-looking statements in this Information Memorandum, undue reliance must not be placed on those forecasts, projections and statements. The Issuer, the Arrangers and the Dealers do not represent or warrant that the actual future results, performance or achievements of the Issuer, the Trust or the Group will be as discussed in those statements.

Neither the delivery of this Information Memorandum nor the issue of any Notes by the Issuer under any circumstances constitutes a continuing representation or creates any suggestion or implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Issuer, the Trust or the Group or any statement of fact or information contained in this Information Memorandum since the date of this Information Memorandum or the date on which this Information Memorandum has been most recently amended or supplemented.

Further, the Issuer, the Arrangers and the Dealers disclaim any responsibility, and undertake no obligation, to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any changes in the expectations with respect thereto after the date of this Information Memorandum or to reflect any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statements are based.

4

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions have, where appropriate, been used in this Information Memorandum:

“Agency Agreement” : The Agency Agreement dated 19 November 2013 between (1) the Issuer, as issuer, (2) the Principal Paying Agent, as principal paying agent, (3) the Non-CDP Paying Agent, as non-CDP paying agent, and (4) the Notes Trustee, as trustee for the holders of the Notes, as amended, varied or supplemented from time to time.

“Agent Bank” : In relation to any Series of Notes, the person appointed as agent bank for that Series and as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

“Agent Bank Agreement” : An agent bank agreement between the Issuer, the Notes Trustee and the relevant Agent Bank made pursuant to Clause 2.5 of the Programme Agreement, substantially in the form set out in Appendix 6 to the Programme Agreement.

“Arrangers” : DBS Bank Ltd. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

“Business Day” : In respect of each Note, (a) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Depository, as applicable, are operating, (b) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in the country of the Principal Paying Agent’s specified office and (c) (if a payment is to be made on that day) (i) (in the case of Notes denominated in Singapore dollars) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in Singapore, (ii) (in the case of Notes denominated in Euros) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which the TARGET System is open for settlement in Euros and (iii) (in the case of Notes denominated in a currency other than Singapore dollars and Euros) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in Singapore and the principal financial centre for that currency.

“Business Trusts Act” : The Business Trusts Act, Chapter 31A of Singapore, as amended or modified from time to time.

“Capital Group” : The Capital Group Companies, Inc.

“CDP” or the “Depository” : The Central Depository (Pte) Limited.

“Common Unit” : A Unit issued in accordance with the RM Trust Deed designated as a Common Unit.

“Companies Act” : The Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, as amended or modified from time to time.

5

“Conditions” : In relation to the Notes of any Series, the terms and conditions applicable thereto, which is substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 1 to the Notes Trust Deed, as modified, with respect to any Notes represented by a Global Note, by the provisions of such Global Note, shall incorporate any additional provisions forming part of such terms and conditions set out in the Pricing Supplement(s) relating to the Notes of such Series and shall be endorsed on the Definitive Notes subject to amendment and completion as referred to in the first paragraph appearing after the heading “Terms and Conditions of the Notes” as set out in Part II of Schedule 1 to the Notes Trust Deed, and any reference to a particularly numbered Condition shall be construed accordingly.

“Couponholders” : The holders of the Coupons.

“Coupons” : The interest coupons appertaining to an interest bearing Definitive Note.

“Dealers” : Persons appointed as dealers under the Programme.

“Definitive Note” : A definitive Note, in bearer form, being substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 1 to the Notes Trust Deed and having, where appropriate, Coupons attached on issue.

“Directors” : The directors (including alternate directors, if any) of the Issuer as at the date of this Information Memorandum.

“Euro” : The currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time.

“FY” : Financial year ended 31 December.

“Global Note” : A global Note representing Notes of one or more Tranches of the same Series, being a Temporary Global Note and/or, as the context may require, a Permanent Global Note, in each case without Coupons.

“Group” : The Trust and the subsidiaries of the Trust.

“Issuer” : Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime).

“ITA” : Income Tax Act, Chapter 134 of Singapore, as amended or modified from time to time.

“Latest Practicable Date” : 4 November 2013.

“MAS” : Monetary Authority of Singapore.

‘Non-CDP Paying Agent” : Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch.

“Noteholders” : The holders of the Notes.

6

“Notes” : The multicurrency medium term notes of the Issuer issued or to be issued pursuant to the Programme Agreement and constituted by the Notes Trust Deed (and shall, where the context so admits, include the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes).

“Notes Trust Deed” : The Notes Trust Deed dated 19 November 2013 made between (1) the Issuer, as issuer, and (2) the Notes Trustee, as trustee, as amended, varied or supplemented from time to time.

“Notes Trustee” : DB International Trust (Singapore) Limited.

“Paying Agent” : The Principal Paying Agent and the Non-CDP Paying Agent, or such other or further institutions as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer as paying agent for the Notes and Coupons.

“Permanent Global Note” : A Global Note representing Notes of one or more Tranches of the same Series, either on issue or upon exchange of interests in a Temporary Global Note, being substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 to the Notes Trust Deed.

“Polaris” : Polaris Shipmanagement Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rickmers Second.

“Pricing Supplement” : In relation to any Tranche or Series, a pricing supplement supplemental to this Information Memorandum, specifying the relevant issue details in relation to such Tranche or, as the case may be, Series, substantially in the form of Appendix 2 to the Programme Agreement.

“Principal Paying Agent” : Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch.

“Programme” : The S$ 300 ,000,000 Multicurrency Medium Term Note Programme established by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement.

“Programme Agreement” : The Programme Agreement dated 19 November 2013 made between (1) the Issuer, as issuer, (2) the Arrangers, as arrangers, and (3) DBS Bank Ltd. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, as dealers, as amended, varied or supplemented from time to time.

“Rickmers Group” : Rickmers Holding and Rickmers Second, together with their respective subsidiaries, including Polaris.

“Rickmers Holding” : Rickmers Holding GmbH & Cie. KG.

“Rickmers Second” : Rickmers Second Invest GmbH.

“RM Trust Deed” : The deed of trust constituting the Trust dated 30 March 2007 made by the Trustee-Manager, as trustee-manager, as may be amended and restated from time to time.

“Securities Account” : Securities account or sub-account maintained by a Depositor (as defined in Section 130A of the Companies Act) with CDP.

“Securities Act” : The Securities Act of 1933 of the United States, as amended or modified from time to time.

7

“Series” : (1) (in relation to Notes other than variable rate notes) a Tranche, together with any further Tranche or Tranches, which are (a) expressed to be consolidated and forming a single series and (b) identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective issue dates, issue prices and/or dates of the first payment of interest and (2) (in relation to variable rate notes) Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective issue prices and rates of interest.

“SFA” : The Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, as amended or modified from time to time.

“SGX-ST” : Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.

“Shares” : Ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer.

“Ship Manager” : Rickmers Shipmanagement (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

“Sponsor” : Rickmers Holding.

“subsidiary” : (a) in relation to the Trust, any company, corporation, trust, fund or other entity (whether or not a body corporate):

(i) which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Trust (whether through the Issuer as trustee-manager for the Trust or otherwise);

(ii) more than half of the interest of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the Trust (whether through the Issuer as trustee-manager for the Trust or otherwise); or

(iii) which is a subsidiary of any company, corporation, trust, fund or other entity (whether or not a body corporate) to which paragraph (i) or (ii) above applies,

and, for these purposes, a company, corporation, trust, fund, or other entity (whether or not a body corporate) shall be treated as being controlled by the Trust if the Trust (whether through the Issuer as trustee-manager for the Trust or otherwise) is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body; and

(b) (in any other case) a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 5 of the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore.

“S$” and “cents” : Singapore dollars and cents respectively.

“TARGET System” : The Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (known as TARGET 2) system which was launched on 19 November 2007 or any successor thereto.

“Temporary Global Note” : A Global Note representing Notes of one or more Tranches of the same Series on issue, being substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the Notes Trust Deed.

8

“TEU” : Twenty-foot equivalent unit, the international standard measure for containers and containership capacity.

“Tranche” : Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing).

“Trust” : Rickmers Maritime, a business trust constituted on 30 March 2007 under the laws of Singapore.

“Trust Property” : Has the meaning ascribed to it in the Business Trusts Act.

“Trustee-Manager” : Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager of Rickmers Maritime).

“Unit” : An undivided interest in the Trust as provided for in the RM Trust Deed.

“Unitholder” : The registered holder for the time being of a Unit including persons so registered as joint holders, except that where the registered holder is CDP, the term “Unitholder” shall, in relation to Units registered in the name of CDP, mean, where the context requires, the depositor whose Securities Account with CDP is credited with Units.

“United States” or “U.S.” : United States of America.

“US$” and “US cents” : The lawful currency of the United States of America, expressed as United States dollars and cents respectively.

“9 Months” or “9M” : Nine month financial period ended 30 September.

“%” : Per cent.

Words importing the singular, where applicable, include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine gender, where applicable, include the feminine and neuter genders. References to persons, where applicable, include corporations. Any reference to a time of day in this Information Memorandum is a reference to Singapore time unless otherwise stated. Any reference in this Information Memorandum to any enactment is a reference to that enactment as for the time being amended or re-enacted. Any word defined under the Companies Act or the SFA or any statutory modification thereof and used in this Information Memorandum, where applicable, has the meaning ascribed to it under the Companies Act or, as the case may be, the SFA.

9

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Issuer : Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime)

Board of Directors : Mr Bertram R. C. RickmersDr Ignace Van MeenenMr Lim How TeckMrs Lee Suet FernMr Raymundo A. Yu Jr.

Company Secretaries : Ms Elizabeth KrishnanMs Basu Bedashruti Mitra

Registered Office : 8 Shenton Way #42-03Singapore 068811

Auditors to the Issuer : PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP8 Cross Street #17-00PWC BuildingSingapore 048424

Arrangers and Dealers of the Programme

: DBS Bank Ltd.12 Marina Boulevard, Level 42Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 3Singapore 018982

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited21 Collyer Quay#11-01 HSBC BuildingSingapore 049320

Legal Advisers to the Arrangers and the Notes Trustee

: Allen & Gledhill LLPOne Marina Boulevard #28-00Singapore 018989

Legal Advisers to the Issuer : Stamford Law Corporation10 Collyer Quay#27-00 Ocean Financial CentreSingapore 049315

Principal Paying Agent : Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore BranchOne Raffles Quay#17-00 South TowerSingapore 048583

Non-CDP Paying Agent : Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong BranchLevel 52, International Commerce Centre,1 Austin Road West,Kowloon, Hong Kong

Trustee for the Noteholders : DB International Trust (Singapore) LimitedOne Raffles Quay#17-00 South TowerSingapore 048583

10

SUMMARY OF THE PROGRAMME

The following summary is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the full text of this Information Memorandum (and any relevant supplement to this Information Memorandum), the Notes Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the relevant Pricing Supplement.

Issuer : Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime).

Arrangers : DBS Bank Ltd. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

Dealers : DBS Bank Ltd., The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and/or such other Dealers as may be appointed by the Issuer in accordance with the Programme Agreement.

Notes Trustee : DB International Trust (Singapore) Limited.

Principal Paying Agent : Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch.

Non-CDP Paying Agent : Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch.

Description : S$ 300 ,000,000 Multicurrency Medium Term Note Programme.

Programme Size : The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding at any time is S$ 300 ,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Arrangers.

Currency : Subject to compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and directives, Notes may be issued in Singapore dollars or any other currency agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s).

Purpose : Net proceeds arising from the issue of each tranche of Notes under the Programme (after deducting issue expenses) will be used to finance capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes, including refinancing of borrowings and financing of working capital requirements of the Trust and the subsidiaries of the Trust, and/or as set forth in the relevant Pricing Supplement applicable to such Notes.

Method of Issue : Notes may be issued from time to time under the Programme on a syndicated or non-syndicated basis. Each Series may be issued in one or more Tranches, on the same or different issue dates. The minimum issue size for each Series is to be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s). The specific terms of each Series or Tranche will be specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement.

Issue Price : Notes may be issued at par or at a discount, or premium, to par.

Maturities : Subject to compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and directives, Notes may have maturities of such tenor as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s).

11

Mandatory Redemption : Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled, each Note will be redeemed at its redemption amount on the maturity date shown on its face or as specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement.

Interest Basis : Notes may bear interest at fixed, floating, variable or hybrid rates or such other rates as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) or may not bear interest.

Fixed Rate Notes : Fixed Rate Notes will bear a fixed rate of interest which will be payable in arrear on specified dates and at maturity.

Floating Rate Notes : Floating Rate Notes which are denominated in Singapore dollars will bear interest to be determined separately for each Series by reference to S$ SIBOR or S$ SWAP RATE (or in any other case such other benchmark as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s)), as adjusted for any applicable margin. Interest periods in relation to the Floating Rate Notes will be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) prior to their issue.

Floating Rate Notes which are denominated in other currencies will bear interest to be determined separately for each Series by reference to such other benchmark as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s).

Variable Rate Notes : Variable Rate Notes will bear interest at a variable rate determined in accordance with the Conditions of the Notes. Interest periods in relation to the Variable Rate Notes will be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) prior to their issue.

Hybrid Notes : Hybrid Notes will bear interest, during the fixed rate period to be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), at a fixed rate of interest which will be payable in arrear on specified dates and, during the floating rate period to be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), at the rate of interest to be determined by reference to S$ SIBOR or S$ SWAP RATE (or such other benchmark as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s)), as adjusted for any applicable margin (provided that if the Hybrid Notes are denominated in a currency other than Singapore dollars, such Hybrid Notes will bear interest to be determined separately by reference to such benchmark as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s)), in each case payable at the end of each interest period to be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s).

Zero Coupon Notes : Zero Coupon Notes may be issued at their nominal amount or at a discount to it and will not bear interest other than in the case of late payment.

Form and Denomination of Notes : The Notes will be issued in bearer form only and in such denominations as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s). Each Tranche or Series of Notes may initially be represented by a Temporary Global Note or a Permanent Global Note. Each Temporary Global Note may be deposited on the relevant issue date with CDP, a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any other agreed

12

clearing system and will be exchangeable, upon request as described therein, either for a Permanent Global Note or Definitive Notes (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement). Each Permanent Global Note may be exchanged, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, upon request as described therein, in whole (but not in part) for Definitive Notes upon the terms therein.

Custody of the Notes : Notes which are to be listed on the SGX-ST may be cleared through CDP. Notes which are to be cleared through CDP are required to be kept with CDP as authorised depository. Notes which are cleared through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg are required to be kept with a common depositary on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream Luxembourg.

Status of the Notes : The Notes and Coupons of all Series will constitute direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the Issuer and shall at all times rank pari passu, without any preference or priority among themselves, and pari passu with all other present and future unsecured obligations (other than subordinated obligations and priorities created by law) of the Issuer.

Optional Redemption and Purchase

: If so provided on the face of the Note and the relevant Pricing Supplement, Notes may be redeemed (either in whole or in part) prior to their stated maturity at the option of the Issuer and/or the Noteholders. Further, if so provided on the face of the Note and the relevant Pricing Supplement, Notes may be purchased by the Issuer (either in whole or in part) prior to their stated maturity at the option of the Issuer and/or the Noteholders.

Redemption upon Cessation or Suspension of Trading of Units

: If on any date, (i) the units of the Trust cease to be traded on the SGX-ST or (ii) trading in the units of the Trust on the SGX-ST is suspended for a continuous period of more than ten market days, the Issuer shall, at the option of the holder of any Note, redeem such Note at its Redemption Amount together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption on any date on which interest is due to be paid on such Notes or, if earlier, the date falling 45 days after the Effective Date. “Effective Date” means (in the case of (i) above) the date of cessation of trading or (in the case of (ii) above) the business day immediately following the expiry of such continuous period of ten market days.

Negative Pledge : The Issuer has covenanted with the Notes Trustee in the Notes Trust Deed that so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, it will not, and will ensure that none of its subsidiaries will, create or permit to subsist any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other form of security interest over the whole or any part of its undertakings, assets, property or revenues, present or future, to secure any Capital Markets Indebtedness (as defined in the Terms and Conditions of the Notes) without at the same time or prior thereto (i) securing the Notes equally and rateably therewith or (ii) providing such other security for the Notes as may be approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) of Noteholders.

13

Financial Covenants : The Issuer has further covenanted with the Notes Trustee in the Notes Trust Deed that so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, it will ensure that:

(i) the Consolidated Unitholders’ Equity shall not at any time be less than US$250,000,000;

(ii) the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Debt to Consolidated Unitholders’ Equity shall not at any time be more than 2.5:1; and

(iii) the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense shall not at any time be less than 1.5:1.

Events of Default : See Condition 9 of the Notes.

Taxation : All payments in respect of the Notes and the Coupons by the Issuer are to be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within Singapore or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In such event, the Issuer is required to pay such additional amounts as will result in the receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such deduction or withholding been required, save for certain exceptions. For further details, please see the section “Singapore Taxation” herein.

Listing: Each Series of the Notes may, if so agreed between the Issuer

and the relevant Dealer(s), be listed on the SGX-ST or any stock exchange(s) as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s), subject to all necessary approvals having been obtained. If the application to the SGX-ST to list a particular Series of Notes is approved, for so long as such Notes are listed on the SGX-ST and the rules of the SGX-ST so require, such Notes will be traded on the SGX-ST in a minimum board lot size of at least S$200,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies).

Selling Restrictions : For a description of certain restrictions on offers, sales and deliveries of Notes and the distribution of offering material relating to the Notes, see the section “Subscription, Purchase and Distribution” herein. Further restrictions may apply in connection with any particular Series or Tranche of Notes set forth in the relevant Pricing Supplement.

Governing Law : The Programme and any Notes issued under the Programme will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of Singapore.

14

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

The following is the text of the terms and conditions which, subject to completion and amendment and as supplemented or varied in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Pricing Supplement, will be endorsed on the Notes in definitive form issued in exchange for the Global Note(s) representing each Series. Either (i) the full text of these terms and conditions together with the relevant provisions of the Pricing Supplement or (ii) these terms and conditions as so completed, amended, supplemented or varied (and subject to simplification by the deletion of non-applicable provisions), shall be endorsed on such Notes. All capitalised terms that are not defined in these Conditions will have the meanings given to them in the relevant Pricing Supplement. Those definitions will be endorsed on the definitive Notes. References in the Conditions to “Notes” are to the Notes of one Series only, not to all Notes that may be issued under the Programme, details of the relevant Series being shown on the face of the relevant Notes and in the relevant Pricing Supplement.

The Notes are constituted by a trust deed (as amended and supplemented, the “Notes Trust Deed”) dated 19 November 2013 made between (1) Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (the “Issuer”) (in its capacity as trustee-manager for Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”)) and (2) DB International Trust (Singapore) Limited (the “Notes Trustee”, which expression shall wherever the context so admits include such company and all other persons for the time being the trustee or trustees of the Notes Trust Deed), as trustee for the Noteholders (as defined below), and (where applicable) the Notes are issued with the benefit of a deed of covenant (as amended and supplemented, the “Deed of Covenant”) dated 19 November 2013, relating to the Notes executed by the Issuer. These terms and conditions (the “Conditions”) include summaries of, and are subject to, the detailed provisions of the Notes Trust Deed, which include the form of the Notes, Coupons and Talons referred to below. The Issuer has entered into an agency agreement (as amended and supplemented, the “Agency Agreement”) dated 19 November 2013 made between (1) the Issuer, (2) Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch, as principal paying agent (in such capacity, the “Principal Paying Agent”), (3) Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, as non-CDP paying agent (in such capacity, the “Non-CDP Paying Agent” and, together with the Principal Paying Agent and any other paying agent appointed by the Issuer pursuant to the Agency Agreement, the “Paying Agents” and each a “Paying Agent”) and (4) the Notes Trustee, as trustee for the Noteholders. The Noteholders and the holders of the coupons (the “Coupons”) appertaining to the interest-bearing Notes (the “Couponholders”) and, where applicable in the case of such Notes, Talons for further Coupons (the “Talons”) are bound by and are deemed to have notice of all of the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the Deed of Covenant. For the purposes of these Conditions, all references to the Principal Paying Agent shall, with respect to a Series of Notes to be cleared through a clearing system other than the CDP System (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed), be deemed to be a reference to the Non-CDP Paying Agent and all such references shall be construed accordingly.

Copies of the Notes Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the Deed of Covenant are available for inspection at the principal office of the Notes Trustee for the time being and at the respective specified offices of the Paying Agents for the time being.

1. Form, Denomination and Title

(a) Form and Denomination

(i) The Notes of the Series of which this Note forms part (in these Conditions, the “Notes”) are issued in bearer form in each case in the Denomination Amount shown hereon.

(ii) This Note is a Fixed Rate Note, a Floating Rate Note, a Variable Rate Note, a Hybrid Note or a Zero Coupon Note (depending upon the Interest Basis shown on its face).

(iii) Notes are serially numbered and issued with Coupons (and, where appropriate, a Talon) attached, save in the case of Notes that do not bear interest in which case references to interest (other than in relation to default interest referred to in Condition 6(f)) in these Conditions are not applicable.

(b) Title

(i) Title to the Notes and the Coupons and, where appropriate, Talons appertaining thereto shall pass by delivery.

15

(ii) Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, the holder of any Note, Coupon or Talon shall be deemed to be and may be treated as the absolute owner of such Note, Coupon or Talon, as the case may be, for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes, whether or not such Note, Coupon or Talon shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership, theft, loss or forgery thereof or any writing thereon made by anyone, and no person shall be liable for so treating the holder.

(iii) For so long as any of the Notes is represented by a Global Note and such Global Note is held by a common depositary for Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”) and/or The Central Depository (Pte) Limited (the “Depository”), each person who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository as the holder of a particular principal amount of such Notes (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository as to the principal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save for manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Principal Paying Agent, the Non-CDP Paying Agent, the Agent Bank, all other agents of the Issuer and the Notes Trustee as the holder of such principal amount of Notes other than with respect to the payment of principal, premium, interest, distribution, redemption, purchase and/or any other amounts in respect of the Notes, for which purpose the bearer of the Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Principal Paying Agent, the Non-CDP Paying Agent, the Agent Bank, all other agents of the Issuer and the Notes Trustee as the holder of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Global Note (and the expressions “Noteholder” and “holder of Notes” and related expressions shall be construed accordingly). Notes which are represented by the Global Note will be transferable only in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository.

(iv) In these Conditions, “Global Note” means the relevant Temporary Global Note representing each Series or the relevant Permanent Global Note representing each Series, “Noteholder” means the bearer of any Definitive Note (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) and “holder” (in relation to a Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon) means the bearer of any Definitive Note, Coupon or Talon, “Series” means (1) (in relation to Notes other than Variable Rate Notes) a Tranche, together with any further Tranche or Tranches, which are (A) expressed to be consolidated and forming a single series and (B) identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective issue dates, issue prices and/or dates of the first payment of interest and (2) (in relation to Variable Rate Notes) Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective issue prices and rates of interest and “Tranche” means Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing).

(v) Words and expressions defined in the Notes Trust Deed or used in the applicable Pricing Supplement (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) shall have the same meanings where used in these Conditions unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated and provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Notes Trust Deed and the applicable Pricing Supplement, the applicable Pricing Supplement will prevail.

2. Status

The Notes and Coupons of all Series constitute direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the Issuer and shall at all times rank pari passu, without any preference or priority among themselves, and pari passu with all other present and future unsecured obligations (other than subordinated obligations and priorities created by law) of the Issuer.

3. Negative Pledge and Financial Covenants

(a) Negative Pledge

The Issuer has covenanted with the Notes Trustee in the Notes Trust Deed that so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, it will not, and will ensure that none of its subsidiaries (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) will, create or permit to subsist any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or

16

other form of security interest over the whole or any part of its undertakings, assets, property or revenues, present or future, to secure any Capital Markets Indebtedness without at the same time or prior thereto (i) securing the Notes equally and rateably therewith or (ii) providing such other security for the Notes as may be approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) of Noteholders.

For the purposes of this Condition 3(a):

“Capital Markets Indebtedness” means any present or future obligation for the repayment of borrowed moneys (including interest and other costs in connection therewith) which is in the form of, or represented or evidenced by, bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or other securities which are, or are capable of being, quoted, listed, dealt in or traded on any stock exchange, or other recognised over-the-counter or securities market.

(b) Financial Covenants

The Issuer has further covenanted with the Notes Trustee in the Notes Trust Deed that so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, it will ensure that:

(i) the Consolidated Unitholders’ Equity shall not at any time be less than US$250,000,000;

(ii) the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Debt to Consolidated Unitholders’ Equity shall not at any time be more than 2.5:1; and

(iii) the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense shall not at any time be less than 1.5:1.

For the purpose of this Condition 3(b):

(1) “Consolidated Total Debt” means an amount (expressed in United States dollars) for the time being, calculated on a consolidated basis, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), equal to the aggregate of (and where such aggregate amount falls to be calculated, no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation):

(A) bank overdrafts and all other indebtedness in respect of any borrowings maturing within 12 months of the Group (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed);

(B) the principal amount of the Notes or any bonds or debentures of any member of the Group whether issued for cash or a consideration other than cash;

(C) the liabilities of the Issuer under the Notes Trust Deed or the Notes;

(D) all other indebtedness whatsoever of the Group for borrowed moneys; and

(E) any redeemable preference shares issued by any member of the Group and which is regarded by IFRS as debt or other liability of the Group,

but excluding any perpetual securities which is regarded by IFRS as equity of the Trust or of its subsidiaries;

(2) “Consolidated Total Net Debt” means Consolidated Total Debt less cash and cash equivalent (“CCE”) balances, with CCE balances as defined in accordance with IFRS;

(3) “Consolidated Unitholders’ Equity” means the amount (expressed in United States dollars) for the time being, calculated in accordance with IFRS, equal to the aggregate of:

(A) the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the common units in issue of the Issuer; and

17

(B) the amounts standing to the credit of the capital and revenue reserves (including capital redemption reserve fund, revaluation reserves and profit and loss account) of the Group on a consolidated basis,

all as shown in the then latest audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group but after:

(aa) making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the capital and revenue reserves set out in paragraph (B) above of the Group since the date of the latest audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group;

(bb) excluding any sums set aside for future taxation;

(cc) deducting:

(I) an amount equal to any distribution by any member of the Group prior to the date of the latest audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group and which have been declared or made since that date except so far as provided for in such balance sheet and/or paid or due to be paid to members of the Group; and

(II) any debit balances on consolidated profit and loss account accrued after the then latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group;

(4) “EBITDA” means, in relation to any Test Period, the aggregate of the net earnings of the Group on its ordinary activities during such Test Period before taking into account Interest Expense and income tax expense but making adjustments thereto by adding back depreciation charged and amount attributable to amortisation of goodwill and other intangibles to the extent deducted in arriving at such earnings on ordinary activities during such Test Period;

(5) “Interest Expense” means, in relation to any Test Period, the consolidated aggregate amount of interest and other financing charges accrued, paid or payable (including any capitalised interest paid or payable) by the Group during that Test Period; and

(6) “Test Period” means, in respect of each financial quarter, each period of three months ending on the last day of such financial quarter of the Group.

4. (I) Interest on Fixed Rate Notes

(a) Interest Rate and Accrual

Each Fixed Rate Note bears interest on its Calculation Amount (as defined in Condition 4(II)(d)) from the Interest Commencement Date in respect thereof and as shown on the face of such Note at the rate per annum (expressed as a percentage) equal to the Interest Rate shown on the face of such Note payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date or Interest Payment Dates shown on the face of such Note in each year and on the Maturity Date shown on the face of such Note if that date does not fall on an Interest Payment Date.

The first payment of interest will be made on the Interest Payment Date next following the Interest Commencement Date (and if the Interest Commencement Date is not an Interest Payment Date, will amount to the Initial Broken Amount shown on the face of such Note), unless the Maturity Date falls before the date on which the first payment of interest would otherwise be due. If the Maturity Date is not an Interest Payment Date, interest from the preceding Interest Payment Date (or from the Interest Commencement Date, as the case may be) to the Maturity Date will amount to the Final Broken Amount shown on the face of the Note.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Fixed Rate Note from the due date for redemption thereof unless, upon due presentation and subject to the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed, payment of the Redemption Amount shown on the face of the Note is improperly withheld or

18

refused, in which event interest at such rate will continue to accrue (as well after as before judgment) at the rate and in the manner provided in this Condition 4(I) and the Agency Agreement to the Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 7).

(b) Calculations

In the case of a Fixed Rate Note, interest in respect of a period of less than one year will be calculated on the Day Count Fraction shown on the face of the Note.

(II) Interest on Floating Rate Notes or Variable Rate Notes

(a) Interest Payment Dates

Each Floating Rate Note or Variable Rate Note bears interest on its Calculation Amount from the Interest Commencement Date in respect thereof and as shown on the face of such Note, and such interest will be payable in arrear on each interest payment date (“Interest Payment Date”). Such Interest Payment Date(s) is/are either shown hereon as Specified Interest Payment Date(s) or, if no Specified Interest Payment Date(s) is/are shown hereon, Interest Payment Date shall mean each date which (save as mentioned in these Conditions) falls the number of months specified as the Interest Period on the face of the Note (the “Specified Number of Months”) after the preceding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, after the Interest Commencement Date (and which corresponds numerically with such preceding Interest Payment Date or the Interest Commencement Date, as the case may be), provided that the Agreed Yield (as defined in Condition 4(II)(c)) in respect of any Variable Rate Note for any Interest Period (as defined below) relating to that Variable Rate Note shall be payable on the first day of that Interest Period. If any Interest Payment Date referred to in these Conditions that is specified to be subject to adjustment in accordance with a Business Day Convention would otherwise fall on a day that is not a business day (as defined below), then if the Business Day Convention specified is (1) the Floating Rate Business Day Convention, such date shall be postponed to the next day which is a business day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event (i) such date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding business day and (ii) each subsequent such date shall be the last business day of the month in which such date would have fallen had it not been subject to adjustment, (2) the Following Business Day Convention, such date shall be postponed to the next day that is a business day, (3) the Modified Following Business Day Convention, such date shall be postponed to the next day that is a business day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event such date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding business day or (4) the Preceding Business Day Convention, such date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding business day.

The period beginning on the Interest Commencement Date and ending on the first Interest Payment Date and each successive period beginning on an Interest Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date is herein called an “Interest Period”.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Floating Rate Note or Variable Rate Note from the due date for redemption thereof unless, upon due presentation and subject to the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed, payment of the Redemption Amount is improperly withheld or refused, in which event interest will continue to accrue (as well after as before judgment) at the rate and in the manner provided in this Condition 4(II) and the Agency Agreement to the Relevant Date.

(b) Rate of Interest - Floating Rate Notes

(i) Each Floating Rate Note bears interest at a floating rate determined by reference to a Benchmark as stated on the face of such Floating Rate Note, being (in the case of Notes which are denominated in Singapore dollars) SIBOR (in which case such Note will be a SIBOR Note) or Swap Rate (in which case such Note will be a Swap Rate Note) or in any case (or in the case of Notes which are denominated in a currency other than Singapore dollars) such other Benchmark as is set out on the face of such Note.

19

Such floating rate may be adjusted by adding or subtracting the Spread (if any) stated on the face of such Note. The “Spread” is the percentage rate per annum specified on the face of such Note as being applicable to the rate of interest for such Note. The rate of interest so calculated shall be subject to Condition 4(V)(a) below.

The rate of interest payable in respect of a Floating Rate Note from time to time is referred to in these Conditions as the “Rate of Interest”.

(ii) The Rate of Interest payable from time to time in respect of each Floating Rate Note will be determined by the Agent Bank on the basis of the following provisions:

(1) in the case of Floating Rate Notes which are SIBOR Notes:

(A) the Agent Bank will, at or about the Relevant Time on the relevant Interest Determination Date in respect of each Interest Period, determine the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period which shall be the offered rate for deposits in Singapore dollars for a period equal to the duration of such Interest Period which appears on the Reuters Screen ABSIRFIX01 Page under the caption “ABS SIBOR FIX - SIBOR AND SWAP OFFER RATES - RATES AT 11:00 HRS SINGAPORE TIME” and under the column headed “SGD SIBOR” (or such other replacement page thereof for the purpose of displaying SIBOR or such other Screen Page as may be provided hereon) and as adjusted by the Spread (if any);

(B) if no such rate appears on the Reuters Screen ABSIRFIX01 Page under the column headed “SGD SIBOR” (or such other replacement page thereof or if no rate appears on such other Screen Page as may be provided hereon) or if the Reuters Screen ABSIRFIX01 Page (or such other replacement page thereof or such other Screen Page as may be provided hereon) is unavailable for any reason, the Agent Bank will request the principal Singapore offices of each of the Reference Banks to provide the Agent Bank with the rate at which deposits in Singapore dollars are offered by it at approximately the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date to prime banks in the Singapore interbank market for a period equivalent to the duration of such Interest Period commencing on such Interest Payment Date in an amount comparable to the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Floating Rate Notes. The Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of such offered quotations and as adjusted by the Spread (if any), as determined by the Agent Bank;

(C) if on any Interest Determination Date two but not all the Reference Banks provide the Agent Bank with such quotations, the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with (B) above on the basis of the quotations of those Reference Banks providing such quotations; and

(D) if on any Interest Determination Date one only or none of the Reference Banks provides the Agent Bank with such quotations, the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which the Agent Bank determines to be the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the rates quoted by the Reference Banks or those of them (being at least two in number) to the Agent Bank at or about the Relevant Time on such Interest Determination Date as being their cost (including the cost occasioned by or attributable to complying with reserves, liquidity, deposit or other requirements imposed on them by any relevant authority or authorities) of funding, for the relevant Interest Period, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Floating Rate Notes for such Interest Period by whatever means they determine to be most appropriate and as adjusted

20

by the Spread (if any) or if on such Interest Determination Date one only or none of the Reference Banks provides the Agent Bank with such quotation, the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which the Agent Bank determines to be the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the prime lending rates for Singapore dollars quoted by the Reference Banks at or about the Relevant Time on such Interest Determination Date and as adjusted by the Spread (if any);

(2) in the case of Floating Rate Notes which are Swap Rate Notes:

(A) the Agent Bank will, at or about the Relevant Time on the relevant Interest Determination Date in respect of each Interest Period, determine the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period as being the rate which appears on the Reuters Screen ABSFIX01 Page under the caption “SGD SOR rates as of 11:00hrs London Time” under the column headed “SGD SOR” (or such replacement page thereof for the purpose of displaying the swap rates of leading reference banks) at or about the Relevant Time on such Interest Determination Date and for a period equal to the duration of such Interest Period and as adjusted by the Spread (if any);

(B) if on any Interest Determination Date no such rate is quoted on Reuters Screen ABSFIX01 Page (or such other replacement page as aforesaid) or Reuters Screen ABSFIX01 Page (or such other replacement page as aforesaid) is unavailable for any reason, the Agent Bank will determine the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period as being the rate (or, if there is more than one rate which is published, the arithmetic mean of those rates (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 per cent.)) for a period equal to the duration of such Interest Period published by a recognised industry body where such rate is widely used (after taking into account the industry practice at that time), or by such other relevant authority as the Agent Bank may select; and

(C) if on any Interest Determination Date the Agent Bank is otherwise unable to determine the Rate of Interest under paragraphs (b)(ii)(2)(A) and (b)(ii)(2)(B) above, the Rate of Interest shall be determined by the Agent Bank to be the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the rates quoted by the Singapore offices of the Reference Banks or those of them (being at least two in number) to the Agent Bank at or about 11.00 a.m. (Singapore time) on the first business day following such Interest Determination Date as being their cost (including the cost occasioned by or attributable to complying with reserves, liquidity, deposit or other requirements imposed on them by any relevant authority or authorities) of funding, for the relevant Interest Period, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Floating Rate Notes for such Interest Period by whatever means they determine to be most appropriate and as adjusted by the Spread (if any), or if on such day one only or none of the Singapore offices of the Reference Banks provides the Agent Bank with such quotation, the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period shall be the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the prime lending rates for Singapore dollars quoted by the Singapore offices of the Reference Banks at or about 11.00 a.m. (Singapore time) on such Interest Determination Date and as adjusted by the Spread (if any) ;

21

(3) in the case of Floating Rate Notes which are not SIBOR Notes or Swap Rate Notes or which are denominated in a currency other than Singapore dollars, the Agent Bank will determine the Rate of Interest in respect of any Interest Period at or about the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date in respect of such Interest Period as follows:

(A) if the Primary Source (as defined below) for the Floating Rate is a Screen Page (as defined below), subject as provided below, the Rate of Interest in respect of such Interest Period shall be:

(aa) the Relevant Rate (as defined below) (where such Relevant Rate on such Screen Page is a composite quotation or is customarily supplied by one entity); or

(bb) the arithmetic mean of the Relevant Rates of the persons whose Relevant Rates appear on that Screen Page, in each case appearing on such Screen Page at the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date,

and as adjusted by the Spread (if any);

(B) if the Primary Source for the Floating Rate is Reference Banks or if paragraph (b)(ii)(3)(A)(aa) applies and no Relevant Rate appears on the Screen Page at the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date or if paragraph (b)(ii)(3)(A)(bb) applies and fewer than two Relevant Rates appear on the Screen Page at the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date, subject as provided below, the Rate of Interest shall be the rate per annum which the Agent Bank determines to be the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the Relevant Rates that each of the Reference Banks is quoting to leading banks in the Relevant Financial Centre (as defined below) at the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date and as adjusted by the Spread (if any); and

(C) if paragraph (b)(ii)(3)(B) applies and the Agent Bank determines that fewer than two Reference Banks are so quoting Relevant Rates, the Rate of Interest shall be the Rate of Interest determined on the previous Interest Determination Date.

(iii) On the last day of each Interest Period, the Issuer will pay interest on each Floating Rate Note to which such Interest Period relates at the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period.

(iv) For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Rate of Interest in relation to any Interest Period is less than zero, the Rate of Interest in relation to such Interest Period shall be equal to zero.

(c) Rate of Interest - Variable Rate Notes

(i) Each Variable Rate Note bears interest at a variable rate determined in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (c). The interest payable in respect of a Variable Rate Note on the first day of an Interest Period relating to that Variable Rate Note is referred to in these Conditions as the “Agreed Yield” and the rate of interest payable in respect of a Variable Rate Note on the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Variable Rate Note is referred to in these Conditions as the “Rate of Interest”.

(ii) The Agreed Yield or, as the case may be, the Rate of Interest payable from time to time in respect of each Variable Rate Note for each Interest Period shall, subject as referred to in paragraph (c)(iv) below, be determined as follows:

22

(1) not earlier than 9.00 a.m. (Singapore time) on the ninth business day nor later than 3.00 p.m. (Singapore time) on the third business day prior to the commencement of each Interest Period, the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer (as defined below) shall endeavour to agree on the following:

(A) whether interest in respect of such Variable Rate Note is to be paid on the first day or the last day of such Interest Period;

(B) if interest in respect of such Variable Rate Note is agreed between the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer to be paid on the first day of such Interest Period, an Agreed Yield in respect of such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period (and, in the event of the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer so agreeing on such Agreed Yield, the Interest Amount (as defined below) for such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period shall be zero); and

(C) if interest in respect of such Variable Rate Note is agreed between the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer to be paid on the last day of such Interest Period, a Rate of Interest in respect of such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period (an “Agreed Rate”) and, in the event of the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer so agreeing on an Agreed Rate, such Agreed Rate shall be the Rate of Interest for such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period; and

(2) if the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer shall not have agreed either an Agreed Yield or an Agreed Rate in respect of such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period by 3.00 p.m. (Singapore time) on the third business day prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, or if there shall be no Relevant Dealer during the period for agreement referred to in (1) above, the Rate of Interest for such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period shall automatically be the rate per annum equal to the Fall Back Rate (as defined below) for such Interest Period.

(iii) The Issuer has undertaken to the Principal Paying Agent and the Agent Bank that it will as soon as possible after the Agreed Yield or, as the case may be, the Agreed Rate in respect of any Variable Rate Note is determined but not later than 10.30 a.m. (Singapore time) on the next following business day:

(1) notify or cause the Relevant Dealer to notify the Principal Paying Agent and the Agent Bank of the Agreed Yield or, as the case may be, the Agreed Rate for such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period; and

(2) cause such Agreed Yield or, as the case may be, Agreed Rate for such Variable Rate Note to be notified by the Principal Paying Agent to the relevant Noteholder at its request.

(iv) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) above, the Rate of Interest for each Interest Period for which there is neither an Agreed Yield nor Agreed Rate in respect of any Variable Rate Note or no Relevant Dealer in respect of the Variable Rate Note(s) shall be the rate (the “Fall Back Rate”) determined by reference to a Benchmark as stated on the face of such Variable Rate Note(s), being (in the case of Variable Rate Notes which are denominated in Singapore dollars) SIBOR (in which case such Variable Rate Note(s) will be SIBOR Note(s)) or Swap Rate (in which case such Variable Rate Note(s) will be Swap Rate Note(s)) or (in any other case or in the case of Variable Rate Notes which are denominated in a currency other than Singapore dollars) such other Benchmark as is set out on the face of such Variable Rate Note(s).

23

Such rate may be adjusted by adding or subtracting the Spread (if any) stated on the face of such Variable Rate Note. The “Spread” is the percentage rate per annum specified on the face of such Variable Rate Note as being applicable to the rate of interest for such Variable Rate Note. The rate of interest so calculated shall be subject to Condition 4(V)(a) below.

The Fall Back Rate payable from time to time in respect of each Variable Rate Note will be determined by the Agent Bank in accordance with the provisions of Condition 4(II)(b)(ii) above (mutatis mutandis) and references therein to “Rate of Interest” shall mean “Fall Back Rate”.

(v) If interest is payable in respect of a Variable Rate Note on the first day of an Interest Period relating to such Variable Rate Note, the Issuer will pay the Agreed Yield applicable to such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period on the first day of such Interest Period. If interest is payable in respect of a Variable Rate Note on the last day of an Interest Period relating to such Variable Rate Note, the Issuer will pay the Interest Amount for such Variable Rate Note for such Interest Period on the last day of such Interest Period.

(vi) For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Rate of Interest in relation to any Interest Period is less than zero, the Rate of Interest in relation to such Interest Period shall be equal to zero.

(d) Definitions

As used in these Conditions:

“Agent Bank” means in relation to any Series of Notes, the person appointed as the agent bank pursuant to the terms of the Agency Agreement as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

“Benchmark” means the rate specified as such in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

“business day” means, in respect of each Note, (a) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Depository, as applicable, are operating, (b) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in the country of the Principal Paying Agent’s specified office and (c) (if a payment is to be made on that day) (i) (in the case of Notes denominated in Singapore dollars) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in Singapore, (ii) (in the case of Notes denominated in Euros) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which the TARGET System is open for settlement in Euros and (iii) (in the case of Notes denominated in a currency other than Singapore dollars and Euros) a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or gazetted public holiday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in Singapore and the principal financial centre for that currency;

“Calculation Amount” means the amount specified as such on the face of any Note, or if no such amount is so specified, the Denomination Amount of such Note as shown on the face thereof;

“Euro” means the currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time;

“Interest Commencement Date” means the Issue Date or such other date as may be specified as the Interest Commencement Date on the face of such Note;

“Interest Determination Date” means, in respect of any Interest Period, that number of business days prior thereto as is set out in the applicable Pricing Supplement or on the face of the relevant Note;

24

“Primary Source” means the Screen Page specified as such in the applicable Pricing Supplement and (in the case of any Screen Page provided by any information service other than the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (“Reuters”)) agreed to by the Agent Bank;

“Reference Banks” means the institutions specified as such hereon or, if none, three major banks selected by the Agent Bank in the interbank market that is most closely connected with the Benchmark;

“Relevant Currency” means the currency in which the Notes are denominated;

“Relevant Dealer” means, in respect of any Variable Rate Note, the Dealer party to the Programme Agreement referred to in the Agency Agreement with whom the Issuer has concluded or is negotiating an agreement for the issue of such Variable Rate Note pursuant to the Programme Agreement;

“Relevant Financial Centre” means, in the case of interest to be determined on an Interest Determination Date with respect to any Floating Rate Note or Variable Rate Note, the financial centre specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement or on the face of the relevant Note or, if none is so specified, Singapore;

“Relevant Rate” means the Benchmark for a Calculation Amount of the Relevant Currency for a period (if applicable or appropriate to the Benchmark) equal to the relevant Interest Period;

“Relevant Time” means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the local time in the Relevant Financial Centre at which it is customary to determine bid and offered rates in respect of deposits in the Relevant Currency in the interbank market in the Relevant Financial Centre;

“Screen Page” means such page, section, caption, column or other part of a particular information service (including, but not limited to, the Bloomberg agency and Reuters) as may be specified hereon for the purpose of providing the Benchmark, or such other page, section, caption, column or other part as may replace it on that information service or on such other information service, in each case as may be nominated by the person or organisation providing or sponsoring the information appearing there for the purpose of displaying rates or prices comparable to the Benchmark; and

“TARGET System” means the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (known as TARGET 2) system which was launched on 19 November 2007 or any successor thereto.

(III) Interest on Hybrid Notes

(a) Interest Rate and Accrual

Each Hybrid Note bears interest on its Calculation Amount from the Interest Commencement Date in respect thereof and as shown on the face of such Note.

(b) Fixed Rate Period

(i) In respect of the Fixed Rate Period shown on the face of such Note, each Hybrid Note bears interest on its Calculation Amount from the first day of the Fixed Rate Period at the rate per annum (expressed as a percentage) equal to the Interest Rate shown on the face of such Note payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date or Interest Payment Dates shown on the face of the Note in each year and on the last day of the Fixed Rate Period if that date does not fall on an Interest Payment Date.

(ii) The first payment of interest will be made on the Interest Payment Date next following the first day of the Fixed Rate Period (and if the first day of the Fixed Rate Period is not an Interest Payment Date, will amount to the Initial Broken Amount shown on the face of such Note), unless the last day of the Fixed Rate Period falls before the date on which the first payment of interest would otherwise be due. If the last day of the

25

Fixed Rate Period is not an Interest Payment Date, interest from the preceding Interest Payment Date (or from the first day of the Fixed Rate Period, as the case may be) to the last day of the Fixed Rate Period will amount to the Final Broken Amount shown on the face of the Note.

(iii) Where the due date of redemption of any Hybrid Note falls within the Fixed Rate Period, interest will cease to accrue on the Note from the due date for redemption thereof unless, upon due presentation and subject to the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed, payment of principal (or Redemption Amount, as the case may be) is improperly withheld or refused, in which event interest at such rate will continue to accrue (as well after as before judgment) at the rate and in the manner provided in this Condition 4(III) and the Agency Agreement to the Relevant Date.

(iv) In the case of a Hybrid Note, interest in respect of a period of less than one year will be calculated on the Day Count Fraction shown on the face of the Note during the Fixed Rate Period.

(c) Floating Rate Period

(i) In respect of the Floating Rate Period shown on the face of such Note, each Hybrid Note bears interest on its Calculation Amount from the first day of the Floating Rate Period, and such interest will be payable in arrear on each interest payment date (“Interest Payment Date”). Such Interest Payment Date(s) is/are either shown hereon as Specified Interest Payment Date(s) or, if no Specified Interest Payment Date(s) is/are shown hereon, Interest Payment Date shall mean each date which (save as mentioned in these Conditions) falls the number of months specified as the Interest Period on the face of the Note (the “Specified Number of Months”) after the preceding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, after the first day of the Floating Rate Period (and which corresponds numerically with such preceding Interest Payment Date or the first day of the Floating Rate Period, as the case may be). If any Interest Payment Date referred to in these Conditions that is specified to be subject to adjustment in accordance with a Business Day Convention would otherwise fall on a day that is not a business day, then if the Business Day Convention specified is (1) the Floating Rate Business Day Convention, such date shall be postponed to the next day which is a business day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event (i) such date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding business day and (ii) each subsequent such date shall be the last business day of the month in which such date would have fallen had it not been subject to adjustment, (2) the Following Business Day Convention, such date shall be postponed to the next day that is a business day, (3) the Modified Following Business Day Convention, such date shall be postponed to the next day that is a business day unless it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event such date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding business day or (4) the Preceding Business Day Convention, such date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding business day.

(ii) The period beginning on the first day of the Floating Rate Period and ending on the first Interest Payment Date and each successive period beginning on an Interest Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date is herein called an “Interest Period”.

(iii) Where the due date of redemption of any Hybrid Note falls within the Floating Rate Period, interest will cease to accrue on the Note from the due date for redemption thereof unless, upon due presentation thereof, payment of principal (or Redemption Amount, as the case may be) is improperly withheld or refused, in which event interest will continue to accrue (as well after as before judgment) at the rate and in the manner provided in this Condition 4(III) and the Agency Agreement to the Relevant Date.

26

(iv) The provisions of Condition 4(II)(b) shall apply to each Hybrid Note during the Floating Rate Period as though references therein to Floating Rate Notes are references to Hybrid Notes.

(IV) Zero Coupon Notes

Where a Note the Interest Basis of which is specified to be Zero Coupon is repayable prior to the Maturity Date and is not paid when due, the amount due and payable prior to the Maturity Date shall be the Early Redemption Amount of such Note (determined in accordance with Condition 5(i)). As from the Maturity Date, the rate of interest for any overdue principal of such a Note shall be a rate per annum (expressed as a percentage) equal to the Amortisation Yield (as defined in Condition 5(i)).

(V) Calculations

(a) Determination of Rate of Interest and Calculation of Interest Amounts

The Agent Bank will, as soon as practicable after the Relevant Time on each Interest Determination Date determine the Rate of Interest and calculate the amount of interest payable (the “Interest Amounts”) in respect of each Calculation Amount of the relevant Floating Rate Notes, Variable Rate Notes or (where applicable) Hybrid Notes for the relevant Interest Period. The amount of interest payable in respect of any Floating Rate Note, Variable Rate Note or (where applicable) Hybrid Note shall be calculated by multiplying the product of the Rate of Interest and the Calculation Amount, by the Day Count Fraction shown on the Note and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit of the Relevant Currency. The determination of any rate or amount, the obtaining of each quotation and the making of each determination or calculation by the Agent Bank shall (in the absence of manifest or proven error) be final and binding upon all parties.

(b) Notification

The Agent Bank will cause the Rate of Interest and the Interest Amounts for each Interest Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to be notified to the Principal Paying Agent, the Notes Trustee and the Issuer as soon as possible after their determination but in no event later than the fourth business day thereafter. In the case of Floating Rate Notes, the Agent Bank will also cause the Rate of Interest and the Interest Amounts for each Interest Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to be notified to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as possible after their determination. The Interest Amounts and the Interest Payment Date so notified may subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative arrangements made by way of adjustment) without notice in the event of an extension or shortening of the Interest Period by reason of any Interest Payment Date not being a business day. If the Floating Rate Notes, Variable Rate Notes or, as the case may be, Hybrid Notes become due and payable under Condition 9, the Rate of Interest and Interest Amounts payable in respect of the Floating Rate Notes, Variable Rate Notes or, as the case may be, Hybrid Notes shall nevertheless continue to be calculated as previously in accordance with this Condition but no publication of the Rate of Interest and Interest Amounts need to be made unless the Notes Trustee requires otherwise.

(c) Determination or Calculation by the Notes Trustee

If the Agent Bank does not at any material time determine or calculate the Rate of Interest for an Interest Period or any Interest Amount, the Notes Trustee shall do so. In doing so, the Notes Trustee shall apply the foregoing provisions of this Condition, with any necessary consequential amendments, to the extent that, in its opinion, it can do so, and, in all other respects, it shall do so in such manner as it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(d) Agent Bank and Reference Banks

The Issuer will procure that, so long as any Floating Rate Note, Variable Rate Note or Hybrid Note remains outstanding, there shall at all times be three Reference Banks (or such other number as may be required) and, so long as any Floating Rate Note, Variable Rate Note, Hybrid Note or Zero Coupon Note remains outstanding, there shall at all times be an Agent

27

Bank. If any Reference Bank (acting through its relevant office) is unable or unwilling to continue to act as a Reference Bank or the Agent Bank is unable or unwilling to act as such or if the Agent Bank fails duly to establish the Rate of Interest for any Interest Period or to calculate the Interest Amounts, the Issuer will appoint another bank with an office in the Relevant Financial Centre to act as such in its place. The Agent Bank may not resign its duties without a successor having been appointed as aforesaid.

5. Redemption and Purchase

(a) Final Redemption

Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled as provided below, this Note will be redeemed at its Redemption Amount on the Maturity Date shown on its face (if this Note is shown on its face to be a Fixed Rate Note, Hybrid Note (during the Fixed Rate Period) or Zero Coupon Note) or on the Interest Payment Date falling in the Redemption Month shown on its face (if this Note is shown on its face to be a Floating Rate Note, Variable Rate Note or Hybrid Note (during the Floating Rate Period)).

(b) Purchase at the Option of Issuer

If so provided hereon, the Issuer shall have the option to purchase all or any of the Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes, Variable Rate Notes or Hybrid Notes at their Redemption Amount on any date on which interest is due to be paid on such Notes and the Noteholders shall be bound to sell such Notes to the Issuer accordingly. To exercise such option, the Issuer shall give irrevocable notice to the Noteholders within the Issuer’s Purchase Option Period shown on the face hereof. Such Notes may be held, resold or surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent for cancellation. The Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer, shall not entitle the holder to vote at any meetings of the Noteholders and shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of calculating quorums at meetings of the Noteholders or for the purposes of Conditions 9, 10 and 11.

In the case of a purchase of some only of the Notes, the notice to Noteholders shall also contain the certificate numbers of the Notes to be purchased, which shall have been drawn by or on behalf of the Issuer in such place and in such manner as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Notes Trustee, subject to compliance with any applicable laws. So long as the Notes are listed on any Stock Exchange (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed), the Issuer shall comply with the rules of such Stock Exchange in relation to the publication of any purchase of such Notes.

(c) Purchase at the Option of Noteholders

(i) Each Noteholder shall have the option to have all or any of his Variable Rate Notes purchased by the Issuer at their Redemption Amount on any Interest Payment Date and the Issuer will purchase such Variable Rate Notes accordingly. To exercise such option, a Noteholder shall deposit any Variable Rate Notes to be purchased with the Principal Paying Agent at its specified office together with all Coupons and any unexchanged Talon, if any, relating to such Variable Rate Notes which mature after the date fixed for purchase, together with a duly completed option exercise notice in the form obtainable from the Principal Paying Agent within the Noteholders’ VRN Purchase Option Period shown on the face hereof. Any Variable Rate Notes so deposited may not be withdrawn (except as provided in the Agency Agreement) without the prior consent of the Issuer. Such Variable Rate Notes may be held, resold or surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent for cancellation. The Variable Rate Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer, shall not entitle the holder to vote at any meetings of the Noteholders and shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of calculating quorums at meetings of the Noteholders or for the purposes of Conditions 9, 10 and 11.

(ii) If so provided hereon, each Noteholder shall have the option to have all or any of his Fixed Rate Notes, Floating Rate Notes or Hybrid Notes purchased by the Issuer at their Redemption Amount on any date on which interest is due to be paid on such Notes and the Issuer will purchase such Notes accordingly. To exercise such option, a Noteholder shall deposit any Notes to be purchased with the Principal Paying Agent at its specified office together with all Coupons and any unexchanged Talon, if any, relating to such Notes which mature after the date fixed for purchase, together with a duly completed option exercise

28

notice in the form obtainable from the Principal Paying Agent within the Noteholders’ Purchase Option Period shown on the face hereof. Any Notes so deposited may not be withdrawn (except as provided in the Agency Agreement) without the prior consent of the Issuer. Such Notes may be held, resold or surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent for cancellation. The Notes so purchased, while held by or on behalf of the Issuer, shall not entitle the holder to vote at any meetings of the Noteholders and shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of calculating quorums at meetings of the Noteholders or for the purposes of Conditions 9, 10 and 11.

(d) Redemption at the Option of the Issuer

If so provided hereon, the Issuer may, on giving irrevocable notice to the Noteholders falling within the Issuer’s Redemption Option Period shown on the face hereof, redeem all or, if so provided, some of the Notes at their Redemption Amount or integral multiples thereof and on the date or dates so provided. Any such redemption of Notes shall be at their Redemption Amount, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption.

All Notes in respect of which any such notice is given shall be redeemed on the date specified in such notice in accordance with this Condition.

In the case of a partial redemption of the Notes, the notice to Noteholders shall also contain the certificate numbers of the Notes to be redeemed, which shall have been drawn by or on behalf of the Issuer in such place and in such manner as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Notes Trustee, subject to compliance with any applicable laws. So long as the Notes are listed on any Stock Exchange, the Issuer shall comply with the rules of such Stock Exchange in relation to the publication of any redemption of such Notes.

(e) Redemption at the Option of Noteholders

If so provided hereon, the Issuer shall, at the option of the holder of any Note, redeem such Note on the date or dates so provided at its Redemption Amount, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption. To exercise such option, the holder must deposit such Note (together with all unmatured Coupons and any unexchanged Talon, if any) with the Principal Paying Agent at its specified office, together with a duly completed option exercise notice in the form obtainable from the Principal Paying Agent or the Issuer (as applicable) within the Noteholders’ Redemption Option Period shown on the face hereof. Any Note so deposited may not be withdrawn (except as provided in the Agency Agreement) without the prior consent of the Issuer.

(f) Redemption for Taxation Reasons

If so provided hereon, the Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part, on any Interest Payment Date or, if so specified hereon, at any time on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable), at their Redemption Amount or (in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Early Redemption Amount (as defined in Condition 5(i) below) (together with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption), if (i) the Issuer has or will become obliged to pay additional amounts as provided or referred to in Condition 7, or increase the payment of such additional amounts, as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations, rulings or other administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder) of Singapore or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings or other administrative pronouncements, which change or amendment is made public on or after the Issue Date or any other date specified in the Pricing Supplement, and (ii) such obligations cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it, provided that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such additional amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due. Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer shall deliver to the Notes Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent (1) a certificate signed by a duly authorised signatory of the Issuer setting forth a statement of facts and stating that the obligation referred to in (i) above cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it, and (2) an opinion of independent legal, tax or any other professional advisers of recognised standing to the effect that the Issuer has or is likely to

29

become obliged to pay such additional amounts as a result of such change or amendment and the Notes Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the condition precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem having occurred, in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

(g) Redemption upon Cessation or Suspension of Trading of Units

If on any date, (i) the units of the Trust cease to be traded on the SGX-ST or (ii) trading in the units of the Trust on the SGX-ST is suspended for a continuous period of more than ten market days, the Issuer shall, at the option of the holder of any Note, redeem such Note at its Redemption Amount together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption on any date on which interest is due to be paid on such Notes or, if earlier, the date falling 45 days after the Effective Date. The Issuer shall within seven days after the Effective Date, give notice to the Notes Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Noteholders of the occurrence of the event specified in this paragraph (g) (provided that any failure by the Issuer to give such notice shall not prejudice any Noteholder of such option). To exercise such option, the holder must deposit such Note (together with all unmatured Coupons and unexchanged Talon, if any) with the Principal Paying Agent at its specified office, together with an Exercise Notice in the form obtainable from the Principal Paying Agent or the Issuer (as applicable) not later than 21 days after the Effective Date. Any Note so deposited may not be withdrawn (except as provided in the Agency Agreement) without the prior consent of the Issuer.

In this Condition 5(g):

(1) “Effective Date” means (in the case of (i) above) the date of cessation of trading or (in the case of (ii) above) the business day immediately following the expiry of such continuous period of ten market days; and

(2) “market days” means a day on which the SGX-ST is open for securities trading.

(h) Purchases

The Issuer or any of the related corporations of the Trust may at any time purchase Notes at any price (provided that they are purchased together with all unmatured Coupons and unexchanged Talon, if any, relating to them) in the open market or otherwise, provided that in any such case such purchase or purchases is in compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and directives.

Notes purchased by the Issuer or any of the related corporations of the Trust may be surrendered by the purchaser through the Issuer to the Principal Paying Agent for cancellation or may at the option of the Issuer or relevant subsidiary be held or resold.

For the purposes of these Conditions, “directive” includes any present or future directive, regulation, request, requirement, rule or credit restraint programme of any relevant agency, authority, central bank department, government, legislative, minister, ministry, official public or statutory corporation, self-regulating organisation, or stock exchange.

(i) Early Redemption of Zero Coupon Notes

(i) The Early Redemption Amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note, the Early Redemption Amount of which is not linked to an index and/or formula, upon redemption of such Note pursuant to Condition 5(f) or upon it becoming due and payable as provided in Condition 9, shall be the Amortised Face Amount (calculated as provided below) of such Note unless otherwise specified hereon.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (iii) below, the Amortised Face Amount of any such Note shall be the scheduled Redemption Amount of such Note on the Maturity Date discounted at a rate per annum (expressed as a percentage) equal to the Amortisation Yield (which, if none is shown hereon, shall be such rate as would produce an Amortised Face Amount equal to the issue price of the Notes if they were discounted back to their issue price on the Issue Date) compounded annually.

30

(iii) If the Early Redemption Amount payable in respect of any such Note upon its redemption pursuant to Condition 5(f) or upon it becoming due and payable as provided in Condition 9 is not paid when due, the Early Redemption Amount due and payable in respect of such Note shall be the Amortised Face Amount of such Note as defined in sub-paragraph (ii) above, except that such sub-paragraph shall have effect as though the date on which the Note becomes due and payable were the Relevant Date. The calculation of the Amortised Face Amount in accordance with this sub-paragraph will continue to be made (as well after as before judgment) until the Relevant Date, unless the Relevant Date falls on or after the Maturity Date, in which case the amount due and payable shall be the scheduled Redemption Amount of such Note on the Maturity Date together with any interest which may accrue in accordance with Condition 4(IV).

Where such calculation is to be made for a period of less than one year, it shall be made on the basis of the Day Count Fraction shown on the face of the Note.

(j) Redemption upon Termination of the Trust

In the event that the Trust is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the RM Trust Deed (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed), the Issuer shall redeem all (and not some only) of the Notes at their Redemption Amount or (in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Early Redemption Amount together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption on any date on which interest is due to be paid on such Notes or, if earlier, the date of termination of the Trust.

The Issuer shall forthwith notify the Notes Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and (in accordance with Condition 15) the Noteholders of the termination of the Trust.

(k) Cancellation

All Notes purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of the related corporations of the Trust may be surrendered for cancellation by surrendering each such Note together with all unmatured Coupons and unexchanged Talon, if any, to the Principal Paying Agent at its specified office and, if so surrendered, shall, together with all Notes redeemed by the Issuer, be cancelled forthwith (together with all unmatured Coupons and unexchanged Talon, if any, attached thereto or surrendered therewith). Any Notes so surrendered for cancellation may not be reissued or resold.

6. Payments

(a) Principal and Interest

Payments of principal and interest in respect of the Notes will, subject as mentioned below, be made against presentation and surrender of the relevant Notes or Coupons, as the case may be, at the specified office of the Principal Paying Agent by a cheque drawn in the currency in which payment is due on, or, at the option of the holders, by transfer to an account maintained by the payee in that currency with, a bank in the principal financial centre for that currency.

(b) Payments subject to law etc.

All payments are subject in all cases to any applicable fiscal or other laws, regulations and directives, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 7. No commission or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders or Couponholders in respect of such payments.

(c) Appointment of Agents

The Principal Paying Agent, the Non-CDP Paying Agent and their respective specified offices are listed below. The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of the Principal Paying Agent or the Non-CDP Paying Agent and to appoint additional or other paying agents or non-CDP paying agents, provided that it will at all times maintain a paying agent having a specified office in Singapore and a non-CDP paying agent having a specified office in Hong Kong.

Notice of any such change or any change of any specified office will promptly be given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15.

31

The Agency Agreement may be amended by the Issuer, the Paying Agents and the Notes Trustee, without the consent of any Noteholder, for the purpose of curing any ambiguity or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein or in any manner which the Issuer, the Paying Agents and the Notes Trustee may mutually deem necessary or desirable and which does not, in the opinion of the Issuer, the Paying Agents and the Notes Trustee, adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders.

(d) Unmatured Coupons and Unexchanged Talons

(i) Fixed Rate Notes and Hybrid Notes should be surrendered for payment together with all unmatured Coupons (if any) relating to such Notes (and, in the case of Hybrid Notes, relating to interest payable during the Fixed Rate Period), failing which an amount equal to the face value of each missing unmatured Coupon (or, in the case of payment not being made in full, that proportion of the amount of such missing unmatured Coupon which the sum of principal so paid bears to the total principal due) will be deducted from the Redemption Amount due for payment. Any amount so deducted will be paid in the manner mentioned above against surrender of such missing Coupon within a period of five years from the Relevant Date for the payment of such principal (whether or not such Coupon has become void pursuant to Condition 8).

(ii) Subject to the provisions of the relevant Pricing Supplement upon the due date for redemption of any Floating Rate Note, Variable Rate Note or Hybrid Note, unmatured Coupons relating to such Note (and, in the case of Hybrid Notes, relating to interest payable during the Floating Rate Period) (whether or not attached) shall become void and no payment shall be made in respect of them.

(iii) Upon the due date for redemption of any Note, any unexchanged Talon relating to such Note (whether or not attached) shall become void and no Coupon shall be delivered in respect of such Talon.

(iv) Where any Floating Rate Note, Variable Rate Note or Hybrid Note is presented for redemption without all unmatured Coupons relating to it (and, in the case of Hybrid Notes, relating to interest payable during the Floating Rate Period) and where any Note is presented for redemption without any unexchanged Talon relating to it, redemption of such Note shall be made only against the provision of such indemnity as the Issuer may require.

(v) If the due date for redemption or repayment of any Note is not a due date for payment of interest, interest accrued from the preceding due date for payment of interest or the Interest Commencement Date, as the case may be, shall only be payable against presentation (and surrender if appropriate) of the relevant Note.

(e) Talons

On or after the Interest Payment Date for the final Coupon forming part of the Coupon sheet issued in respect of any Note, the Talon forming part of such Coupon sheet may be surrendered at the specified office of the Principal Paying Agent on any business day in exchange for a further Coupon sheet (but excluding any Coupons which may have become void pursuant to Condition 8) and, if necessary, another Talon for a further Coupon sheet.

(f) Non-business days

Subject as provided in the relevant Pricing Supplement or subject as otherwise provided in these Conditions, if any date for the payment in respect of any Note or Coupon is not a business day, the holder shall not be entitled to payment until the next following business day and shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in respect of any such delay.

(g) Default Interest

If on or after the due date for payment of any sum in respect of the Notes, payment of all or any part of such sum is not made against due presentation of the Notes or, as the case may be, the Coupons, the Issuer shall pay interest on the amount so unpaid from such due date up to the day of actual receipt by the relevant Noteholders or, as the case may be, Couponholders (as well after

32

as before judgment) at a rate per annum determined by the Principal Paying Agent to be equal to two per cent. per annum above (in the case of a Fixed Rate Note or a Hybrid Note during the Fixed Rate Period) the Interest Rate applicable to such Note, (in the case of a Floating Rate Note or a Hybrid Note during the Floating Rate Period) the Rate of Interest applicable to such Note or (in the case of a Variable Rate Note) the variable rate by which the Agreed Yield applicable to such Note is determined or, as the case may be, the Rate of Interest applicable to such Note, or in the case of a Zero Coupon Note, as provided for in the relevant Pricing Supplement. So long as the default continues then such rate shall be re-calculated on the same basis at intervals of such duration as the Principal Paying Agent may select, save that the amount of unpaid interest at the above rate accruing during the preceding such period shall be added to the amount in respect of which the Issuer is in default and itself bear interest accordingly. Interest at the rate(s) determined in accordance with this paragraph shall be calculated on the Day Count Fraction shown on the face of the Note and the actual number of days elapsed, shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be immediately due and payable by the Issuer.

7. Taxation

All payments in respect of the Notes and the Coupons by the Issuer shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within Singapore or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In such event, the Issuer shall pay such additional amounts as will result in the receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such deduction or withholding been required, except that no such additional amounts shall be payable in respect of any Note or Coupon presented for payment:

(a) by or on behalf of a holder who is subject to such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges by reason of his being connected with Singapore otherwise than by reason only of the holding of such Note or Coupon or the receipt of any sums due in respect of such Note or Coupon (including, without limitation, the holder being a resident of, or a permanent establishment in, Singapore);

(b) more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that the holder thereof would have been entitled to such additional amounts on presenting the same for payment on the last day of such period of 30 days; or

(c) by or on behalf of a holder who would be able to lawfully avoid (but has not so avoided) such deduction or withholding by making a declaration or any other statement including, but not limited to, a declaration of residence or non-residence, but fails to do so.

As used in these Conditions, “Relevant Date” in respect of any Note or Coupon means the date on which payment in respect thereof first becomes due or (if any amount of the money payable is improperly withheld or refused) the date on which payment in full of the amount outstanding is made or (if earlier) the date falling seven days after that on which notice is duly given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 that, upon further presentation of the Note or Coupon being made in accordance with the Conditions, such payment will be made, provided that payment is in fact made upon presentation, and references to “principal” shall be deemed to include any premium payable in respect of the Notes, all Redemption Amounts, Early Redemption Amounts and all other amounts in the nature of principal payable pursuant to Condition 5, “interest” shall be deemed to include all Interest Amounts and all other amounts payable pursuant to Condition 4 and any reference to “principal” and/or “premium” and/or “Redemption Amounts” and/or “interest” and/or “Early Redemption Amounts” shall be deemed to include any additional amounts which may be payable under these Conditions.

8. Prescription

The Notes and Coupons (which, for this purpose, shall not include Talons) shall become void unless presented for payment within five years from the appropriate Relevant Date for payment.

33

9. Events of Default

If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) occurs which has not been waived the Notes Trustee at its discretion may, and if so requested by holders of at least 25 per cent. in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution shall, give notice to the Issuer that the Notes are immediately due and repayable, whereupon the Redemption Amount of such Notes or (in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) the Early Redemption Amount of such Notes together with accrued interest to the date of payment shall become immediately due and payable:

(a) the Issuer does not pay any principal payable by it under any of the Notes when due or the Issuer does not pay any other sum (other than principal) payable by it under any of the Notes within five business days of its due date, in each case at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable;

(b) the Issuer does not perform or comply with any one or more of its obligations (other than the payment obligation of the Issuer referred to in paragraph (a)) under any of the Issue Documents (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) or any of the Notes and if that default is capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 30 days (or such longer period as the Notes Trustee may permit, provided that nothing herein shall oblige the Notes Trustee to exercise such discretion) of the Notes Trustee giving written notice to the Issuer of the failure to perform or comply and requiring the same to be remedied;

(c) any representation, warranty or statement by the Issuer in any of the Issue Documents or any of the Notes or in any document delivered under any of the Issue Documents or any of the Notes is not complied with in any respect or is or proves to have been incorrect in any respect when made or deemed repeated and, if that default is capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 30 days (or such longer period as the Notes Trustee may permit, provided that nothing herein shall oblige the Notes Trustee to exercise such discretion) of the Notes Trustee giving written notice to the Issuer of such non-compliance or incorrect representation, warranty or statement and requiring the same to be remedied;

(d) (i) any other indebtedness of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust in respect of borrowed moneys is or is declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of any actual default, event of default or the like (however described) or is not paid when due or, as a result of any actual default, event of default or the like (however described) any facility relating to any such indebtedness is or is declared to be cancelled or terminated before its normal expiry date or any person otherwise entitled to use any such facility is not so entitled, in each case within any originally applicable grace period in any agreement in relation to that indebtedness; or

(ii) the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust fails to pay when properly called upon to do so any guarantee of indebtedness for borrowed moneys;

provided however that no Event of Default will occur under this paragraph (d) unless and until the aggregate amount of the indebtedness in respect of which one or more of the events mentioned above in this paragraph (d) has/have occurred equals or exceeds S$30,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies);

(e) the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust is (or is deemed by law or a court to be) insolvent or unable to pay its debts, stops, suspends or threatens to stop or suspend payment of all or any material part of (or of a particular type of) its indebtedness, proposes or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of the relevant creditors or a moratorium is agreed or declared in respect of all or any material part of (or of a particular type of) the indebtedness of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust;

34

(f) a distress, attachment, execution or other legal process is levied, enforced or sued out on or against all or any material part of the property, assets or revenues of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust and is not discharged or stayed within 45 days (or such longer period as the Notes Trustee may permit, provided that nothing herein shall oblige the Notes Trustee to exercise such discretion);

(g) any security on or over the whole or any material part of the property or assets of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust becomes enforceable or any step is taken to enforce it (including the taking of possession or the appointment of a receiver, manager or other similar person);

(h) (i) a notice has been given by the Issuer under the RM Trust Deed for the termination of the Trust or (ii) any application is made, meeting is convened, order is made or effective resolution is passed for the winding-up, termination or dissolution of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust (except (1) for the purpose of and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganisation, merger, restructuring or consolidation on terms approved by the Noteholders by way of an Extraordinary Resolution before that event occurs or (2) in the case of a subsidiary only, where such winding-up, termination or dissolution does not involve insolvency and does not have a material adverse effect on the Issuer) or (iii) any order is made or effective resolution is passed for the appointment of a liquidator (including a provisional liquidator), receiver, manager, judicial manager, trustee, administrator, agent or similar officer of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust or over the whole or any material part of the property or assets of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust or (iv) the appointment of a liquidator (including a provisional liquidator), receiver, manager, judicial manager, trustee, administrator, agent or similar officer of the Issuer, the Trust of any of the subsidiaries of the Trust or over the whole or any material part of the property or assets of the Issuer, the Trust or any of the Subsidiaries of the Trust is made;

(i) the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust ceases or threatens to cease to carry on all or any material part of its business or (otherwise than as permitted by, and in connection with, Clause 15.25 of the Notes Trust Deed) disposes or threatens to dispose of the whole or any material part of its property or assets (except (i) on terms approved by the Noteholders by way of an Extraordinary Resolution before that event occurs or (ii) in the case of a subsidiary only, for the purposes of or pursuant to a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganisation, merger, restructuring or consolidation which does not involve insolvency and which does not have a material adverse effect on the Issuer);

(j) all or any material part of the assets of the Group, taken as a whole, are seized, compulsorily acquired, expropriated or nationalised by any person acting under the authority of any national, regional or local government;

(k) any action, condition or thing (including the obtaining of any necessary consent) at any time required to be taken, fulfilled or done for any of the purposes stated in Clause 14.6 of the Notes Trust Deed is not taken, fulfilled or done, or any such consent ceases to be in full force and effect without modification or any condition in or relating to any such consent is not complied with (unless that consent or condition is no longer required or applicable);

(l) it is or will become unlawful for the Issuer to perform or comply with any one or more of its payment or other material obligations under any of the Issue Documents or any of the Notes;

(m) any of the Issue Documents or any of the Notes ceases for any reason (or is claimed by the Issuer not) to be the legal and valid obligations of the Issuer, binding upon it in accordance with its terms;

(n) any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding (other than those of a frivolous or vexatious nature which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings) against the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust is current or pending (i) to restrain the exercise of any of the rights and/or the performance or enforcement of or

35

compliance with any of the payment or other material obligations of the Issuer under any of the Issue Documents or any of the Notes or (ii) which has or could have a material adverse effect on the Issuer;

(o) any event occurs which, under the law of any relevant jurisdiction, has an analogous or equivalent effect to any of the events mentioned in paragraph (e), (f), (g), (h) or (j);

(p) the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries is declared by the Minister of Finance to be a declared company under the provisions of Part IX of the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore; and

(q) (i)(1) the Trustee-Manager (as defined in the Notes Trust Deed) resigns or is removed; (2) an order is made for the winding-up of the Trustee-Manager (other than the amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation of the Trustee-Manager), a receiver, judicial manager, administrator, agent or similar officer of the Trustee-Manager is appointed; and/or (3) there is a declaration, imposition or promulgation in Singapore or in any relevant jurisdiction of a moratorium, any form of exchange control or any law, directive or regulation of any agency or the amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation of the Trustee-Manager which prevents or restricts the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under any of the Issue Documents to which it is a party or any of the Notes and (ii) the replacement or substitute trustee-manager of the Trustee-Manager is not appointed in accordance with the terms of the RM Trust Deed.

10. Enforcement of Rights

At any time after an Event of Default has occurred or after the Notes shall have become due and payable, the Notes Trustee may, at its discretion and without further notice, institute such proceedings against the Issuer as it may think fit to enforce repayment of the Notes, together with accrued interest, and to enforce the provisions of the Issue Documents but it shall not be bound to take any such proceedings unless (a) it shall have been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders or so requested in writing by Noteholders holding not less than 25 per cent. in principal amount of the Notes outstanding and (b) it shall have been indemnified and/or secured and/or pre-funded by the Noteholders to its satisfaction. No Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer unless the Notes Trustee, having become bound to do so, fails to do so within a reasonable period and such failure shall be continuing.

11. Meeting of Noteholders and Modifications

The Notes Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of Noteholders of a Series to consider any matter affecting their interests, including modification by Extraordinary Resolution of the Notes of such Series (including these Conditions insofar as the same may apply to such Notes) or any of the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed.

The Notes Trustee or the Issuer at any time may, and the Notes Trustee upon the request in writing by Noteholders holding not less than one-tenth of the principal amount of the Notes of any Series for the time being outstanding and after being indemnified and/or secured and/or pre-funded to its satisfaction against all costs and expenses shall, convene a meeting of the Noteholders of that Series. An Extraordinary Resolution duly passed at any such meeting shall be binding on all the Noteholders of the relevant Series, whether present or not and on all relevant Couponholders, except that any Extraordinary Resolution proposed, inter alia, (a) to amend the dates of maturity or redemption of the Notes of the relevant Series or any date for payment of interest or Interest Amounts on the Notes of the relevant Series, (b) to reduce or cancel the principal amount of, or any premium payable on redemption of, the Notes of the relevant Series, (c) to reduce the rate or rates of interest in respect of the Notes of the relevant Series or to vary the method or basis of calculating the rate or rates of interest or the basis for calculating any Interest Amount in respect of the Notes of the relevant Series, (d) to vary any method of, or basis for, calculating the Redemption Amount or the Early Redemption Amount including the method of calculating the Amortised Face Amount of the Notes of the relevant Series, (e) to vary the currency or currencies of payment or denomination of the Notes of the relevant Series, (f) to take any steps that as specified hereon may only be taken following approval by an Extraordinary Resolution to which the special quorum provisions apply or (g) to modify the provisions concerning the quorum required at any meeting of

36

Noteholders of the relevant Series or the majority required to pass the Extraordinary Resolution, will only be binding if passed at a meeting of the Noteholders of the relevant Series (or at any adjournment thereof) at which a special quorum (provided for in the Notes Trust Deed) is present.

The Notes Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to (i) any modification of any of the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed which in the opinion of the Notes Trustee is of a formal, minor or technical nature or is made to correct a manifest error or to comply with mandatory provisions of Singapore law or is required by Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Depository and/or any other clearing system in which the Notes may be held and (ii) any other modification (except as mentioned in the Notes Trust Deed), and any waiver or authorisation of any breach or proposed breach, of any of the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed which is in the opinion of the Notes Trustee not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Any such modification, authorisation or waiver shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, if the Notes Trustee so requires, such modification, authorisation or waiver shall be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable.

In connection with the exercise of its functions (including but not limited to those in relation to any proposed modification, waiver, authorisation or substitution) the Notes Trustee shall have regard to the interests of the Noteholders as a class and shall not have regard to the consequences of such exercise for individual Noteholders or Couponholders.

These Conditions may be amended, modified, or varied in relation to any Series of Notes by the terms of the relevant Pricing Supplement in relation to such Series.

12. Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons

If a Note, Coupon or Talon is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed it may be replaced, subject to applicable laws, at the specified office of the Principal Paying Agent, or at the specified office of such other Paying Agent as may from time to time be designated by the Issuer for the purpose and notice of whose designation is given to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15, on payment by the claimant of the fees and costs incurred in connection therewith and on such terms as to evidence, undertaking, security and indemnity (which may provide, inter alia, that if the allegedly lost, stolen or destroyed Note, Coupon or Talon is subsequently presented for payment, there will be paid to the Issuer on demand the amount payable by the Issuer in respect of such Note, Coupon or Talon) and otherwise as the Issuer may require. Mutilated or defaced Notes, Coupons or Talons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

13. Further Issues

The Issuer may from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes of any Series and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single Series with such Notes, and references in these Conditions to “Notes” shall be construed accordingly.

14. Indemnification of the Notes Trustee

The Notes Trust Deed contains provisions for the indemnification of the Notes Trustee and for its relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving it from taking proceedings to enforce repayment unless indemnified and/or secured and/or pre-funded to its satisfaction. The Notes Trust Deed also contains a provision entitling the Notes Trustee or any corporation related to it to enter into business transactions with the Issuer, the Trust or any of its subsidiaries without accounting to the Noteholders or Couponholders for any profit resulting from such transactions.

Each Noteholder shall be solely responsible for making and continuing to make its own independent appraisal and investigation into the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of the Issuer and the Trust, and the Notes Trustee shall not at any time have any responsibility for the same and each Noteholder shall not rely on the Notes Trustee in respect thereof.

37

15. Notices

Notices to the holders will be valid if published in a daily newspaper of general circulation in Singapore (or, if the holders of any Series of Notes can be identified, notices to such holders will also be valid if they are given to each of such holders). It is expected that such publication will be made in The Business Times. Notices will, if published more than once or on different dates, be deemed to have been given on the date of the first publication in such newspaper as provided above. Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice to the holders in accordance with this Condition 15.

Until such time as any Definitive Notes are issued, there may, so long as the Global Note(s) is or are held in its or their entirety on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository, be substituted for such publication in such newspapers the delivery of the relevant notice to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or (subject to the agreement of the Depository) the Depository for communication by it to the Noteholders, except that if the Notes are listed on the SGX-ST and the rules of such exchange so require, notice will in any event be published in accordance with the previous paragraph. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given to the Noteholders on the seventh day after the day on which the said notice was given to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository.

Notices to be given by any Noteholder pursuant hereto (including to the Issuer) shall be in writing and given by lodging the same, together with the relative Note or Notes, with the Principal Paying Agent or Non-CDP Paying Agent. Whilst the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such notice may be given by any Noteholder to the Principal Paying Agent or, as the case may be, the Non-CDP Paying Agent through Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository in such manner as the Principal Paying Agent or, as the case maybe, the Non-CDP Paying Agent and Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or the Depository may approve for this purpose.

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Condition, in any case where the identity and addresses of all the Noteholders are known to the Issuer, notices to such holders may be given individually by recorded delivery mail to such addresses and will be deemed to have been given two days from the date of despatch to the Noteholders.

16. Recourse against Issuer

(a) Recourse Limited to Trust Assets

The Issuer has entered into the Notes Trust Deed and has issued the Notes only in its capacity as trustee-manager for the Trust and not in the Issuer’s personal capacity. Accordingly, notwithstanding any provision of the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes, the Issuer has assumed all obligations under the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes only in its capacity as trustee-manager for the Trust and not in its personal capacity and any liability of or indemnity given by the Issuer under the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes is limited to the assets of the Trust over which the Issuer has recourse and shall not extend to any personal or other assets of the Issuer. The foregoing shall not relieve or discharge the Issuer from any negligence, wilful default, fraud or breach of trust and shall not restrict or prejudice the rights or remedies of the Notes Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders under law or equity in connection with any negligence, wilful default, fraud or breach of trust of the Issuer.

(b) Obligations

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes are solely the corporate obligations of the Issuer (only in its capacity as trustee-manager for the Trust and not in its personal capacity) and there shall be no recourse against the shareholders, directors, officers or employees of the Issuer for any claims, losses, damages, liabilities or other obligations whatsoever in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes. The foregoing shall not relieve or discharge the Issuer from any negligence, wilful default, fraud or breach of trust and shall not restrict or prejudice the rights or remedies of the Notes Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders under law or equity in connection with any negligence, wilful default, fraud or breach of trust of the Issuer.

38

(c) Proceedings

For the avoidance of doubt, any legal action or proceedings commenced against the Issuer whether in Singapore or elsewhere pursuant to the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes shall be brought against the Issuer in its capacity as trustee-manager and not in its personal capacity. The foregoing shall not relieve or discharge the Issuer from any negligence, wilful default, fraud or breach of trust and shall not restrict or prejudice the rights or remedies of the Notes Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders under law or equity in connection with any negligence, wilful default, fraud or breach of trust of the Issuer.

17. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act

No person shall have any right to enforce any term or condition of the Notes under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act, Chapter 53B of Singapore.

18. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a) Governing Law

The Notes, the Coupons and the Talons are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of Singapore.

(b) Jurisdiction

The courts of Singapore are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes that may arise out of or in connection with the Notes Trust Deed, the Notes, the Coupons or the Talons and accordingly any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with the Notes Trust Deed, the Notes, the Coupons or the Talons may be brought in such courts. The Issuer has in the Notes Trust Deed irrevocably submitted to the jurisdiction of such courts.

Principal Paying AgentDeutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch

One Raffles Quay #17-00 South Tower Singapore 048583

Non-CDP Paying AgentDeutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch

Level 52, International Commerce Centre1 Austin Road WestKowloon, Hong Kong

39

RISK FACTORS

Prior to making an investment or divestment decision, prospective investors or existing Noteholders should carefully consider all the information set forth in this Information Memorandum including the risk factors set out below.

The investment considerations and risk factors set out below do not purport to be complete or comprehensive of all the investment considerations and risk factors that may be involved in the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Issuer, Trust and the subsidiaries of the Trust or the properties owned by the Group or any decision to purchase, own or dispose of the Notes. Additional investment considerations and risk factors which the Issuer is currently unaware of may also impair the Issuer’s, the Trust’s and/or the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. If any of the following investment considerations or risk factors develops into actual events, the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Issuer, the Trust and/or the Group could be materially and adversely affected. In such cases, the ability of the Issuer to comply with its obligations under the Notes Trust Deed and the Notes may be adversely affected. Further, the market price of the Notes could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investments in the Notes. The investment considerations and risk factors discussed below also include forward-looking statements and the Issuer’s, the Trust’s and the Group’s actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Sub-headings are for convenience only and investment considerations and risk factors that appear under a particular sub-heading may also apply to one or more other sub-headings.

Limitations of this Information Memorandum

This Information Memorandum does not purport to nor does it contain all information that a prospective investor in or existing holder of the Notes may require in investigating the Issuer, the Trust or the Group.

Neither this Information Memorandum nor any document or information (or any part thereof) delivered or supplied under or in relation to the Programme or the Notes (or any part thereof) is intended to provide the basis of any credit or other evaluation and should not be considered as a recommendation by the Issuer, either of the Arrangers or any of the Dealers that any recipient of this Information Memorandum or any such other document or information (or such part thereof) should subscribe for or purchase or sell any of the Notes.

This Information Memorandum is not, and does not purport to be, investment advice. A prospective investor should make an investment in the Notes only after it has determined that such investment is suitable for its investment objectives. Determining whether an investment in the Notes is suitable is a prospective investor’s responsibility, even if the investor has received information to assist it in making such a determination. Each person receiving this Information Memorandum acknowledges that such person has not relied on the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and/or the associated companies of the Trust, either of the Arrangers, any of the Dealers or any person affiliated with each of them in connection with its investigation of the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein or of any additional information considered by it to be necessary in connection with its investment or divestment decision. Any recipient of this Information Memorandum contemplating subscribing for or purchasing or selling any of the Notes should determine for itself the relevance of the information contained in this Information Memorandum and any such other document or information (or any part thereof) and its investment or divestment should be, and will be deemed to be, based solely on its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs, and its own appraisal of the creditworthiness, of the Issuer, the Trust and the Group, the terms and conditions of the Notes and any other factors relevant to its decision, including the merits and risks involved. A prospective investor should consult with its legal, tax and financial advisers prior to deciding to make an investment in the Notes.

RISKS RELATING TO NOTES

Limited Liquidity of the Notes issued under the Programme.

There can be no assurance regarding the future development of the market for the Notes issued under the Programme or the ability of the Noteholders, or the price at which the Noteholders may be able, to sell their Notes. The Notes may have no established trading market when issued, and one may never

40

develop. Even if a market for the Notes does develop, it may not be very liquid. Therefore, investors may not be able to sell their Notes easily or at prices that will provide them with a yield comparable to similar investments that have a developed secondary market. This is particularly the case for Notes that are especially sensitive to interest rate, currency or market risks, are designed for specific investment objectives or strategies or have been structured to meet the investment requirements of limited categories of investors. These types of Notes generally would have a more limited secondary market and more price volatility than conventional debt securities.

Liquidity may have a severely adverse effect on the market value of the Notes. Although the issue of additional Notes may increase the liquidity of the Notes, there can be no assurance that the price of such Notes will not be adversely affected by the issue in the market of such additional Notes.

Fluctuation of the Market Value of the Notes.

Trading prices of the Notes are influenced by numerous factors, including the results of operations and/or financial condition of the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and/or the associated companies of the Trust (if any), political, economic, financial and any other factors that can affect the capital markets, the shipping industry, the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and/or the associated companies of the Trust (if any) generally. Adverse economic developments, in Singapore as well as countries in which the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and/or the associated companies of the Trust (if any) operate or have business dealings, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Issuer, the Trust and the subsidiaries and/or the associated companies of the Trust (if any).

Global financial turmoil has resulted in substantial and continuing volatility in international capital markets. Any further deterioration in global financial conditions could have a material adverse effect on worldwide financial markets, which may also adversely affect the market price of the Notes.

Interest Rate Risk.

Noteholders may suffer unforeseen losses due to fluctuations in interest rates. Generally, a rise in interest rates may cause a fall in bond prices, resulting in a capital loss for the Noteholders. However, the Noteholders may reinvest the interest payments at higher prevailing interest rates. Conversely, when interest rates fall, bond prices may rise. The Noteholders may enjoy a capital gain but interest payments received may be reinvested at lower prevailing interest rates.

Inflation Risk.

Noteholders may suffer erosion on the return of their investments due to inflation. Noteholders who have an anticipated rate of return based on expected inflation rates on the purchase of the Notes may find that an unexpected increase in inflation could reduce its actual returns.

Singapore Tax Risk.

The Notes to be issued from time to time under the Programme during the period from the date of this Information Memorandum to 31 December 2013 and, pursuant to the MAS Circular FSD Cir 02/2013 entitled “Extension and Refinement of Tax Concessions for Promoting the Debt Market” issued by the MAS on 28 June 2013, during the period from 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2018, are intended to be “qualifying debt securities” for the purposes of the ITA, subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions more particularly described in the section “Singapore Taxation” herein.

However, there is no assurance that such Notes will continue to enjoy the tax concessions in connection therewith should the relevant tax laws or MAS circulars be amended or revoked at any time.

The Notes may not be a suitable investment for all investors.

Each potential investor in the Notes must determine the suitability of that investment in light of its own circumstances. In particular, each potential investor should:

(i) have sufficient knowledge and experience to make a meaningful evaluation of the relevant Notes, the merits and risks of investing in the relevant Notes and the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Information Memorandum or any applicable supplement to this Information Memorandum;

41

(ii) have access to, and knowledge of, appropriate analytical tools to evaluate, in the context of its particular financial situation, an investment in the relevant Notes and the impact such investment will have on its overall investment portfolio;

(iii) have sufficient financial resources and liquidity to bear all of the risks of an investment in the relevant Notes, including Notes with principal or interest payable in one or more currencies, or where the currency for principal or interest payments is different from the potential investor’s currency;

(iv) understand thoroughly the terms of the relevant Notes and be familiar with the behaviour of any relevant indices and financial markets; and

(v) be able to evaluate (either alone or with the help of a financial adviser) possible scenarios for economic, interest rate and other factors that may affect its investment and its ability to bear the applicable risks.

Some Notes may be complex financial instruments. Sophisticated institutional investors generally do not purchase complex financial instruments as standalone investments. They purchase complex financial instruments as a way to reduce risk or enhance yield with an understood, measured, appropriate addition of risk to their overall portfolios. A potential investor should not invest in Notes which are complex financial instruments unless it has the expertise (either alone or with a financial adviser) to evaluate how the Notes will perform under changing conditions, the resulting effects on the value of such Notes and the impact this investment will have on the potential investor’s overall investment portfolio.

Performance of contractual obligations by the Issuer is dependent on other parties.

The ability of the Issuer to make payments in respect of the Notes may depend upon the due performance by the other parties to the Programme Agreement, the Notes Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the Agent Bank Agreement of their obligations thereunder including the performance by the Notes Trustee, the Paying Agents and/or the Agent Bank of their respective obligations. Whilst the non-performance of any relevant parties will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations to make payments in respect of the Notes, the Issuer may not, in such circumstance, be able to fulfill its obligations to the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

The Notes Trustee may request Noteholders to provide an indemnity and/or security and/or pre-funding to its satisfaction.

In certain circumstances (pursuant to Condition 10), the Notes Trustee may (at its sole discretion) request Noteholders to provide an indemnity and/or security and/or pre-funding to its satisfaction before it takes action on behalf of Noteholders. The Notes Trustee is not obliged to take any such action if not indemnified and/or secured and/or pre-funded to its satisfaction. Negotiating and agreeing to an indemnity and/or security and/or pre-funding can be a lengthy process and may impact on when such actions can be taken. The Notes Trustee may not be able to take action, notwithstanding the provision of an indemnity or security or pre-funding to it, in breach of the terms of the Notes Trust Deed and in circumstances where there is uncertainty or dispute as to the applicable laws or regulations and, to the extent permitted by the agreements and the applicable law, it will be for the Noteholders to take such action directly.

The Notes may be subject to optional redemption by the Issuer.

An optional redemption feature is likely to limit the market value of Notes. During any period when the Issuer may elect to redeem Notes, the market value of such Notes generally will not rise substantially above the price at which they can be redeemed. This also may be true prior to any redemption period. The Issuer may be expected to redeem Notes when its cost of borrowing is lower than the interest rate on the Notes. At those times, an investor generally would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Notes being redeemed and may only be able to do so at a significantly lower rate. Potential investors should consider reinvestment risk in light of other investments available at that time.

42

The Notes may be issued at a substantial discount or premium.

The market values of securities issued at a substantial discount or premium from their principal amount tend to fluctuate more in relation to general changes in interest rates than do prices for conventional interest-bearing securities. Generally, the longer the remaining term of the securities, the greater the price volatility as compared to conventional interest-bearing securities with comparable maturities.

Exchange rate risks and exchange controls may result in Noteholders receiving less interest or principal than expected.

The Issuer will pay principal and interest on the Notes in the currency specified in the relevant Pricing Supplement. This presents certain risks relating to currency conversions if Noteholder’s financial activities are denominated principally in a currency or currency unit (the “Investor’s Currency”) other than such specified currency. These include the risk that exchange rates may significantly change (including changes due to devaluation of the currency in which the Notes are denominated or revaluation of the Investor’s Currency) and the risk that authorities with jurisdiction over the Investor’s Currency may impose or modify exchange controls. An appreciation in the value of the Investor’s Currency relative to the currency in which the Notes are denominated would decrease (i) the Investor’s Currency equivalent yield on the Notes, (ii) the Investor’s Currency equivalent value of the principal payable on the Notes and (iii) the Investor’s Currency equivalent market value of the Notes. Government and monetary authorities may impose (as some have done in the past) exchange controls that could adversely affect an applicable exchange rate. As a result, investors may receive less interest or principal than expected, or no interest or principal. This risk is in addition to any performance risk that relates to the Issuer or the type of Note being issued.

Provisions in the Notes Trust Deed and the Terms and Conditions of the Notes may be modified.

The Terms and Conditions of the Notes contain provisions for calling meetings of Noteholders to consider matters affecting their interests generally. These provisions permit defined majorities to bind all Noteholders including Noteholders who did not attend and vote at the relevant meeting and Noteholders who voted in a manner contrary to the majority.

The Terms and Conditions of the Notes also provide that the Notes Trustee may agree, without the consent of Noteholders or Couponholders, to (i) any modification of any of the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed which is in the opinion of the Notes Trustee is of a formal, minor or technical nature or is made to correct a manifest error or to comply with mandatory provisions of Singapore law or is required by Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Depository and/or any other clearing system in which the Notes may be held and (ii) any other modification (except as mentioned in the Notes Trust Deed), and any waiver or authorisation of any breach or proposed breach, of any of the provisions of the Notes Trust Deed which is in the opinion of the Notes Trustee not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

Variable Rate Notes may have a multiplier or other leverage factor.

Notes with variable interest rates can be volatile investments. If they are structured to include multipliers or other leverage factors, or caps or floors, or any combination of those features or other similar related features, their market values may be even more volatile than those for securities that do not include those features.

The Issuer’s ability to comply with its obligation to repay the Notes may be dependent upon the earnings of, and distributions by, members of the Group and future performance of the Trust and the Group.

The Issuer’s ability to comply with its obligation to repay the Notes may depend on the earnings of the Trust and the Group and the distribution of funds amongst the Trust and the members of the Group, primarily in the form of dividends. Whether or not members of the Group can make distributions to the Trust will depend on distributable earnings, cash flow conditions, restrictions that may be contained in the debt instruments of its members, applicable law and other arrangements. These restrictions could reduce the amount of distributions that the Trust receives from the members of the Group, which would restrict the Group’s ability to fund its business operations and the Issuer’s ability to comply with its payment obligations under the Notes.

43

Further, the ability of the Issuer to make scheduled principal or interest payments on its indebtedness, including the Notes, and to fund the Trust’s growth aspirations, will depend on the Trust and the Group’s future performance and its ability to generate cash, which to a certain extent is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, legal, regulatory and other factors, as well as other factors discussed in this section “Investment Considerations”, many of which are beyond the control of the Issuer. If the Trust’s future cash flow from operations and other capital resources are insufficient for the Issuer to pay its debt obligations, including the Notes, or to fund its other liquidity needs, it may be forced to sell assets, attempt to restructure or refinance its existing indebtedness. No assurance can be given that the Issuer would be able to accomplish any of these measures on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms or at all.

Notes issued under the Programme have no current active trading market and may trade at a discount to their initial offering price and/or with limited liquidity.

Notes issued under the Programme will be new Notes which may not be widely distributed and for which there is currently no active trading market (unless in the case of any particular Tranche, such Tranche is to be consolidated with and form a single series with a Tranche of Notes which is already issued). If the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount to their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar Notes, general economic conditions and the financial condition of the Issuer. If the Notes are trading at a discount, investors may not be able to receive a favourable price for their Notes, and in some circumstances investors may not be able to sell their Notes at their fair market value or at all.

Although an application has been made for the Notes issued under the Programme to be admitted to listing on the SGX-ST, there is no assurance that such application will be accepted, that any particular Tranche of Notes will be so admitted or that an active trading market will develop. In addition, the market for investment grade and crossover grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices of notes similar to the Notes to be issued under the Programme. Accordingly, there is no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any trading market, or that disruptions will not occur, for any particular Tranche of Notes.

Risks Relating to the Trust’s Industry

The shipping industry is highly volatile in nature and subject to cyclical fluctuations, which may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The shipping industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter hire rates, vessel values and profitability, resulting from changes in the supply of and demand for shipping capacity. The demand for shipping capacity and the associated level of charter rates are largely driven by and generally follow global patterns of economic development, growth and activity. Changes in demand and rates are also influenced by developments and changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, changes in weather patterns, environmental concerns, political conditions, armed conflicts, changes to regulatory regimes, canal and port closures, increases and decreases in fuel and lubricant prices, foreign exchange fluctuations, embargoes and strikes. A decrease in fuel price could drive the container liner shipping companies to increase the average speed of their vessels, the effect of which would be an increase in the supply of ship capacity.

The global supply of shipping capacity is determined by the number and capacity of vessels in the existing fleet, the deployment of vessels around the world, the impact of port congestion, the delivery of new ships, the conversion of ships to other uses and the loss of vessels, whether due to retirement, repair or disaster. Such supply may also be affected by regulation of maritime transportation practices by governmental and international authorities, including, but not limited to, changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful lives of ships. Almost all of the factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside the Trust’s control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

Except for 2009, the container shipping industry has enjoyed demand growth in the past few years, largely driven by global economic growth and the shift of manufacturing operations to China and other countries where operating costs are low. Historically, industry participants have responded to such periods of high demand by investing in vessels and containers to increase their capacity, as has occurred in the past few

44

years. These investments eventually drive charter rates down as newly-available capacity catches up with demand. Further, as containerships generally have estimated economic lives of approximately 30 years and must be ordered in advance, there can be periods of excess or deficit capacity relative to the demand for shipping volumes. As a result of the lengthy construction process and need for advance orderings, it may take several years to correct a market imbalance. Thus, there can be no assurance that there will be sufficient demand for container shipping capacity to absorb the delivery of newbuildings that will operate in the container shipping market in the near future.

Decreases in the demand for container shipping services or increases in the supply of capacity could lead to delayed recovery of charter rates, reduced volume or a combination of the two, as well as declines in the market values of the Trust’s vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust operates in a highly competitive industry, which may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The container shipping industry is highly fragmented among many global and regional shippers, owners and operators of containerships and is characterised by intense competition. One of the Trust’s business strategies is to place its vessels on long-term, fixed-rate time charters. The process of obtaining long-term charters is highly competitive and involves an intensive bidding and selection process. Competition for charters is based on a variety of factors, which may include, but are not limited to:

charter hire or contract rates;

relationships with charterers and others;

willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination for force majeure events;

vessel availability and the size, age and condition of the vessel;

the ability to finance containerships at competitive rates;

the quality, experience and reputation of the ship manager;

the financial stability of the ship operator; and

relationships with shipyards.

Any of these factors could limit the Trust’s ability to retain existing and attract new customers for its vessels. The failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Additionally, the Trust faces competition from a variety of parties, including, but not limited to, regional and global shipowners, trading companies and other ship investment entities and funds, many of which are larger and may have greater financial resources than it has. These competitors may be able to operate larger fleets, offer better charter rates and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and employment of their containerships than the Trust. In addition, the entry of new competitors, a change in the level of marketing undertaken by competitors or irrational behaviour by the Trust’s competitors may result in increased competition and higher pressure on margins which could also have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Disruptions in global financial markets and economic conditions or changes in lending practices in the future may harm the Trust’s ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, which could hinder or prevent the Trust from meeting capital needs.

Globally, the financial markets and economic conditions have been volatile and have faced disruption in recent years. It has been generally difficult to obtain financing and the cost of any available financing increased significantly due to the exceedingly distressed debt and equity markets. If there is significant deterioration of global financial markets and economic conditions in the future, the Trust may be unable to obtain adequate funding under the present credit facilities due to reluctance from or the inability of lenders to meet funding obligations, market disruption events or increased costs, which may lead to an

45

inability to obtain funds at the interest rate agreed in the Trust’s credit facilities. Such deterioration may also cause lenders to be unwilling to provide the Trust with new financing to the extent required to fund ongoing operations and growth. In addition, in recent years, the number of lenders for shipping companies has decreased and ship-funding lenders have generally lowered their loan-to-value ratios and shortened loan terms and accelerated repayment schedules. These factors may hinder the Trust’s ability to access financing.

If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavourable terms, the Trust may be unable to meet obligations as they come due or be unable to implement growth strategies, complete acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could harm the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Containership values may fluctuate substantially and result in volatility to the Trust’s financial condition and results of operations.

Containership values generally experience a certain degree of volatility. The value of the Trust’s vessels may fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including, but not limited to:

supply and demand for similar types of containerships;

prevailing economic conditions in the markets in which the Trust’s vessels operate;

a substantial or extended decline in world trade;

competition from other shipping companies;

the age and condition of the Trust’s vessels;

the fuel efficiency of the Trust’s vessels;

increases in the supply of containership capacity;

the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise; and

the availability and costs of other modes of transportation.

These factors will affect the Trust’s ability to renew or obtain charters as well as the rates it will be able to charge for such charters at the termination of the existing charters and the price of its vessels at the time of sale.

The Trust regularly reviews the carrying amount of its vessels to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Indicators of such impairment include the Trust’s ability to renew or obtain charters as well as the rates it will be able to charge for such charters. If the Trust is unable to renew or obtain charters, or if the rates that it is able to charge decrease, the Trust will have to estimate the recoverable amount of the relevant ships and will recognise an impairment loss whenever the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Conversely, the Trust reverses an impairment loss in relation to a vessel if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount, including a renewal or the entry into a new charter or if the rates that it is able to charge increases. See Note 2.8(b) to the notes to the Trust’s 2012 annual report for further details. As a result, the Trust’s financial condition and results of operations could be volatile. For example, the Trust recognized a write-back of vessel impairment of US$7.3 million in 2010 and US$2.9 million in 2011, but incurred a provision for vessel impairment of US$4.5 million in 2012.

In addition, if for any reason, including, but not limited to, the Trust’s inability to re-charter a vessel at favourable rates at the termination of its charter, the Trust elects to dispose of a vessel, it will be subject to prevailing market rates. The Trust’s inability to dispose of any vessel at a reasonable price could result in a loss and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

46

The Trust operates in a highly regulated industry that may limit its ability to do business or require it to incur substantial costs in meeting existing and new regulations.

The container shipping industry is highly regulated, and the Trust’s operations are affected by extensive and evolving environmental protection laws and other regulations in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which its vessels operate, as well as in the countries in which such vessels are registered. Compliance with such laws and regulations may entail significant expenses, including, but not limited to, expenses for ship modifications and changes in operating procedures.

The operating certificates and licences of the Trust’s vessels are renewed periodically during each vessel’s required annual survey. However, government regulation of vessels may change in the future and may require the Trust to incur significant capital expenditures on its vessels to keep them in compliance with the relevant governmental regulation. In addition, the Trust is required by various governmental and quasi-governmental bodies to obtain permits and licences required for the operation of its business. These permits may become costly or impossible to obtain or renew on acceptable terms.

The Trust may also incur substantial costs in order to comply with existing and future environmental and health and human safety requirements, including, inter alia, obligations relating to air emissions, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage. As an example, the Trust’s vessels have to operate within the rules, international conventions and regulations adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (“IMO”), an agency of the United Nations, as well as the environmental protection laws, health and safety regulations, manning regulations and other marine protection laws in each of the jurisdictions in which its vessels operate. Since the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”) became effective in 1998 and the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (the “ISPS Code”) became effective in 2004, shipping companies and individual vessels have been required to establish extensive safety systems and have them certified by standardisation bodies. In complying with IMO regulations and other existing or future regulations, the Trust may be required to incur additional costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements, in developing contingency arrangements for potential contamination by vessels, in obtaining insurance coverage or in modifying existing or acquiring new equipment. The Trust could also face substantial liability for penalties, fines, damages and remediation costs associated with hazardous substance spills or other discharges into the environment involving its vessels under such laws and regulations. As such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, and because the related costs of compliance are often impossible to assess until the extent of the Trust’s obligations under such conventions, laws and regulations are clearly determinable, the Trust is unable to predict the nature of or the long-term costs of compliance. Additional laws and regulations may also be adopted that could affect its operations and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust is also subject to the risk of unilateral governmental action and regulation in the territories in which its vessels operate. Such risks include, but are not limited to, sanctions that prohibit trade in particular areas, restrictive actions such as vessel arrest, limitations on vessel operations or local ownership requirements, loss of contractual rights and requisition. Requisition occurs when a government takes control of a ship and becomes the owner or takes control of a ship and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated rates. The impact of any of these events may increase the costs of operating the Trust’s vessels, decrease the revenues from its vessels or even preclude the operation of vessels in certain trade routes, any of which could have an adverse impact on its charters and consequently, its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects if the Trust or its charterers are unable to meet their respective obligations under the charter agreements.

The Trust operates in an industry that is subject to increasing inspection procedures and new security regulations which may cause disruption to its business and result in additional expenses.

The international maritime industry is subject to increasing security and customs inspections and related procedures in countries of origin, destination, and trans-shipment points as a result of increased fear of terrorism, illegal immigration and movement of narcotics.

Existing and future security and customs inspection procedures can result in cargo seizure, delays in trade schedules, delays in the loading, off-loading, trans-shipment or delivery of containers and the levying of customs duties, civil or criminal fines or other penalties against exporters, importers and, in some cases, charterers.

47

It is unclear what further changes to the existing inspection procedures will ultimately be proposed or implemented, which party will bear the costs of implementing these changes or how any such changes will affect the maritime transport industry. It is possible that such changes could impose additional financial and legal obligations, including, but not limited to, additional responsibilities for inspecting and recording the contents of containers. Changes to the inspection procedures and cargo security could result in additional costs and obligations on carriers and could, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of goods uneconomical or impractical. Additional costs may arise from current inspection procedures or future proposals that may not be fully recoverable from customers through higher rates or security surcharges. An increase in security and customs inspections and related procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

A prolonged global economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The market uncertainty that started in 2008 from the U.S. residential market further expanded to other markets such as those for leveraged finance, collateralised debt obligations, other structured products and sovereign debt. In September and October 2008, liquidity and credit concerns and increased volatility in the global credit and financial markets increased significantly with the bankruptcy or acquisition of, and government assistance to, several major U.S. and European financial institutions, including the bankruptcy filing of Lehman Brothers. These developments have resulted in reduced liquidity, greater volatility, widening of credit spreads and a lack of price transparency in the United States and global credit and financial markets.

In Europe, the sovereign debt crisis in Greece and other peripheral Eurozone countries that emerged in late 2009 led to the sovereign ratings of these countries to be downgraded by the major international rating agencies. The crisis resulted in a wave of anti-austerity protests and strikes in Greece and Italy, sell-offs in global markets and changes in the political leadership in Greece and Italy. The European sovereign debt crisis could deteriorate further, and spread from peripheral countries to core economies in the European Union. Prospects remain uncertain and such countries may be unable to restore fiscal stability or refinance sovereign debt. Additional European countries may succumb to similar crises.

In Asia and other emerging markets, some countries are expecting increasing inflationary pressure as a consequence of liberal monetary policy and/or excessive foreign fund inflow or both. Geopolitical instability in various parts of the world, including in North Africa, the Middle East and Asia, could also contribute to economic instability in those and other regions.

Economic stability in Europe, the United States of America and China is a key ingredient for a recovery in the shipping market. If the downturn in these major economies persists, it would have an adverse effect on container shipping. The Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected by a prolonged global economic downturn.

A prolonged global economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on the ability of banks to meet their financial obligations, including, the repayment of their customers’ deposits. To the extent any of the Trust’s cash have been deposited with any of such banks, the Trust may lose all or part of its cash deposits, which would have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The business and activity levels of many of the Trust’s customers and related parties and their respective abilities to fulfil their obligations under agreements with the Trust, including payments for the charter of the Trust’s vessels, may be hindered by any declines in world trade or deterioration in the credit markets.

The Trust’s current vessels are primarily chartered to customers under long-term fixed rate time charters. Payments under those charters currently, and are expected to continue to, account for nearly all of the Trust’s revenue. Many of the Trust’s customers finance their activities through cash flow from operations, the incurrence of debt or the issuance of equity. During the recent financial and economic crises, there occurred a significant decline in the credit markets and the availability of credit. There was also a slowdown in the global economy, leading to a decline in world container trade volume in 2009. Additionally, the equity value of many of the Trust’s customers substantially declined during that period. The combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the limited or lack of availability of debt or equity

48

financing potentially reduced the ability of the Trust’s customers to make charter payments. The Trust has experienced delayed charter payments in the past and there can be no assurance that any one or more of the Trust’s customers will not delay or fail to make any charter payments to the Trust in the future. The prolonged continuation or any recurrence of the significant financial and economic disruption of the last few years could result in similar effects on the Trust’s customers or other third parties with which the Trust does business, including the making of charter payments either punctually or at all, which in turn could harm the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust’s vessels may be exposed to attacks by pirates or terrorists, be damaged or lost due to natural calamities or be subject to theft and fraud.

The Trust’s vessels may be attacked by pirates or terrorists. Therefore, the Trust may incur significant costs in connection with the protection of its vessels against piracy attacks. Such protection may, from time to time, include, but are not limited to, the engagement of armed guards onboard its vessels. Despite the various levels of vessel protection, there can be no assurance that none of the Trust’s vessels will be captured and held ransom for an extended period of time.

Conflicts in the Middle East may lead to additional acts of terrorism, regional conflict or other armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. Terrorist attacks targeted at sea-going vessels may in the future also negatively affect the Trust’s business and directly impact its vessels or its customers. Any of these occurrences, especially an actual attack on one of the Trust’s vessels, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust’s vessels are exposed to a variety of natural calamities during operations, including violent storms, tidal waves, rogue waves and tsunamis. Any of these natural calamities could result in its vessels grounding, sinking and colliding with other vessels or property, or the loss of life. If the Trust’s vessels are damaged or destroyed, whether by attack or natural calamity, hijacked or seized by pirates or subject to terrorist attacks, nuclear or similar contamination of assets, resulting in damage or loss to its vessels, the Trust’s existing insurance policies may be insufficient to, or may not, cover any such resulting damage or loss, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Political, economic and other risks in the markets where the Trust has operations may cause serious disruptions to its business. The Trust’s vessels operate in ports in various countries around the world, including, but not limited to, emerging markets. Therefore, the Trust is subject to the political, economic and social conditions of the countries where these ports are located. As an example, the Trust is exposed to risks of political unrest, strikes, war and economic and other forms of instability, such as natural disasters, epidemics, widespread transmission of communicable or infectious diseases, nuclear contaminations, acts of God, terrorist attacks and other events beyond its control that may adversely affect local economies, infrastructures and livelihoods. These events can result in disruption to the Trust’s or its customers’ businesses and seizure of, or damage to, the Trust’s customers’ cargo. These events could also cause the partial or complete closure of particular ports and sea passages, such as the Suez or Panama canals, potentially resulting in higher costs, congestion of ports or sea passages, vessel delays or cancellations on some trade routes. Furthermore, these events could lead to reductions in, or in the growth rate of, world trade, which could reduce demand for the Trust’s vessels and services. These risks may cause serious disruptions to the Trust’s operations, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust’s vessels are also subject to theft of fixtures, fittings and equipment, misappropriations of assets and fraudulent reporting, all of which would have an adverse effect on the Trust’s business, its financial conditions, results of its operations and its prospects.

The Trust may be exposed to actual and threatened litigation as a result of operating in the container shipping industry.

The operation of vessels involves inherent risks to both persons and property. As an example, a collision at sea could result in the loss of cargo or the loss of life. Defending private actions can be costly and time consuming. If a judgment against the Trust were to be rendered, the Trust might be exposed to substantial financial liabilities, which might not be covered by its insurance. In addition to private actions, governmental and quasi-governmental agencies could bring a variety of actions against the Trust. Other than the financial costs of defending these actions, governmental or quasi-governmental agencies may

49

impose penalties for failures to comply with maritime laws, rules or regulations. In addition to financial penalties, the Trust could be sanctioned such that it is unable to operate its vessels or is forced to incur substantial costs to comply with these maritime laws, rules and regulations. The costs associated with litigation could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Rising lubricant oil prices will increase the Trust’s expenses.

The Trust’s lubricant oil costs accounted for approximately 10% of the Trust’s vessel operating expenses in 2010, 2011, 2012 and approximately 9% in the nine months ended 30 September 2013. Lubricant oil costs are dependent on the price and availability of oil. The price and supply of oil is unpredictable and fluctuates based on a variety of events outside the Trust’s control, including, but not limited to, supply and demand, geopolitical developments for oil, production disruptions, actions by the Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil producers, war and unrest in oil-producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. In a time charter arrangement, while the charterer pays for the bunker costs, the Trust is required to pay for the cost of lubricant oil and hence the Trust will be subject to the risk of an increase in lubricant oil prices. By contrast, in a bareboat charter arrangement, bunker costs and lubricant oil are borne by the charterers. In the event that lubricant oil prices rise further, the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Technological innovation could reduce the Trust’s charter revenue and the value of its vessels.

The charter rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including, among other things, the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency is related to speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and unload quickly. Flexibility is related to the ability to enter harbours, utilise related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of vessel operations. If new containerships built were to be more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than the Trust’s vessels, these more technologically-advanced containerships could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments received for the Trust’s vessels once the initial charters are terminated as well as, ultimately, the resale value of the vessels. As a result, the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to the Trust’s Operations

The Trust’s business of operating a certain class of vessels may entail a higher level of risk compared to other investment vehicles that have a more diverse scope of operations.

The Trust’s business objective is to operate and charter containerships and its principal strategy is to invest in containerships that are time-chartered on a long-term, fixed-rate basis to container liner shipping companies. By concentrating its operations and investments in the global container shipping industry and charter market, the Trust is susceptible to a downturn in those markets. This risk is heightened due to the limited type and number of vessels the Trust operates. The Trust operates 16 vessels as of 30 September 2013, which consist of three 3,450 TEU vessels, twelve 4,250 TEU vessels and one 5,060 TEU vessel. All of these vessels compete in a similar niche of the container shipping market and a decline in this particular market would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Trust. This may lead to a corresponding decline in charter revenue for such vessels in its portfolio or a decline in the capital value of its portfolio, which would have an adverse impact on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust may not be able to implement its investment strategy, and implementing its strategy may subject it to risks.

The Trust’s investment strategy is to invest on an accretive basis in container vessels of at least 3,450 TEU, with long-term, fixed-rate time charters in place at the time of acquisition. There can be no assurance that the Trust will be able to implement its investment strategy successfully or that it will be able to expand its portfolio, if at all, at any specified rate or to any specified size. The factors which may affect its ability to successfully implement its strategy include, but are not limited to, its ability to:

maintain, expand and develop customer relationships;

identify suitable second-hand vessels or newbuildings for purchase and negotiate such purchases on favourable terms to the Trust;

50

secure charters on terms consistent with its strategy;

obtain financing or access financial markets on terms favourable to the Trust;

hire, train and retain qualified personnel, including crew, to manage and operate its growing business and fleet; and

identify additional new markets for expansion.

The Trust’s failure to implement its strategy for any of the above reasons, or for any other reason not currently anticipated, could result in:

a failure to realise anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost savings or cash flow enhancements;

a decrease in its liquidity if the Trust has to use a significant portion of its available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

a significant increase in its interest expense if the Trust increases its level of leverage to finance acquisitions;

the incurrence or assumption of unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the vessels acquired;

the incurrence of other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges; or

an inability to make interest payments and principal repayments under its various indebtedness.

Consequently, if the Trust is unable to implement its strategy or its strategy as implemented does not have the expected results, its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

The Trustee-Manager may change the Trust’s strategy.

The Trust’s policies with respect to certain activities, including, but not limited to, acquisitions and operations of containerships, will be determined by the Trustee-Manager. While the Trustee-Manager has stated its intention to invest primarily in container vessels with capacities of 3,450 TEU or greater and with long-term, fixed-rate time charters in place at the time of acquisition, the RM Trust Deed gives the Trustee-Manager wide powers of management and the Trustee-Manager may depart from the Trust’s objectives and policies.

There can be no assurance that the Trust has or can maintain sufficient insurance to cover losses that may occur to its fleet or result from its operations due to the inherent operational risks of the shipping industry.

The operation of sea-going vessels involves the inherent risks of sinking, grounding, collision and other catastrophic maritime disasters, environmental pollution, leaks or spills, personal injury and loss of life, losses due to mechanical failure, human error, political action, labour strikes, adverse weather conditions, fire and other factors, which could result in the loss of charter revenue, increased costs or reputational damage. The Trust procures insurance for its fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. The current insurance includes hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, loss of hire insurance, deviation insurance and protection and indemnity insurance. However, no insurance can compensate for all potential losses and there can be no assurance that the insurance coverage the Trust has will be adequate or that its insurers will pay a particular claim. Even if the insurance coverage is adequate to cover all losses, the Trust may not be able to provide its charterers with a replacement vessel in a timely manner in the event of a loss, which could, in certain circumstances, lead to the termination of the relevant charter. In addition, under the terms of the loan agreements, the Trust will be subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds it may receive from claims under its insurance policies. Furthermore, in the future, the Trust may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for the fleet, if at all. The Trust may also be subject to calls or premiums in amounts

51

based not only on its own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which the Trust’s special purpose companies receive indemnity insurance coverage. Its insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although the Trust believes are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase its costs or which may result in the Trust’s claims not being honoured to the extent of losses or damages suffered by the Trust.

The Trust’s insurance policies also do not cover risks arising from the damage caused by wear and tear, or the damage caused by wilful misconduct of a ship’s crew or officers. Accordingly, any loss or damage to a vessel or extended vessel off-hire, due to any reason, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust may be unable to retain existing charterers, maintain existing charter hire rates upon their expiration or attract new charterers.

All of the Trust’s customers maintain their own fleets of vessels and the Trust’s business is based on the customers’ need to source additional vessel capacity from third-party sources. No assurance can be given that the Trust’s customers will not expand their own existing fleets and thereby eliminate their need to charter the Trust’s vessels in the future. In addition, due to the volatility of charter hire rates, the Trust cannot be certain that it will be able to re-charter its vessels at the same or higher rates, or at all, when its existing charters expire. Further, as the current charters are long-term in nature, even if charter hire rates rise, the Trust may be unable to effectively take advantage of such increases as it can only increase its charter hire rates after existing charter agreements expire. Upon their expiration, there can be no assurance that the Trust’s customers will renew charters or that suitable replacement charters will be found. Any failure to re-charter a ship or a significant decrease in charter hire rates may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust’s right of first offer may not be triggered and even if triggered, is subject to terms to be agreed.

The Trust has been granted rights of first offer with respect to certain vessels by the Rickmers Group. However, the right of first offer is triggered and becomes exercisable by the Trust only with respect to containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that are ordered or acquired and are, or become, subject to a charter of more than one year, or if the Rickmers Group proposes to offer to dispose of such containerships. Even if the right of first offer is triggered and exercised, the actual sale of the relevant containerships will be subject to terms to be mutually agreed between the parties. In addition, because such acquisitions are interested party transactions, Unitholders’ approval may be required in order to authorise such transactions in most circumstances. No assurance can be given that the Trust would be able to agree on terms with the selling party or if such terms are agreed, that such transactions would be approved by Unitholders.

There may be conflicts of interest between the Trust and the Rickmers Group.

As of 30 September 2013, members of the Rickmers Group hold 280,458,000 Units (representing in aggregate 33.10% of the total number of Units). In addition, under the convertible loan due to Polaris, Polaris has the right to convert such loan into a maximum of up to 181,263,067 Units, representing in aggregate 17.62% of the total number of Units on a fully diluted basis. The Trustee-Manager is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Sponsor.

As a result of the above, the Rickmers Group may exercise influence over the Trust’s activities through its holdings of the Units or through the Trustee-Manager. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s interests will not conflict with that of the Rickmers Group or its affiliates or that the interests of the Rickmers Group or its affiliates will be aligned with those of its creditors or Unitholders.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement dated 24 April 2007 entered into between the Trust and the Rickmers Group, the Rickmers Group has agreed not to compete with the Trust. However, this agreement is subject to certain exceptions and as a result of these exceptions, the Rickmers Group operates a competing fleet of containerships.

52

The Trust may incur significant capital expenditures in connection with its future plans, but may not achieve a corresponding increase in revenues.

The acquisition of additional vessels is capital intensive. In order to be competitive, the Trust may have to continually expand and review its fleet, which involves substantial capital expenditures. The Trust’s ability to fund capital expenditures in the future will depend upon its future operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic conditions, levels of interest rates and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond the Trust’s control, and upon its ability to obtain additional external financing.

Factors that could affect the Trust’s ability to procure financing include any impairment of financial systems in the event of another downturn in financial markets and market disruption risks, which could adversely affect the liquidity, interest rates and availability of any third party funding sources. If the capital and credit markets experience volatility and the availability of funds is restricted, credit spreads could widen, which would increase financing costs. Moreover, it is possible that the Trust’s ability to access the capital and credit markets may be limited at a time when it would like or need to do so, which could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s ability to grow its business, refinance maturing debt, pay distributions, secure or maintain credit ratings or react to changing economic and business conditions. Furthermore, future credit facilities may contain covenants that limit the Trust’s operating and financing activities and require the creation of security interests over assets.

In addition, the Trust can only incur additional financing in compliance with the terms of its debt agreements, including the terms of the Notes. Accordingly, there is no assurance that the Trust will have sufficient capital resources to improve or expand its fleet to the extent necessary to remain competitive in the containership chartering market, the absence of which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Also, if any additional vessels are ordered directly from shipyards, any pre-delivery instalment payments would have to be made in advance of increased revenue. However, no assurance can be given that the Trust’s revenue will increase after the delivery of these vessels. The Trust’s failure to increase its revenue after such capital expenditures could reduce its profitability and adversely impact its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust may be adversely affected if there is any significant downtime of vessels or equipment.

Normal wear and tear on the Trust’s vessels is a natural consequence of operations in its industry. Normal wear and tear results from exposure to the elements, including, but not limited to, storms and salt water, the breakdown of equipment, and the dangers inherent to loading and unloading containers at ports. As a result, the Trust’s vessels will require periodic downtime for repairs and maintenance. In addition, if any extraordinary or extensive repairs to its vessels or equipment are required, due to any catastrophic event or otherwise, the Trust’s vessels could require significant dry-docking time during which such vessels would not be available for hire. While insurance proceeds may cover the costs associated with such repairs, they would only compensate for the loss of hire to a limited degree. In the event of any such extraordinary or extensive repairs, the Trust’s operations could experience major disruptions. The loss of the Trust’s vessels or the inability to use its vessels could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Restrictive covenants in the bank loans and the Notes Trust Deed will impose financial and other restrictions on the Trust.

Under the bank loans and the Notes Trust Deed, the Trust is required, among other things, to meet specified financial ratios and comply with other covenants, which may limit the Trust’s operating and financing activities. Some of these restrictions include, but are not limited to, a specified value-to-loan ratio, a specified interest coverage ratio and minimum liquidity amount. In addition, the Trust has granted to its lenders under the bank loans security interests over its vessels to secure such indebtedness. To the extent that the Trust is not able to satisfy these requirements, it would be in default and if the default is not cured within the prescribed period of time, amounts owed under the bank loans would become immediately due and payable and may result in the enforcement of the security granted in respect of such loans. In addition, the Trust may be required to prepay amounts borrowed under the bank loans in certain circumstances, including a change of control of the Trustee-Manager.

53

Therefore, the Trust may need to seek permission from its lenders and holders of Notes of any other Series in order to engage in particular actions. The interests of its lenders and such holders may be different from the Trust and it cannot guarantee that it will be able to obtain such consent when needed. If the Trust does not comply with the restrictions and covenants in the bank loans or under the Notes, it may not be able to finance its future operations, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities. Furthermore, in the event that the Trust breaches these covenants and does not receive a waiver or consent, the outstanding amounts due under the bank loans could become immediately due and payable and may result in the enforcement of the security granted in respect of such loans. A default in one bank loan may also result in cross-defaults under other bank loans or the Notes, and could result in the outstanding amounts due under the bank loans or the Notes becoming immediately due and payable. This could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

Increase in interest rates may increase the Trust’s interest expense.

The Trust’s bank loans are subject to variable interest rates based on 3-month US$ LIBOR plus a fixed margin. The Trust has entered into interest rate swap agreements to partially hedge the floating interest rates of these bank loans. The fixed interest rate swaps vary from 3.50% to 4.99% per annum, with maturity before 1 July 2015. However, no hedging activity can completely insulate the risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Further, if the Trust decides to refinance amounts due for repayment at the maturity of the bank loans and, if prevailing interest rates, margins or other factors at the time of refinancing result in higher interest rates on refinancing, the interest expense relating to such refinanced indebtedness would increase, which could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

The Trust’s significant indebtedness could adversely affect its financial health, and the restrictions imposed by the terms of its debt instruments may limit its ability to plan for or respond to changes in its business.

The Trust has and will continue to have substantial indebtedness. As of 30 September 2013, the Trust’s total outstanding indebtedness was US$456.1 million, excluding the proceeds of the sale of any Notes under the Programme. The Trust is not subject to any maximum gearing limit under the Business Trusts Act. Subject to the restrictions under the Trust’s debt agreements and the Notes, it may incur additional indebtedness from time to time for capital expenditures or for other purposes.

The Trust’s substantial indebtedness will have important consequences. As a result of this substantial indebtedness, the Trust will require substantial cash flow to meet its obligations under its current and anticipated indebtedness. Therefore, a substantial part of the Trust’s cash flow from operations will not be available for its business. In addition, its substantial indebtedness also has the following consequences:

the Trust’s exposure to adverse general economic conditions could increase;

the Trust may have difficulty satisfying their obligations under the Notes and, if it fails to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result;

the Trust’s compliance with certain provisions in its debt instruments may not be entirely within its control;

financial and other restrictive covenants in the Trust’s debt instruments limit the amount of additional funds it can borrow and its ability to consummate asset sales;

the Trust’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and industry may be limited and it may be placed at a competitive disadvantage against any less leveraged competitors;

the Trust may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow to required payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities; and

certain of the Trust’s borrowings, including borrowings under its senior credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest, exposing it to the risk of increased interest rates. See “—Increase in interest rates may increase the Trust’s interest expense” for further information.

54

There cannot be any assurance that the Trust’s substantial indebtedness and these restrictions will not materially and adversely affect the Trust’s ability to finance its future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities, or otherwise adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For a description of the Trust’s external financing, see “Description of Material Indebtedness”.

In addition, the Trust’s ability to service current and future debt, including the principal of, and interest on, the Notes, will depend upon its future performance, which, in turn, depends on the successful implementation of its strategy and on financial, competitive, regulatory, technical and other factors, general economic conditions, a recovery in demand for, and time-charter rates and values of its vessels, and other factors specific to the shipping industry, many of which are beyond its control. The Trust could face difficulties making debt service payments and may be required to refinance indebtedness, including the Notes, if its liquidity, cash flows or operations deteriorate in the future and it cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet its debt service requirements. The Trust’s ability to refinance indebtedness will depend upon its financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the agreements governing its indebtedness and other factors, including general market and economic conditions. There is no assurance that the Trust will be able to refinance its indebtedness on commercially acceptable terms or at all.

There can be no assurance that the Trust will be able to refinance any future indebtedness incurred under the current bank loans.

While the Trust may plan to refinance amounts drawn under the current bank loans with the net proceeds of future debt (including the Notes) or equity offerings, there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so at an interest rate or on terms that are favourable to it, if at all. If the Trust is not able to refinance these amounts with the net proceeds of debt and equity offerings at an interest rate or on favourable terms to it, if at all, it will have to dedicate a portion of its cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest of such indebtedness. If it is not able to satisfy these obligations, it may have to undertake alternative financing plans or consider a sale of its vessels. The actual or perceived credit quality of its charterers, any defaults by them, and the market value of its fleet, among other things, may materially affect its ability to obtain alternative financing. If the Trust is unable to meet its debt obligations, or if it otherwise defaults under the bank loans or an alternative financing arrangement, its lenders could declare the debt, together with accrued interest and fees, and any outstanding interest rate swap contracts, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on its fleet, which could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that it may have at such time and the commencement of similar foreclosure proceedings by other lenders.

The Trust derives all of its revenues from a limited number of charterers, and the loss of any one of these charterers or any charter could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow.

The Trust is dependent on a limited number of charterers. The Trust’s customer base comprises CMA CGM, Hanjin Shipping Co., Ltd., Italia Marittima S.p.A. (part of Evergreen Group), Mediterranean Shipping Company S.A. and Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, Ltd. These charterers’ hire payments are the Trust’s sole source of operating cash flow. There can be no assurance that the charterers will be able to make their scheduled charter payments to the Trust on time, if at all. If the charterers are unable to make charter payments, the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

The Trust could lose a charterer or the benefits of a charter if, among other reasons:

the charterer fails to make charter payments because of its financial inability, or otherwise, or due to disagreements with the Trust; or

the charterer exercises certain specific limited rights to terminate the charter.

If the Trust loses a charter, it may be unable to re-deploy the related vessel on terms that are as favourable as under the previous charter, if at all. In the worst case, it may not receive any revenues from that vessel, but would be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition. The loss of any of the Trust’s charterers or charters, or a decline in payments under its charters, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

55

Existing charterers of the Trust may become insolvent or may for other reasons be unable to make their scheduled charter payments or try to renegotiate existing charter rates.

Chartering is liquidity-intensive and there have already been cases of insolvencies in maritime carriers (charterers) over the past years and some maritime carriers (charterers) have undertaken or are still undergoing financial restructuring programmes. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Trust’s existing or future charterers will be able to make their scheduled charter payments to the Trust on time, if at all. Moreover, even under on-going charter agreements, there is no guarantee that the charterer will not try to renegotiate the conditions of the charter agreement or try to force the Trust into renegotiations by paying less that the agreed charter rate. Should charterers become insolvent or for other reasons unable to make charter hire payments on time to the Trust, or should the Trust lose charter payments or charterers for reasons of insolvency or default on payment, this could lead to liquidity restraints and unexpected financing costs for the Trust and could thus have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust depends on the Trustee-Manager and the Ship Manager to operate its business.

Pursuant to the RM Trust Deed, the Trustee-Manager provides the Trust with certain strategic management, administrative management and ship management services (including, but not limited to, vessel maintenance, crewing, purchasing, shipyard supervision, insurance, assistance with regulatory compliance and financial services). Ship management services are currently subcontracted by the Trustee-Manager to the Ship Manager. Therefore, its operational success and ability to execute its strategy will depend significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by the Trustee-Manager and the Ship Manager, or the effective management of the Ship Manager by the Trustee-Manager to ensure that these services are performed in a timely and satisfactory manner. The Trust’s business will be harmed if the Trustee-Manager or the Ship Manager fails to perform these services satisfactorily. In addition, if the Trustee-Manager were to be terminated as the trustee-manager, the terms of service as set out in the RM Trust Deed were to be modified or amended, the Trustee-Manager does not comply with the provisions of agreements to which it is a party (including but not limited to the ship management agreement, the charter party agreements and the loan agreements) or the Ship Manager were to be terminated or were to resign, the Trust may not be able to immediately replace such services, which may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects. Even if replacement services were to be immediately available, the terms offered may be less favourable than the ones currently offered.

As the Trustee-Manager expands the business, it may need to improve its operating and financial systems. If the Trustee-Manager or the Ship Manager is unable to grow the Trust’s financial and operating systems in line with the growth in the Trust’s operations, the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

It is more difficult to replace or remove a trustee-manager of a registered business trust than a director of a public company.

Under the Business Trusts Act, a trustee-manager of a registered business trust may be removed by way of a resolution approved by not less than three-fourths of the voting rights of all the unitholders of the registered business trust present and voting. In comparison, the Companies Act requires the removal of a director of a public company to be by way of an ordinary resolution approved by more than 50% of the voting rights of all the shareholders of the company present and voting. Under the terms of the RM Trust Deed, the Trustee-Manager may be removed without cause only with the approval of three-fourths of the voting rights of all Unitholders. For so long as the Rickmers Group holds more than 25% of the Units, it may be impossible for the Trustee-Manager (being a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Sponsor) to be replaced or removed without cause.

The Trust’s success is closely related to the success of the Rickmers Group.

The Trust’s ability to compete for and to enter into new charters and expand its relationships with its charterers will depend largely on the reputation and relationships of the Rickmers Group in the container shipping industry. If the Rickmers Group suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, or if the Rickmers Group disposes of its interest in the Trust, it may harm the Trust’s ability to, amongst other things:

renew existing charters upon their expiration;

56

obtain new charters on commercially attractive terms;

successfully interact with shipyards;

maintain satisfactory relationships with customers and suppliers; or

successfully execute the Trust’s growth strategy.

If the Trust’s ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

Maritime claimants could arrest the Trust’s vessels, which could interrupt its cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel and/or the bunkers onboard a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of its vessels could interrupt cash flow and require the Trust to pay large sums to have the arrest lifted. Any such maritime lien, even one without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could materially and adversely affect its business, financial conditions, results of operation and prospects. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in the Trust’s fleet for claims relating to another of its vessels. A maritime lien that results in the foreclosure of a vessel could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of its operations and its prospects.

The aging of the Trust’s fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future which could adversely affect its earnings.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As the fleet ages, the Trust will incur increased costs. Older vessels are more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to the normal wear and tear that occurs over the life of a vessel as well as improvements in technology that newer vessels benefit from. Cargo insurance rates are higher and fuel efficiency is lower, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards relating to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to the vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. There can be no assurance that, as the vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable the Trust to operate its vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

Unless the Trust has funds available for vessel replacement at the end of a vessel’s useful life, the Trust’s revenue will decline.

Unless the Trust has funds available for vessel replacement, the Trust will be unable to replace the vessels in the fleet upon the expiration of their remaining useful lives. The Trust’s cash flows and income primarily depend upon the revenues earned by the chartering of the vessels to customers. If the Trust is unable to replace the vessels in the fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects will be harmed.

The Trust may have more difficulty entering into long-term, fixed-rate charters if a more active short-term or spot container shipping market develops.

One of the Trust’s principal strategies is to enter into long-term, fixed-rate time charters. Its customers choose to enter into long-term, fixed-rate time charters because of the certainty it gives them in managing their operations, given the volatile pricing of short-term charters. Pricing for short-term charters tends to react more closely to changing supply of and demand for containership capacity. In a case of a limited supply of containership capacity, short-term charters tend to be priced higher than they would be were an adequate amount of capacity be available. As more vessels become available for the spot or short-term charter market, the Trust may have difficulty entering into long-term, fixed-rate time charters for its vessels due to the increased supply of vessels and possibly cheaper rates in the spot market and, as a result, its cash flow may be subject to instability in the long-term after the expiry of the charters in respect

57

of the current fleet. A more active short-term or spot market may require the Trust to enter into shorter-term charters based on changing market prices, as opposed to long-term, fixed-rate charters, which could ultimately result in a decrease in cash flow in periods when the market price for container shipping is depressed or insufficient funds are available to cover the financing costs for related vessels. A more active short-term or spot container shipping market may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorised by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules. All the vessels in the fleet are enrolled with Germanischer Lloyd AG, a classification society, and have obtained ISM Code certification.

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Each of the vessels in the fleet is on a special survey cycle for hull inspection and a continuous survey cycle for machinery inspection. These vessels have qualified within their respective classification for dry-docking once every five to seven-and-half years for inspection of the underwater parts of such vessels.

If any of the vessels in the fleet does not maintain its class or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, such vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable, and the Trust could be in violation of certain covenants in its bank loans which may result in the acceleration of the loans and the enforcement of security under such loans. This would negatively impact its business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

The Trust depends upon two executive officers and the loss of either or both of them may adversely affect the Trust’s operations.

The Trust’s performance and future success depends to a significant extent upon the service and performance of the two executive officers of the Trustee-Manager. These persons are crucial to the development of the Trust’s business strategy and to the growth and development of its business. Any diminution or loss of their services would have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business. No assurance can be given that these persons will not leave the Trustee- Manager in the future, or join a competitor or form a company to compete with the Trust. The loss of either or both of these individuals and the failure to recruit replacements with equivalent talent and experience could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of its operations and prospects.

The Trustee-Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Sponsor and there is little or no publicly available information about the Trustee-Manager or the Rickmers Group.

The ability of the Trustee-Manager to provide services for the Trust’s benefit will depend in part on its own financial strength as well as on the financial strength of the Rickmers Group of which it is a member. Circumstances beyond the control of the Trustee-Manager could impair its financial strength as well as that of the Rickmers Group. However, because the Rickmers Group is privately held, information about its financial strength is not generally available. As a result, Noteholders may have little advance warning of problems affecting the Rickmers Group which may also affect the Trustee-Manager, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on the Trust.

Any latent design defect discovered in a particular class of vessel will likely affect all of the Trust’s vessels in that class, and any equipment defect discovered will likely affect all of its vessels.

All of the twelve 4,250 TEU vessels and all of the three 3,450 TEU vessels of the Trust are based on standard designs and are uniform in all material respects. As a result, any latent design defect discovered in one vessel will likely affect all of the other vessels in that class. Although the oldest of the 3,450 TEU vessels has been operating since February 2006 with no evidence of any material defects, there can be no assurance that latent defects will not be discovered in these or other vessels. In addition, all of the vessels have the same or similar equipment. As a result, any equipment defect discovered may affect all its vessels. Any disruptions in the operation of the Trust’s vessels resulting from any such defect could adversely affect its receipt of revenues under time charters for the vessels affected. In addition, if the

58

Trust needs to find alternative vessels, there cannot be any assurance that it would be able to lease or purchase vessels within a reasonable time frame or at comparable prices. The Trust also cannot provide assurance that any replacement vessel would have the same operating advantages as its current vessels. In addition, the Trust may incur substantial transition costs and may also have to compensate its charterers.

The Trust’s operating expenses could rise significantly in the future.

Pursuant to the master ship management agreement, the Trust will pay the Ship Manager for the operating expenses associated with its vessels. In respect of the current fleet, the Trust will pay the Ship Manager a fixed amount for a substantial part of these expenses until 31 December 2015, and thereafter the Trust will be required to pay actual operating expenses incurred. Furthermore, at all times, the Trust incurs costs in respect of other operating expenses, which comprise the cost of lubricant oil, certain amounts not reimbursed by its hull and machinery insurance and that exceed US$100,000 per vessel per year, and all unforeseen and extraordinary costs (such as costs for upgrading a vessel due to new legislation or extraordinary repairs), which exposes the Trust to increased operating costs on the vessels. The Trust’s operating expenses could rise significantly once it is required to pay the actual costs incurred in respect of the currently fixed portion. If the Trust’s operating expenses increase significantly, its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

The laws, regulations and accounting standards in Singapore to which the Trust is subject may change.

The Trust may be affected by the introduction of new or revised legislation, regulations or accounting standards. There can be no assurance that any such changes will not have an adverse effect on the ability of the Trustee-Manager to carry out its investment strategy or on the Trust’s results of operations and financial condition. In particular, the Trust has been awarded the Maritime Sector Incentive (“MSI”) (previously known as the Maritime Finance Incentive), which allows the Trust to enjoy Singaporean income tax exemption on its foreign-sourced dividend income from wholly-owned special purpose companies, which hold and charter the vessels to ship operators. The income tax exemption is applicable throughout the useful life of qualifying vessels acquired by the Trust during the tenure of the incentive. The incentive is for a period of 10 years with effect from the date of the initial public offering of the Trust. If the MSI is revoked or if it expires and is not extended, the Trust will not be able to enjoy income tax exemption on income covered under the incentive. This may increase the Trust’s costs of operations significantly. The Trust may also not be able to comply with any new legislation which differs materially from existing laws and regulations. The occurrence of any of the above could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Trust’s business depends on IT systems and financial models

The Trust outsources its IT systems to Rickmers Group and third party service providers. The Trust relies on their service levels but the Trust may not have management control over these providers and they may not perform as anticipated.

Furthermore, there can be no assurance that all data centres and their systems will not be simultaneously damaged or destroyed in the event of a major disaster. Both the main IT systems as well as the backup systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruptions in operation due to fire, power loss, telecommunications systems failures, physical break-ins, hacker break-ins, a significant breakdown in internal controls, fraudulent activities by employees, terrorist acts, failure of security and anti-terrorism measures or backup systems, human failure or other events beyond the Trust’s control. Any such failure of the Trust’s IT systems would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the Trustee-Manager uses a variety of financial models to monitor and project its financial performance. Such models are subject to various estimates and assumptions, as well as to data corruption and errors including but not limited to, formula errors and data entry errors. Such estimates and assumptions may not be realised and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, industry, regulatory, market and financial uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Trust’s control. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that the Trust would be able to achieve the projections in its financial models. In addition, such errors may result in misleading data output that could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s business, financial condition , results of operations and prospects.

59

THE TRUST

Overview

The Trust is a Singapore business trust formed to operate a containership chartering business. The Trust’s business objective is to own containerships and charter them to container liner shipping companies under long-term, fixed-rate time charters. Since the Trust’s establishment in 2007, the Trust’s fleet has grown through accretive acquisitions. As of 30 September 2013, the Trust’s fleet comprises 16 vessels with a combined capacity of 66,410 TEU and an average age of 6.0 years. The Trust’s fleet has in place time charters with an average remaining charter of approximately 2.5 years and a remaining committed revenue of US$372.1 million as of 30 September 2013. See “— The Trust’s Fleet” for further details of the Trust’s fleet. The Trust’s revenue was US$144.3 million in the year ended 31 December 2012 and US$107.1 million in the nine months ended 30 September 2013, while the Trust’s net profit after tax was US$27.6 million in the year ended 31 December 2012 and US$31.5 million in the nine months ended 30 September 2013.

The Trust’s ship operations are managed by Rickmers Shipmanagement (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (the “Ship Manager”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Sponsor. The Trustee-Manager has entered into a master ship management agreement with the Ship Manager pursuant to which the Ship Manager will provide the Trust with ship management services, which comprise technical and commercial management services as well as crewing. The Ship Manager may subcontract parts of the ship management services to third parties. See “Certain Agreements Relating to The Trust’s Business — Ship Management Agreement” for more details.

The Trustee-Manager intends to make further accretive acquisitions to grow the Trust’s containership fleet. The container shipping industry has, over the past 20 years, experienced an increasing trend towards “chartering-in” capacity where container liner shipping companies are chartering a larger portion of their vessels from third parties as opposed to purchasing vessels. According to the report of Clarkson Research Services Limited, as of 1 November 2013, chartered-in vessels accounted for 47.6% of the container liner shipping companies’ total fleet capacity. If this trend continues, the Trustee-Manager believes that, as a containership chartering company, the Trust is well positioned to grow its fleet in the future.

The Trustee-Manager’s customer selection process is targeted at well-established container liner shipping companies that are expanding their liner operations, growing the number of trade routes in which they operate, and chartering-in vessels on a long-term basis as part of their strategy of expanding transport capacity. The Trust’s fleet (other than Kaethe C. Rickmers) is currently under long-term, fixed-rate time charters with Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, CMA CGM, Italia Marittima and Hanjin Shipping, which are all leading companies in the global container shipping.

The Trust is the exclusive vehicle of the Rickmers Group for acquiring, owning and operating containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that are subject to charters of more than one year, and, in furtherance of the Trust’s growth strategy, the Rickmers Group has agreed not to compete with the Trust, subject to certain limited exceptions. The Rickmers Group has granted to the Trustee-Manager rights of first offer to purchase (i) any containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that it has ordered or owns and that become subject to charters of more than one year and (ii) any containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that it owns and that have charters of more than one year that it intends to dispose of, subject to certain limited exceptions. The Rickmers Group has also agreed to provide the Trustee-Manager with an opportunity to negotiate with and acquire from third parties, ahead of all other Rickmers Group members, any containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that have charters of more than one year. See “Certain Agreements Relating to The Trust’s Business — Omnibus Agreement”.

60

Group Structure

The chart below sets forth the Trust’s group structure as of 30 September 2013.

The Trust’s Fleet

The Trustee-Manager invests in vessels that are constructed by reputable shipbuilders with established operating track records to ensure quality and consistency in the design and build of the Trust’s vessels. Each of the vessels comprising the Trust’s fleet has been built based on modern standard designs by Hanjin Heavy Industries & Construction or Hyundai Mipo Dockyard of South Korea or Dalian Shipyard or Jiangsu New Yangzijiang Shipbuilding of China. The designs of the vessels have been customised by the Rickmers Group in consultation with the charterers of the vessels and the classification societies.

As of 30 September 2013, the Trust’s fleet comprised 16 vessels with a combined capacity of 66,410 TEU. The Trust’s entire fleet is also relatively young. As of 30 September 2013, the average age of the Trust’s fleet is approximately 6.0 years. Container vessels in general are expected to have useful lives of approximately 30 years. As of 1 November 2013, the average age of a vessel in the global container fleet had an average age of 10. 9 years, according to the report of Clarkson Research Services Limited.

The Trustee-Manager purchased the Trust’s fleet from various subsidiaries of the Trust’s Sponsor. The purchase consideration was financed through a combination of equity and bank debt. In 2008, the Trustee-Manager had entered into various memoranda of agreement with Polaris and the various subsidiaries of Polaris to purchase seven vessels. Polaris is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rickmers Second , which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rickmers Holding . As a result of the global financial crisis and slowdown following the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008, the Trustee-Manager was unable to raise sufficient debt and equity to complete the purchase. The Trustee-Manager subsequently

61

entered into a settlement and convertible loan agreement dated 9 June 2010 with Polaris and such subsidiaries, which has been amended from time to time (as amended, the “Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement”), to terminate these memoranda of agreement.

As part of the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement, the Trustee-Manager agreed to pay compensation amounting to a total of US$64.0 million to discharge the Trust’s obligation to purchase the seven vessels, of which the Trustee-Manager paid US$15.0 million to Polaris in 2010 and the remaining US$49.0 million was converted into an interest bearing loan convertible into the Trust’s Common Units. If the loan is not repaid in full by 31 March 2014, Polaris has the option to convert any part of the outstanding loan amount into the Trust’s Common Units on 1 April 2014 up to a specified maximum number of Common Units, subject to adjustment. Such maximum number was 181,263,067 Common Units as of 1 July 2013. The specified exercise price of the option is subject to adjustment and, as of 1 July 2013, is S$0.399385 per unit. The prevailing exercise price upon conversion will be converted into U.S. dollars using the mid spot rate of exchange at the close of business in Singapore at the latest practicable date before 1 April 2014. If the option to convert any outstanding amount of the loan into the Trust’s Common Units is not exercised, the Trustee-Manager will be required to repay the outstanding amount in quarterly instalments commencing on the earlier of (i) 1 February 2015; and (ii) the last day of the calendar quarter following the date the Trust is able to meet the conditions to exit from debt restructuring with a consortium of banks, provided no repayment shall be made earlier than 30 June 2014. See also Note 20 to the Trust’s 2012 annual report and Note 1.b(ii) to the Trust’s unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended 30 September 2013 for further details.

As of 30 September 2013, the Trust does not have any vessels on order or subject to any purchase agreement.

Key Information on the Trust’s Vessels

The Trust’s fleet consists of the following vessels as of 30 September 2013:

VesselCapacity

(TEU) Shipyard Built Charterer

Time Charter

Duration (months)

5,060 TEUKaethe C. Rickmers 5,060 Hanjin, South Korea December 2004 Mediterranean Shipping

Company (MSC)12 + 6 + 6(1)

4,250 TEUANL Warringa 4,250 Dalian, China January 2007 CMA CGM 96ANL Windarra 4,250 Dalian, China March 2007 CMA CGM 96ANL Warrain 4,250 Dalian, China October 2007 CMA CGM 96CMA CGM Azure 4,250 Dalian, China July 2007 CMA CGM 96CMA CGM Jade 4,250 Dalian, China December 2007 CMA CGM 96CMA CGM Onyx 4,250 Dalian, China December 2007 CMA CGM 96MOL Dominance 4,250 Dalian, China June 2008 Mitsui O.S.K. Lines 120MOL Dedication 4,250 Dalian, China September 2008 Mitsui O.S.K. Lines 120MOL Delight 4,250 Dalian, China November 2008 Mitsui O.S.K. Lines 120MOL Destiny 4,250 Dalian, China January 2009 Mitsui O.S.K. Lines 120MOL Devotion 4,250 Dalian, China March 2009 Mitsui O.S.K. Lines 120Hanjin Newport 4,250 Yangzijiang, China April 2009 Hanjin Shipping 86

3,450 TEUItal Fastosa 3,450 Hyundai, South Korea February 2006 Italia Marittima( 2) 96Ital Festosa 3,450 Hyundai, South Korea April 2006 Italia Marittima( 2) 96Ital Fiducia 3,450 Hyundai, South Korea January 2007 Italia Marittima( 2) 96

(1) Commencement of time charter on 25 March 2012 for 12 months at a fixed daily net charter hire of US$7,600, with MSC extending the charter for 6 months at a fixed daily net charter hire of US$5,700 and a further 6 months at a fixed daily net charter hire of US$6,650.

( 2) Italia Marittima is part of the Evergreen Group.

62

The table below sets forth the initial vessel cost, the 2012 net book value and the net daily charter rate of the Trust’s fleet as of 30 September 2013:

THE TRUST’S VESSELS IN OPERATION

VesselCapacity

(TEU)Initial Vessel Cost

(US$ million)2012 Net Book

Value (US$ million)Net Daily Charter

Rate (US$)Kaethe C. Rickmers 5,060 80 61( 2) 6,650(1)

ANL Warringa 4,250 72 60 25,000ANL Windarra 4,250 72 60 25,000ANL Warrain 4,250 83 69 25,000CMA CGM Azure 4,250 75 63 25,000CMA CGM Jade 4,250 83 70 27,000CMA CGM Onyx 4,250 83 70 27,000MOL Dominance 4,250 72 62 26,850MOL Dedication 4,250 72 62 26,850MOL Delight 4,250 72 63 26,850MOL Destiny 4,250 72 63 26,850MOL Devotion 4,250 72 63 26,850Hanjin Newport 4,250 69 61 25,950 Ital Fastosa 3,450 64 53 25,870Ital Festosa 3,450 64 53 25,870Ital Fiducia 3,450 76 64 25,870Total 66,410 1,181 997

(1) From 25 September 2013, the charter was extended for 6 months at a fixed daily net charter hire of US$6,650.

( 2) After a provision for vessel impairment of US$4.5 million in 2012.

The table below sets forth certain operating statistics of the Trust’s fleet for the periods indicated.

Year Ended 31 DecemberNine Months Ended

30 SeptemberOperating Statistics: 2010 2011 2012 2012 2013

Utilisation rate(1) (%) ................................................... 99.9% 99.9% 98.9% 98.6% 99.7%Number of ownership days ........................................ 5,840 5,840 5,856 4,384 4,368Number of scheduled off-hire days(2) ......................... 15.5 33.4 60.3 46.5 47.8Number of unscheduled off-hire/idle days ................. 6.9 5.6 67.0 63.5 11.2

(1) Calculated by the number of ownership days less the number of unscheduled off-hire days divided by the number of ownership days.

(2) Comprises scheduled dry-docking days (including the number of days required to position the vessels for dry-docking).

Dry-docking of merchant vessels is a regulatory requirement and is carried out in five year intervals to allow maintenance of the vessels’ underwater areas. In 2011, four vessels completed their first scheduled dry-docking after five years in service, resulting in 33.4 scheduled off-hire days compared with 15.5 scheduled off-hire days in 2010, when the Trust had only one vessel scheduled for dry-docking. In 2012, five vessels completed their first scheduled dry-docking after five years in service, resulting in 60.3 scheduled off-hire days. In the nine months ended 30 September 2013, four vessels completed their first scheduled dry-docking, resulting in 47.8 scheduled off-hire days. The Trustee-Manager has also scheduled dry-docking for the Trust’s remaining two ships in 2014, which it estimates will result in 24 scheduled off-hire days in 2014. By the end of 2014, all of the Trust’s vessels would have undergone their first scheduled dry-docking.

All 16 vessels will participate in an extended dry-docking trial programme in which the next scheduled dry-docking for vessel maintenance will be extended from 5 years to 7.5 years subject to successful underwater class surveys after respectively 2.5 years and 5 years.

63

In 2010 and 2011, the Trust had unscheduled off-hire days of 6.9 days and 5.6 days, respectively, principally for unforeseen repairs to certain of the Trust’s ships. In 2012, the number of unscheduled off-hire days increased to 67.0 days, including 29.4 days due to Kaethe C. Rickmers being idle before entering her new charter to MSC after her prior charter to CSAV expired.

The Trust’s Competitive Strengths

The Trustee-Manager believes that the Trust possesses a number of competitive strengths that allow the Trust to capitalise on the opportunities in the containership industry. The Trust’s principal competitive strengths are set forth below.

Platform for growth.

The Trust is the exclusive vehicle of the Rickmers Group for acquiring, owning and operating containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that are subject to charters of more than one year, subject to certain exceptions. The Trustee-Manager intends to actively pursue purchases of other containerships with the goal of expanding the Trust’s containership fleet. In furtherance of this growth strategy, the Rickmers Group has agreed not to compete with the Trust, subject to certain limited exceptions, and has granted to the Trust rights of first offer to purchase (i) any containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that it has ordered or owns and that become subject to charters of more than one year and (ii) any containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that it owns and that have charters of more than one year that it intends to dispose of. The Rickmers Group has also agreed to provide the Trustee-Manager with an opportunity to negotiate with and acquire from third parties, ahead of all other Rickmers Group members, any containerships of at least 3,450 TEU that have charters of more than one year. See “Certain Agreements Relating to the Trust’s Business — Omnibus Agreement” for further details.

Being a business trust listed on the SGX-ST allows the Trust to access the capital market to finance future growth.

Long-term, fixed-rate time charters.

All of the vessels in the Trust’s fleet (other than Kaethe C. Rickmers) are subject to long-term, fixed-rate time charters with leading container liner shipping companies. As a result, so long as the Trust’s vessels are subject to these charters, the Trust’s revenues will be more stable than they would be if the Trust’s vessels were subject to short-term charters or were chartered at prevailing rates in the volatile spot market. This relative stability results in more predictable distributable cash flow.

Uniformly built fleet.

The Trust’s fleet consists exclusively of vessels that have been built by reputable shipbuilders using standard vessel designs customised by the Rickmers Group in consultation with both the potential charterers of the vessels and the classification societies. Each of the Trust’s twelve 4,250 TEU vessels and each of the Trust’s three 3,450 TEU vessels are sister ships, uniform in all material respects, having the same or similar equipment. As a result, the Trust enjoys operating efficiencies and economies of scale in operations, maintenance and crewing, enabling the Trustee-Manager to provide the Trust’s customers with efficiencies in stowage and scheduling, leading to further operating cost advantages. The average age of the Trust’s fleet as of 30 September 2013 is approximately 6.0 years. The Trustee-Manager believes that this relatively young age profile provides the Trust with competitive advantages, as young vessels usually require fewer off-hire days, less downtime for repairs and maintenance, and have greater operating cost efficiencies, as compared to older vessels.

Strong reputation for operating excellence.

The Trust benefits from its close relationship with the Rickmers Group to leverage on its brand and extensive network within the shipping industry. The Rickmers name has immediate recognition among the Trust’s target customers as a first class vessel operator with high quality, reliable and safe operating standards. This brand recognition is especially important in acquiring and retaining as customers major container liner shipping companies that are looking for a reliable and responsive container shipping operator to meet their exacting standards for vessel chartering and day-to-day operation.

64

Significant customer relationships.

The Rickmers Group has long-standing relationships with leading container liner shipping companies such as Maersk Line, CMA CGM, Mitsui OSK Line (“MOL”), Mediterranean Shipping Company (“MSC”), Neptune Orient Lines (“NOL”), Evergreen, Orient Overseas Container Line (“OOCL”), Nippon Yusen Kaisha Line (“NYK”), Hamburg Süd and Hapag-Lloyd. These relationships enhance the Trust’s ability to identify and pursue future growth opportunities with customers with established track records and proven abilities to fulfil their charter obligations in a timely manner.

Full-service chartering solutions.

The Trustee-Manager provides integrated solutions for customers that desire to add multiple vessels to their fleets, which they might wish to do to enter new trade routes or expand their operations in existing trade routes. The Trustee-Manager leverages on the skills, expertise and established global network of the Rickmers Group, which allow the Trust to provide the Trust’s customers with access to a full range of services such as ship design, drawing approval, construction supervision, ship management and brokering services. The Trustee-Manager believes that this ability to provide full-service chartering solutions benefits the Trust’s customers in the form of lower operating and maintenance costs and improved service levels.

Experienced management.

The Trust’s business affairs are conducted on the Trust’s behalf by the Trustee-Manager, which has a team of five directors and two executive officers, most of whom are experienced in vessel investments and management. In particular, the Trust’s chairman, Mr. Bertram R. C. Rickmers, has extensive experience in the shipping industry, including as founder, sole shareholder and chairman of the Sponsor. Mr. Thomas Preben Hansen, chief executive officer of the Trustee-Manager since January 2007, has over 18 years of experience in the container shipping industry, having worked in a senior management position for a leading shipbroker before joining the Trust. In addition, the Ship Manager, a member of the Rickmers Group, conducts the technical and commercial management of the Trust’s vessels, including providing crewing services. The Ship Manager also leverages on the long history and significant experience of the Rickmers Group and its predecessors in operating vessels.

The Trust’s Business Strategies

The Trustee-Manager has adopted the business strategies set forth below.

Focus on high growth markets.

The Trustee-Manager focuses on the global container shipping market as it believes that this market continues to be one of the fastest growing in the world. The growth in container shipping has been driven by the relocation of manufacturing facilities from Europe and North America to Asia in order to take advantage of the lower operating costs there. Furthermore, as a result of an increasing number of intra-Asia free trade agreements, coupled with a rapidly growing middle class, the growth in intra-Asia trade has experienced significant and sustainable growth. As a result, the Trustee-Manager believes that container liner shipping companies will also experience an increase in trade flows to, from and within Asia. By locating the Trust’s operations in Singapore, the Trustee-Manager has greater geographic access to these customers and benefit from better insight into overall regional shipping trends.

Strategically expand the size of the Trust’s fleet.

The Trustee-Manager intends to grow the size of the Trust’s fleet through selective accretive acquisitions from the Rickmers Group and other third parties of newbuildings and second-hand vessels with long-term, fixed-rate time charters. The Trustee-Manager intends to focus on enhancing the Trust’s fleet by diversifying the Trust’s asset base in the containership market that range in all sizes from 1,000 TEU feeder vessels to ultra-large post-panamax vessels. The Trustee-Manager has a right of first offer on all Rickmers Group vessels with a capacity of at least 3,450 TEU that have charters of more than one year. This right of first offer provides a foundation to create an attractive growth platform within the container shipping industry. The Trustee-Manager monitors market developments and conditions in order to be prepared for an acquisition of additional vessels that it believe will be accretive to the Trust’s business.

65

Secure additional long-term, fixed-rate charters and offer competitive charter rates.

The Trustee-Manager intends to secure additional long-term, fixed-rate time charters with a variety of leading charterers with established operating track records. By focusing on long-term, fixed-rate time charters, the Trustee-Manager will be able to ensure more stable operating cash flows than the Trust would otherwise have if the Trustee-Manager were to charter the Trust’s vessels under short-term charters or at prevailing rates in the volatile spot market. Being listed on the SGX-ST, the Trust has greater access to capital, which the Trustee-Manager believes allows the Trust to offer its potential customers more competitive charter rates. This will assist the Trust in executing the Trust’s strategy of expanding the Trust’s fleet and business through accretive acquisitions.

Maintain a high quality vessel fleet.

The Trust maintains a fleet of high quality vessels that meets rigorous industry standards and its customers’ requirements. By operating a highly efficient organisation out of Singapore, the Trustee-Manager believes the Trust will be able to sustain lower operating costs relative to its peers and attract and retain leading container liner shipping companies as customers. As of 30 September 2013, the Trust’s fleet has an average age of approximately 6.0 years. Any vessel purchase could be sourced directly from shipyards or well-maintained second-hand vessels available in the market.

Continue to capitalise on the established reputation and relationships of the Rickmers Group.

The Trustee-Manager intends to continue to capitalise on the established reputation and expertise of the Rickmers Group. Before entering into a charter, global liner companies will typically consider the reputation and past performance record of a vessel owner. The Rickmers family has a history of 179 years in shipping and relationships with many of the world’s leading container liner shipping companies. The Trustee-Manager expands these customer relationships to identify and acquire new charterers for the Trust’s vessels. In addition, shipyards and financial institutions also consider the reputation of a vessel owner as an indicator of creditworthiness. As the Trustee-Manager seeks to expand the Trust’s fleet, the extensive network of contacts and relationships of the Rickmers Group with shipyards and financial institutions will be helpful in identifying, negotiating and financing newbuildings and the purchase of second-hand vessels.

Time Charters

General

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate. The charterer has to pay for substantially all of the vessel voyage costs, including fuel oil but excluding lubricants.

Each of the vessels in the Trust’s fleet (other than Kaethe C. Rickmers) is subject to a long-term, fixed-rate time charter. The charter agreements are each in the form of “New York Produce Exchange Time Charter” published by The Association of Ship Brokers & Agents (U.S.A.), Inc. with certain riders specifying further details of the charters. The common terms and conditions of the charter agreements are summarised below. For details of the Trust’s vessels and the respective charter hire rates of the Trust’s vessels, see “— The Trust’s Fleet”.

Duration of the Charters

The initial term of a time charter commences on the vessel’s delivery to the charterer. Under all of the time charters in respect of the Trust’s fleet, the charterer may also extend the term for periods in which the vessel is off-hire, as described below.

Other than Kaethe C. Rickmers, the Trust’s fleet is currently under long-term, fixed-rate time charters with leading companies in the global container shipping market. Prior to February 2010, the Trust’s ship Kaethe C. Rickmers was subject to an eight-year charter to Maersk which could be terminated after five years. Upon the termination of such charter in February 2010 and following a scheduled dry-docking thereafter, the Trust subsequently chartered Kaethe C. Rickmers to CSAV on a short-term charter of 12 months with an option to extend for a further 12 months. The time charter with CSAV in relation to Kaethe C. Rickmers expired on 24 February 2012, after which the ship was chartered to MSC on a 12-month

66

fixed-rate time charter commencing on 25 March 2012. MSC subsequently extended the charter twice, each time for a period of six months, and Kaethe C. Rickmers is scheduled for redelivery to the Trust in March 2014. The charter periods of the Trust’s fleet as of 30 September 2013 are set out below.

Hire Rate

“Hire rate” refers to the payment by the charterer for the use of a vessel. Under all of the Trust’s time charters, the hire rate is payable in U.S. dollars, as specified in the charter. Under the time charters (other than the time charters with MOL), the hire rate is payable every 15 days/semi-monthly in advance at the applicable daily rate. Under the time charters with MOL, the hire rate is payable every month in advance at the applicable daily rate.

Operations, Maintenance and Expenses

The Trust is responsible for the ship management of the vessels, which includes, among other things, crewing, technical management, repairs, maintenance, dry-docking, commercial management, and insurance of the vessels. Under the master ship management agreement and the respective individual ship management agreements, the Ship Manager provides the Trust with these services and act as the Trust’s agent. The Trustee-Manager pays the operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures for the vessels. See “Certain Agreements Relating to the Trust’s Business — Ship Management Agreement” for details. The charterer generally pays the voyage expenses, which include all expenses relating to particular voyages, including any fuel oil expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions.

Off-hire

Under the Trust’s time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the charterer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the Trust will be responsible for all costs, including the cost of bunkers, unless the charterer is responsible for the circumstances giving rise to the lack of vessel availability. A vessel generally will be considered to be off-hire if there is an occurrence preventing the full working of the vessel due to, among other things:

operational deficiencies related to fuel consumption and vessel speed;

dry-docking for repairs, maintenance or inspection;

equipment breakdowns;

67

delays due to accidents;

crewing strikes, labour boycotts, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

the Trust’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

Termination and Suspension

The Trust is entitled to withdraw the vessel from service to the charterer if the charterer defaults in its payment obligations, without prejudice to other claims for hire against the defaulting charterer. Under the time charters with CMA CGM and Italia Marittima, if a vessel consistently fails to perform to a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount, and the Trust is unable to rectify the situation within 60 days, the charterer will have the right to terminate the time charter with respect to that vessel.

Change of Control and Sale of Vessels

Under each of the time charters with CMA CGM and Italia Marittima, the charterer will have a right of first refusal to purchase the vessel in the event that the Trustee-Manager decides to sell the vessel to any third party in which the Rickmers Group does not hold any shares. Under the time charters with Hanjin, the charterer’s prior approval is required in the event that the Trustee-Manager decides to sell the vessel to any third party in which the Rickmers Group does not hold any shares. Under the time charter with MSC, the charterer’s prior approval is required in the event that the Trustee-Manager decides to sell the vessel. Under the time charters with MOL, the Trust is only allowed to change ownership of the vessels as long as the vessels remain within the Rickmers Group.

Sub-letting

Other than Kaethe C. Rickmers, which may not be sub-let without the Trust’s consent, the other vessels may be sub-let without the Trust’s consent. However, the charterer who is party to the charter agreement, and not the sub-lessee, remains liable for all obligations under the charter agreement.

Redelivery

At the expiration of the relevant charter period, each vessel must be redelivered by the charterer to the Trust at a safe port or a place stated in the relevant charter agreement. Each vessel must be redelivered to the Trust in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

Indemnity

Each charterer will indemnify the Trust against any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Trust arising out of or in relation to claims or liens against the charterer in respect of the Trust’s vessels. If a vessel is arrested or otherwise detained by such claims or liens against the charterer in respect of the Trust’s vessels, the charterer must at its own expense, take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable period of time the vessel is released, including by the provision of bail, if necessary. Each charterer will also indemnify the Trust against all consequences or liabilities arising from any inconsistency between the charter and any bills of lading or waybills signed by the charterer or its agents or by the captain at their request. If a vessel is arrested or otherwise detained by reason of a claim or claims against the Trust, the Trustee-Manager will at the Trust’s own expense, take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable period of time the vessel is released, including by the provision of bail, if necessary. In such circumstances, the Trustee-Manager will indemnify the charterer against any loss, damage or expense incurred by the charterer (including hire paid under the charter agreement) as a direct consequence of such arrest or detention.

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

Each charter agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England. All disputes arising out of or in connection with a charter agreement will be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration.

68

Charterers

The Trust’s customer selection process is targeted at well-established container liner shipping companies that are expanding their liner operations, growing the number of trade routes in which they operate, and chartering-in vessels on a long-term basis as part of their strategy of expanding transport capacity. Certain details of the charterers of the Trust’s fleet are set forth below.

Italia Marittima is part of the Evergreen Group in Taiwan, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Evergreen Marine Corp (“Evergreen”). Evergreen is the world’s fourth largest container liner shipping company in terms of current capacity, according to Alphaliner, with a market capitalisation of approximately US$2. 0 billion as at 1 November 2013, according to Bloomberg.

CMA CGM is a privately owned French liner company and the world’s third largest container liner shipping company in terms of current capacity, according to Alphaliner.

Mitsui O.S.K. Lines is a public listed Japanese transport company that is the world’s tenth largest container liner shipping company in terms of current capacity, according to Alphaliner, with a market capitalisation of approximately US$5. 0 billion as at 1 November 2013, according to Bloomberg.

Hanjin Shipping is a public listed Korean shipping and logistics company and the world’s eighth largest container liner shipping company in terms of current capacity, according to Alphaliner, with a market capitalisation of approximately US$ 0.8 billion as at 1 November 2013, according to Bloomberg.

Mediterranean Shipping Company is a privately owned shipping line based in Geneva and the world’s second largest container liner shipping company in terms of current capacity, according to Alphaliner.

Sales and Marketing

The Trustee-Manager leverages on the established network of the Rickmers Group and the extensive relationships of the chief executive officer of the Trustee-Manager to source for potential accretive vessel acquisitions and charters. The Trustee-Manager may also engage third party ship brokers for such purpose.

Competition

The container shipping industry is highly fragmented with many shippers, owners and operators of vessels and is characterised by intense competition. The industry is affected by developments in the major world economies that influence trade patterns.

Competition for providing new containership service comes from a number of experienced shipping companies. Many of the Trust’s competitors have significantly greater financial resources than it does, and can therefore operate larger fleets and may be able to offer lower charter rates. This competition may cause greater price competition for time charters. See “Appendix V— The Container Vessel Market ” for a discussion on time charter rates.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any container vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labour strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and bareboat charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for ship owners and operators trading in the United States market.

The Trustee-Manager maintains hull and machinery insurance, war risk insurance, loss of hire insurance, protection and indemnity coverage, strike and delay, deviation and increased value insurance for the Trust’s fleet. The Trustee-Manager expects that the amount of insurance for each of the Trust’s vessels

69

is adequate for covering any potential loss or liability in the event of any loss or damage to the Trust’s vessels or disruptions to the Trust’s operations or both and is in line with similar companies operating in the industry in which the Trust operates. However, the Trustee-Manager may not be able to maintain this level of coverage at all times. Furthermore, while the Trustee-Manager believes that the Trust’s insurance coverage will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that the Trustee-Manager will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates if at all.

Hull and Machinery, War Risks Insurance, Loss of Hire, Strike and Delay and Deviation Insurance

The Trustee-Manager maintains marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which cover, inter alia, the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of the Trust’s vessels. Each of the Trust’s vessels has been insured for an amount close to their respective book values. These insurance policies are subject to certain deductibles per vessel per incident. The Trustee-Manager will also maintain increased value coverage for each of the Trust’s vessels. Under the terms of the Credit Facilities, the Trust is required to assign any insurance proceeds from these insurance policies to the Trust’s lenders.

The Trustee-Manager obtains loss-of-hire insurance covering the loss of revenue during extended off-hire periods. The loss of hire insurance covers, under certain circumstances, the loss of charter hire, after a deductible of 14 days per incident (meaning that Rickmers Maritime will only receive any insurance payments after 14 continuous days of off-hire), for a period of up to 90 days but not more than 90 days in total per year and per vessel (meaning insurance payments will be received for a maximum of 90 days following the 14 days deductible).

The Trust’s vessels are also covered by strike and delay insurance which covers loss of charter hire after a deductible of three days for a period up to 14 days as a result of grounding or collision with a fixed or floating object. In the event of necessary vessel deviation due to death, injury, illness, infection or accident of any crew or passengers, the Trust is covered under the marine deviation insurance for the deviation expenses incurred up to the sum insured of €175,000.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity (“P&I”) associations, which insure a wide range of liabilities which may arise in connection with the Trust’s shipping activities. This insurance covers items such as third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from the discharge of oil or other substances and, if not already covered under hull and machinery insurance, salvage, towing and other related costs, including the removal of a damaged vessel. P&I insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by P&I associations. Subject to the “capping” discussed below, the Trust’s coverage, except for pollution, is unlimited. The Trust’s P&I insurance coverage for pollution is US$1 billion per vessel per incident, which represents the standard maximum coverage amount typically used in the Trust’s industry.

Intellectual Property

The Trust has been granted a licence by the Rickmers Group to use its trademark “Rickmers” and the Rickmers flag logo for so long as the Sponsor maintains majority control of the Trustee-Manager and the Trustee-Manager has not resigned or been removed under the terms of the RM Trust Deed. If such events were to occur, the Trust may be required to cease using the “Rickmers” name and other Rickmers trademarks, such as the flag logo in the Trust’s business activities.

Legal Proceedings

The Trustee-Manager (on its own behalf or as trustee-manager of Rickmers Maritime) has not been and is not currently involved in any material litigation or proceedings that may have, or have had, a significant effect on the Trust’s or its business, financial position, results of operations or prospects. To the best of the Trustee-Manager’s knowledge, there have been no material litigation or proceedings that are pending or threatened that may have a material effect on the Trust’s or its business, financial position, results of operations or prospects, including those relating to bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings. From time to time, the Trust or the Trustee-Manager may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally related to personal injury and property casualty claims.

70

The Trustee-Manager expects that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources to defend against.

71

CERTAIN AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRUST’S BUSINESS

The Trust has entered into certain agreements relating to its business. The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Trust’s agreements, and may not contain all the information that may be important to Noteholders.

Omnibus Agreement

The Trustee-Manager (acting on the Trust’s behalf) entered into an omnibus agreement dated 24 April 2007 (the “Omnibus Agreement”) with Rickmers Holding and Mr. Bertram R.C. Rickmers. The Trustee-Manager’s board makes all decisions for the Trust under the Omnibus Agreement. Each director that is affiliated with the Rickmers Group is required to abstain from voting in respect of any matter relating to the Omnibus Agreement.

Non-Competition Agreement

Each of Rickmers Holding and Mr. Bertram R.C. Rickmers has agreed, and will cause its controlled affiliates (other than the Trustee-Manager, the Trust and the Trust’s subsidiaries) to agree, not to, directly or indirectly, engage in or otherwise acquire or invest in any business involved in the containership business for so long as the Trustee-Manager is the Trust’s trustee-manager under the RM Trust Deed, and, if the Trustee-Manager is terminated or resigns as trustee-manager due to a breach by the Trustee-Manager, for cause (as specified in the Omnibus Agreement) or at its option (unless such resignation was for cause or upon a change of control), for two additional years following such termination or resignation date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-competition agreement will not prevent the Rickmers Group from:

(1) ordering, acquiring, owning and operating containerships that are not subject to charters at the time of acquisition of such containerships; provided that any such containership that is subsequently chartered to a non-affiliated third party is offered to the Trust pursuant to the right of first offer described below;

(2) owning and operating any containership that is offered to the Trust at the time it is first chartered and which the Trust declines to acquire in accordance with the right of first offer described below;

(3) ordering, acquiring, owning and operating any containership that is chartered as at the time of acquisition by the Rickmers Group and which the Trust declines to acquire or are unsuccessful in acquiring prior to the time of such acquisition;

(4) acquiring, owning and operating any containership that the Trust elects not to purchase pursuant to the terms of the option agreement entered into on 11 April 2007 pursuant to which the Trust has been granted a purchase option on the vessel Ital Fiducia from a member of the Rickmers Group;

(5) providing ship management services to non-affiliated third parties with respect to containerships generally or to affiliates with respect to containerships for which the Trust had, but did not exercise, a right of first offer (as described below) or with respect to the existing vessels not originally sold by the Rickmers Group to the Trust;

(6) providing chartering broker services through Harper Petersen & Co. GmbH & Cie. KG (in which Rickmers Holding has a 50% equity interest) to non-affiliated third parties with respect to containerships generally and affiliates with respect to containerships for which the Trust had, but did not exercise, such right of first offer or with respect to such existing vessels;

(7) acquiring, owning and operating containerships as part of an acquired business if a majority of the fair market value of the acquisition is not attributable to the containership business of such business; provided that such containerships are offered to the Trust pursuant to such right of first offer;

72

(8) acquiring up to an aggregate of (i) 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation in any publicly traded entity that is engaged in the containership business or (ii) 14.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation in any privately held entity that is engaged in the containership business or in excess of 14.9% with the consent of the independent directors of the Trustee-Manager’s board; provided that such equity ownership does not give the investor the right to appoint any directors of such privately held entity;

(9) acquiring any additional equity ownership. voting or profit participation in Harper Petersen & Co. GmbH & Cie. KG; or

(10) building, owning and operating any of the 11 containerships described in the Omnibus Agreement that will not be sold to the Trust.

If the Rickmers Group engages in, acquires or invests in any containership business pursuant to the exception described in sub-paragraph (7) above, it may not subsequently expand the containership business portion of such acquired business.

For the avoidance of doubt, and except as expressly permitted under the exceptions described above, the Trust is to be the exclusive vehicle for the Rickmers Group for acquiring, owning and operating containerships subject to charters. However, nothing in the Omnibus Agreement limits the right of any member of the Rickmers Group to effect any transaction between or among any other member of the Rickmers Group. Each of Rickmers Holding and Mr. Bertram R.C. Rickmers has agreed, and will cause its controlled affiliates (other than the Trustee-Manager, the Trust and the Trust’s subsidiaries) to agree, to advise the Trust of any opportunities for acquisitions of any containerships, and the Trust has undertaken to negotiate with the sellers of such containerships promptly and in a commercially reasonable manner. The Trust has also agreed that if it is unsuccessful in acquiring any such containership with a seller or decline to negotiate with a seller, the Rickmers Group is to be permitted to enter into negotiations with such seller and acquire the relevant containership pursuant to the exception in sub-paragraph (3) above.

Right of First Offer Relating to Charters and Acquisitions

Each of Rickmers Holding and Mr. Bertram R.C. Rickmers has agreed, and will cause its controlled affiliates (other than the Trustee-Manager, the Trust and its subsidiaries) to agree (each of the foregoing parties, an “Offering Party”), to grant to the Trust a right of first offer to acquire, other than the existing vessels not being sold to the Trust described in sub-paragraph (10) above under “Non-Competition Agreement”:

(1) any containership that is ordered, acquired or owned by any Offering Party as permitted by the exception described in sub-paragraph (1) above under “Non-Competition Agreement” and that the Offering Party subsequently charters to an unaffiliated third party; and

(2) any containership that is subject to a charter to an unaffiliated third party acquired as part of an acquisition of a business by any Offering Party from an unaffiliated third party as permitted by the exception described in sub-paragraph (7) above under “Non-Competition Agreement”.

An event that is triggered under part (1) above will apply only the first time that an Offering Party enters into a charter with an unaffiliated third party with respect to such containership, provided that such containership is offered to the Trust in accordance with the right of first offer at that time. The right of first offer will apply for so long as the Trustee-Manager is the Trust’s trustee-manager under the RM Trust Deed, and, if the Trustee-Manager is terminated or resigns as trustee-manager due to a breach by the Trustee-Manager, for cause (as specified in the Omnibus Agreement) or at its option (unless such resignation was for cause or upon a change of control), for two additional years following such termination or resignation date (the “ROFO Term”). The right of first offer will not apply to any transaction among members of the Rickmers Group.

The Trust’s right of first offer will expire with respect to the relevant containership on the first day after the later of (a) 20 business days following receipt of the relevant right of first offer notice and (b) 10 business days following the final determination of the fair market value or cost, as applicable, of the containership as agreed by the parties, or failing agreement, determined pursuant to the valuation procedure specified in the Omnibus Agreement (or such later date as may be mutually agreed).

73

If the Trust exercises its right of first offer, the Trust and the Offering Party are to enter into a binding agreement for the purchase of the relevant containership as soon as commercially practicable. In relation to a containership that has been ordered but not delivered to the Offering Party, the Trust’s purchase of such vessel is to occur immediately after such vessel has been delivered by the shipyard to such Offering Party. After the expiry date, if the Trust has not exercised its right of first offer, the Offering Party is free (i) to own and operate such containership or (ii) within a 180-day period after such expiry date, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of such containership to an unaffiliated third party so long as the terms of such sale, transfer or disposal are no more favourable to the Offering Party than the terms pursuant to which such containership was offered to the Trust pursuant to the right of first offer. If the relevant containership is not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of within such 180-day period, such containership will be subject to the right of first offer described in “—Right of First Offer Relating to Dispositions” below for any subsequent proposed sale in respect of such containership.

Right of First Offer Relating to Dispositions

Each of Rickmers Holding and Mr. Bertram R.C. Rickmers has agreed, and will cause its controlled affiliates (other than the Trustee-Manager, the Trust and its subsidiaries) to agree, to grant the Trust a right of first offer on any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any containerships by any Offering Party. This right of first offer will apply only during the ROFO Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of first offer will not apply to

(1) a sale, transfer or other disposition of a containership between any affiliated Offering Parties;

(2) a sale of a containership not subject to a charter; or

(3) the sale of a containership pursuant to a purchase option that was granted to an unaffiliated third party at the time of chartering, which containership was either not subject to the right of first offer or on which the Trust had a right of first offer but did not exercise it.

If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of the transaction within a 30-day period from when notice is given of the proposed transaction, the Offering Party will be entitled to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the relevant containership to an unaffiliated third party within a 180-day period following such 30-day period, so long as the terms of such sale, transfer or disposal are no more favourable to the Offering Party than the terms pursuant to which such containership was offered to the Trust pursuant to the right of first offer. If the relevant containership is not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of within such 180-day period, such containership will again be subject to the right of first offer.

Ship Management Agreement

The Trustee-Manager has outsourced the ship management services for the Trust’s fleet to the Ship Manager, a member of the Rickmers Group under a master ship management agreement since the Trust’s listing date. The Ship Manager may subcontract certain of the ship management services to third parties. However, the Ship Manager will continue to have overall responsibility for ship management services. Ship management services include, among other services, crewing, technical ship management and vessel maintenance, dry-docking, commercial management and obtaining insurance.

Under the terms and conditions of the master ship management agreement, an individual ship management agreement incorporating the terms, including the termination provisions, described below is to be executed with respect to each of the Trust’s vessels and will commence upon delivery, of the respective vessel. The individual ship management agreement is an industry form of the standard ship management agreement known as “Shipman 98” issued by The Baltic and International Maritime Council.

The Ship Manager has agreed to supervise the operation of the Trust’s fleet, and the fleets of other entities in the Rickmers Group and any third parties. In return for providing ship management services, the Trust has agreed to pay the Ship Manager a fixed ship management fee of US$10,283 per vessel per month until 31 December 2013, after which the fixed ship management fee increases by 2% per annum. The ship management fee covers the services provided by the Ship Manager such as crew management, technical ship management and vessel maintenance, commercial management (which includes providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating hire, freights and appointing stevedores), provisioning (providing for sufficient food and beverages), obtaining insurance, bunkering and dry-docking.

74

Under the terms of the master ship management agreement, the Trustee-Manager has agreed to pay the Ship Manager a fixed daily amount for certain of the fixed operating costs of the fleet. The Trustee-Manager agreed on such fixed daily operating amount until 31 December 2015 with the Ship Manager based on prevailing market conditions for the various cost items of the vessel operating expenses which the fixed daily amount is intended to cover. The fixed daily vessel operating amount is calculated so as to also provide coverage for possible price increases during the fixed fee period. This fixed daily amount will vary each year depending on the size of the vessel and will cover a substantial part of the expenses incurred in the normal course of operations, such as crewing expenses, costs for spares and vessel maintenance. In addition to payment for services, the Trust is required to pay the operating expenses of its vessels and reimburse the Ship Manager for actual costs incurred in respect of certain other operating costs, which comprise initial start-up costs, the cost of lubricant oil, certain amounts not reimbursed by the Trust’s hull and machinery insurance and that exceeds US$100,000 per vessel per year, and all unforeseen and extraordinary costs (such as costs for upgrading a vessel due to new legislation or extraordinary repairs).

In addition, the Trust will be responsible for all its dry-docking costs, which the Trust expects will be substantially capital expenditures and will not be part of its operating expenses.

In addition to the ship management services, the Ship Manager will also provide ship design, drawing approval and construction supervision services to the Trust. The agreements and fee for these services will be negotiated at the time when these services are required, and will be entered into on an arm’s length basis reflecting market rates, for the scope of services provided.

The ship management agreement has no termination date and no renewal provisions but may be terminated upon six months’ notice at any time without cause, or upon the occurrence of customary termination events, including a default by the Trust or the Ship Manager in the performance of its respective obligations under the agreement, the sale or total loss of a vessel, or winding up or bankruptcy proceedings involving the Trust or the Ship Manager. Under the terms of the master ship management agreement, the Ship Manager may also be terminated if it defaults in the performance of its professional duties, such as providing sub-standard service. If the Ship Manager is terminated in accordance with the terms of the ship management agreement, other than by reason of a default by the Ship Manager, or if the vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the fixed ship management fee per vessel per month will continue to be payable by the Trust to the Ship Manager for a further period of three months from the termination date. This is a standard industry clause in the Shipman 98 form as some of the obligations of the Ship Manager under the ship management agreement do not cease immediately on termination, such as their obligation towards suppliers and unwinding of crew employment contracts.

75

RESTRUCTURING AND DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

Overview

In March 2008, the Trustee-Manager entered into various memoranda of agreement with Polaris and the various subsidiaries of Polaris to purchase 13 vessels. Polaris is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rickmers Second , which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rickmers Holding . In May 2008, the Trustee-Manager obtained the approval of the Trust’s Unitholders to raise up to US$650.0 million in equity in order to finance the acquisition of the 13 vessels. The Trustee-Manager took delivery of six of the vessels between June 2008 and April 2009. The six vessels were financed primarily by debt and, to a lesser extent, by excess cash from the Trust’s operations.

The global financial crisis and slowdown following the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008 resulted in reduced liquidity, greater volatility, widening of credit spreads and lack of price transparency in the United States and global credit and financial markets. This downturn lasted well into 2009 and resulted in the Trustee-Manager encountering difficulties in raising capital to finance the acquisition of the remaining vessels.

The Trust’s market capitalisation declined substantially from approximately S$466.0 million on 5 May 2008 (being the date on which Unitholders’ approval was obtained for the acquisition of the vessels) to approximately S$159.0 million as of 31 December 2009. In addition, the valuations of the Trust’s vessels decreased in 2008 as part of the Trustee-Manager’s review to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. This led to a potential breach of the Trust’s value-to-loan ratios. On 22 March 2010, the Trust announced the disclaimer of opinion by its independent auditor in relation to the Trust’s financial statements as of and for the year ended 31 December 2009. The Trustee-Manager enlisted financial advisers to assist its directors and management in their considerations and evaluations of all relevant equity financing options. However, such options were not feasible at that time, and the Trust’s lenders did not want the Trustee-Manager to take delivery of the vessels until their respective loans had been reduced and their respective value-to-loan ratios restored. With insufficient debt and equity financing available, the Trustee-Manager was not able to acquire the remaining vessels, which represented a total capital commitment of US$918.7 million at that time.

In order to restructure the Trust’s obligations under the loan agreements and to enable the Trust to continue operating as a going concern, the Trustee-Manager and the three syndicates of lending banks entered into loan restructuring agreements (the “Loan Restructuring Agreements”) pursuant to which the lending banks agreed, among other things, to:

convert the balance outstanding in a top-up facility that the Trust had at that time into a 5-year amortising loan which would be amortised quarterly over a 5-year period based on an agreed repayment schedule;

waive value-to-loan covenants in the loan agreements for up to three years;

increase the margins on all existing credit facilities to 1.75% per annum plus 3-month US$ LIBOR, representing increases of between 0.55% and 1.05% over prevailing interest margins;

receive a restructuring fee of about US$5.4 million in connection with the restructuring of the loan agreements; and

receive a prepayment of US$59.0 million for the loan agreements.

Pursuant to the Loan Restructuring Agreements, the Trustee-Manager amended and restated its three facility agreements on 9 June 2010.

On 28 May 2013, the Trustee-Manager completed a one-for-one rights issue and issued an aggregate of 423,675,000 Units and received gross proceeds of S$101.7 million. The Trustee-Manager used all of the net proceeds of the rights issue to prepay a portion of its bank loans, including the repayment in full of the top up facility. As part of the waivers that the Trustee-Manager received from its lending banks to conduct its rights issue, the Trustee-Manager also obtained a further waiver of its value-to-loan covenants in the loan agreements for an additional 1.5 years, until 29 December 2014.

76

Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement

In order to terminate the Trustee-Manager’s obligations under the memoranda of agreement for the remaining seven vessels, and for the Trust to continue operating as a going concern, Polaris and its subsidiaries agreed to terminate the relevant memoranda of agreement in return for compensation on the terms set out in the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement. The Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement has been amended from time to time, the latest of which occurred on 1 July 2013. As part of the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement, the Trustee-Manager agreed to pay compensation amounting to a total of US$64.0 million to discharge its obligation to purchase the seven vessels, of which the Trustee-Manager paid US$15.0 million to Polaris in 2010 and the remaining US$49.0 million was converted into an interest bearing loan convertible into the Trust’s Common Units. As of 30 September 2013, the total outstanding principal amount under the convertible loan was US$49.0 million. Interest on the convertible loan is payable quarterly in cash and is not convertible into Common Units.

The convertible loan may be repaid, in part or in full, at any time on or before the final maturity date of 31 March 2014. In such event, the interest rate on the amount repaid will be increased retroactively from a margin of 1.25% per annum plus 3-month US$ LIBOR to a margin of 3.00% per annum plus 3-month US$ LIBOR for the period from 1 April 2010 to the respective repayment date for the prepaid portion. On 1 April 2014, Polaris has the option to convert the outstanding loan amount into the Trust’s Common Units, up to a specified maximum number of Common Units, at the conversion price, in each case subject to adjustment.

The maximum number of Common Units that can be allotted and issued pursuant to the conversion was initially 150,000,000 Common Units. However, the maximum is subject to adjustment in the event that the conversion price is adjusted. Such maximum number was 181,263,067 Common Units as of 1 July 2013. If the number of Common Units to be issued to Polaris on the conversion date exceeds the maximum, the Trustee-Manager must allot and issue to Polaris such maximum number of Common Units and pay Polaris in cash an amount in U.S. dollars for the difference, which will be calculated by multiplying the number of Common Units in excess of the maximum by the conversion price.

The conversion price was initially set at S$0.482625 per Common Unit and, after taking into account adjustments made in accordance with the terms of the convertible loan, was S$0.399385 per Common Unit as of 1 July 2013. The prevailing exercise price upon conversion will be converted into U.S. dollars using the mid spot rate of exchange at the close of business in Singapore at the latest practicable date before 1 April 2014.

If Polaris does not exercise the option to convert, the outstanding convertible loan will be repayable in cash the earlier of (i) 1 February 2015 and (ii) the last day of the calendar quarter following the date the Trustee-Manager is able to meet the conditions to exit from debt restructuring with the consortium of banks, provided no repayment needs to be made earlier than 30 June 2014. In such a case, the interest rate will, from 1 April 2014, increase to a margin of 3.00% per annum plus 3-month US$ LIBOR and the margin will further increase by 0.25% per annum every subsequent quarter until the outstanding convertible loan is repaid in full, subject to a cap on the margin at 4.5% per annum.

Under the terms of the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement, the seven vessels became excluded from the right of first offer under the terms of the Omnibus Agreement. Nevertheless, if the Trustee-Manager seeks to purchase any of such vessels in the future and such vessel is, on the date of the offer to purchase, still owned by an entity within the Rickmers Group and the relevant owner of such vessel is willing to sell the vessel, the Trustee-Manager and such owner can negotiate the terms of the purchase in good faith on the purchase price and whether any payment received by Polaris under the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement is to be taken into consideration as part-payment of the purchase price of any such vessel.

Loan Agreements

IPO Facility

Overview

The Trustee-Manager entered into a facility agreement dated 24 April 2007 (as amended from time to time, the “IPO Facility Agreement”) for (a) a revolving credit facility of an aggregate amount not exceeding US$360.0 million (“Tranche A”); and (b) a top-up term loan of an amount not exceeding

77

US$128.7 million (“Tranche B”). The purpose of the facility was to fund part of the purchase of nineteen vessels and to assist the Trustee-Manager with its general working capital requirements. The nineteen vessels comprise Kaethe C. Rickmers, Ital Fastosa, Ital Festosa, ANL Warringa, ANL Windarra, CMA CGM Azure, ANL Warrain, CMA CGM Jade, CMA CGM Onyx, Ital Fiducia, MOL Dominance, MOL Dedication, MOL Delight, MOL Destiny, MOL Devotion, Hanjin Newport, Hanjin Milano, Hanjin Duesseldorf and Hanjin Monte video. The obligations of the Trustee-Manager are guaranteed on joint and several basis by certain ship owning subsidiaries of the Trust. On 9 June 2010 and 20 May 2013, the IPO Facility Agreement was amended in accordance with an agreement with the lenders of the First Facility and the Second Facility (each as defined below) pursuant to the Intercreditor Deed (as defined below). See “—Intercreditor Deed” below for a summary of the Intercreditor Deed.

The Tranche A loan is repayable in specified instalments at the end of every calendar quarter, with the final payment due on 31 March 2017. The Tranche B loan is also repayable in specified instalments at the end of every calendar quarter, with the final payment due on 31 March 2015. As of 30 September 2013, the total outstanding principal amount under the Tranche A loan was US$276.4 million. Following the completion of the rights issue in May 2013, Tranche B is fully paid as at 30 June 2013.

The loans under the IPO Facility Agreement bear interest at a floating rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% per annum.

Security

Security for the IPO Facility Agreement includes, among others:

a mortgage over each secured vessel;

an assignment of the insurances, earnings and requisition compensation of each secured vessel;

an assignment of the relevant charter for each secured vessel; and

a charge or pledge over each earnings account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit of various accounts, including the earnings account, the dry dock reserve account, the retention account and the existing earnings account.

Security Cover

If the value of the security is less than 133% of the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount, the accrued but unpaid interest and any other amount payable under the loan documents (the “Indebtedness”), and more than 50% of the secured vessels are unemployed or subject to charters of less than 12 months, the margin with respect to calculating the interest rate will increase by 0.1% per annum until the security value exceeds 133%. In addition, the value of the security is less than (a) 125% of the Indebtedness and more than 50% of the secured vessels are unemployed or subject to charters of less than 12 months, or (b) 110% of the Indebtedness, the Trustee-Manager (at the agent’s request) is required at the Trustee-Manager’s option to pay a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall as additional security, give other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the agent or prepay an amount of Indebtedness so that the required percentage is met. The Trust has obtained a waiver for the security cover until 29 December 2014.

Covenants

The Trustee-Manager must comply with various other covenants, including:

an EBITDA to Interest Expenses ratio of 1.68:1 (up to 9 June 2013) and 2.5:1 (from 10 June 2013), Unitholders’ equity of US$100 million or more, free minimum consolidated liquidity of US$12 million and a minimum credit balance as specified in the Intercreditor Deed;

except in the ordinary course of business, not incur any liability of a substantial nature other than pursuant to the financing agreements relating to various additional vessels without consent;

procuring that there be no change in the legal or beneficial ownership or control of the Trustee-Manager;

78

procure the appointment of a first class international ship management company as technical managers of each additional vessel;

various covenants with respect to insurance and the ownership or operations of each vessel; and

procure that no encumbrance is created or permitted to subsist over an additional vessel or other assets without consent.

Events of Default

The IPO Facility Agreement contains various events of default, including curtailment of business, loss of vessel, challenge to registration of a secured vessel, termination of the ship management agreement, termination of or an event of default under the convertible loan facility agreement, and any event that is likely to have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or credit worthiness of the Trust, a party to the security documents or a subsidiary of the Trust that owns a new ship.

First Facility

Overview

Five of the Trust’s subsidiaries (collectively “Borrowers”) entered into a facility agreement dated 30 May 2008 (as amended from time to time, the “First Facility Agreement”) for a term loan facility of up to US$236,810,625 to partially finance the acquisition cost of five 4,250 TEU container vessels, namely, MOL Dominance, MOL Dedication, MOL Delight, MOL Destiny and MOL Devotion. The obligations of the Borrowers are guaranteed by the Trust. On 9 June 2010 and 20 May 2013, the First Facility Agreement was amended in accordance with an agreement with the lenders of the IPO Facility and the Second Facility (as defined below) pursuant to the Intercreditor Deed (as defined below). See “—Intercreditor Deed” below for a summary of the Intercreditor Deed.

The facility was made available in five tranches with each tranche used to finance a single vessel. Each tranche is to be repaid in quarterly specified instalments, with the final repayment date for each of the tranches being 5 June 2018, 28 August 2018, 27 November 2018, 6 January 2019, and 25 March 2019 respectively. As of 30 September 2013, the total outstanding principal amount under the First Facility Agreement was US$151.3 million.

The loans under the First Facility Agreement bear interest at a floating rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% per annum.

Security

Security for the First Facility Agreement includes, among others:

a mortgage over each secured vessel;

an assignment of the insurances, earnings and requisition compensation of each secured vessel;

an assignment and novation of the relevant charter for each secured vessel; and

a charge or pledge over each earnings account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit of various accounts, including the earnings account, the dry dock reserve account, the retention account and the existing earnings account.

Security Cover

If lender serves a notice on the Borrowers that (a) the aggregate fair market value of the vessels; plus (b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided as security cover is below 110% of the total loan, the Borrowers must within one month thereafter either provide additional security which has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall or prepay such part of the loan as will eliminate the shortfall. The Trust has obtained a waiver for the security cover until 29 December 2014.

79

Covenants

The Borrowers must comply with various covenants, including:

an EBITDA to Interest Expenses ratio of 1.68:1 (up to 9 June 2013) and 2.5:1 (from 10 June 2013), Unitholders’ equity of US$100 million or more, free minimum consolidated liquidity amounting to an aggregate of US$1.2 million multiplied by the number of vessels in the Trust’s fleet, and a minimum credit balance as specified in the Intercreditor Deed;

not incur any liability or obligation other than pursuant to the financing agreements relating to various additional vessels, in the ordinary course of business or the financing of ships to be owned by the Trust;

procure that no encumbrance is created or permitted to subsist over its respective assets without consent;

various covenants with respect to insurance and the ownership or operations of each vessel; and

assign all its rights and interest in any builder’s warranty relating to its vessel.

In addition, the Trust has agreed to comply with various covenants, including:

an EBITDA to Interest Expenses ratio of 1.68:1 (up to 9 June 2013) and 2.5:1 (from 10 June 2013), Unitholders’ equity of US$100 million or more, free minimum consolidated liquidity amounting to an aggregate of US$1.2 million multiplied by the number of vessels in the Trust’s fleet, and a minimum credit balance as specified in the Intercreditor Deed;

remain the legal and beneficial owner of the entire issued share capital of each Borrower, free from any security interest;

procuring that the Trustee-Manager remains as the trustee-manager of the Trust; and

procure that no encumbrance is created or permitted to subsist over its assets without consent.

Events of Default

The First Facility Agreement contains events of default, including the inability to pay its debts as they fall due, cessation or suspension of business, change in control of the Trust, the Trustee-Manager or the approved ship manager (if Rickmers Ship management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. is the approved ship manager), termination of the ship management agreement, termination of or an event of default under the convertible loan facility agreement, and any event occurs (including a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of, any accident or event involving any ship chartered by or operated by, and any litigation commenced or threatened against, any Borrower, the Trust, the Trustee-Manager, Polaris, the crew manager (Uniteam Marine Limited), Rickmers Ship management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., and any approved time charterer) such that the majority lenders consider that there is a significant risk that such party is or will become unable to discharge its liabilities as they fall due or such event represents a material adverse change to the business of such person.

Second Facility

Overview

India Navigation Limited (the “Borrower”) and Sui Tai Navigation Limited (the “Outgoing Borrower”) entered into a facility agreement dated 30 September 2008 (as amended from time to time, the “Second Facility Agreement”) for a term loan and revolving credit facility of US$46,310,000 to partially finance the acquisition cost of Hanjin Newport, a 4,250 TEU container vessel. The obligations of the Borrower are guaranteed by the Trustee-Manager. On 9 June 2010 and 20 May 2013, the Second Facility Agreement was amended in accordance with an agreement with the lenders of the IPO Facility and the First Facility (as defined below) pursuant to the Intercreditor Deed (as defined below). See “—Intercreditor Deed” below for a summary of the Intercreditor Deed.

80

The facility is to be repaid in quarterly specified instalments, with the final repayment date on 31 March 2021. As of 30 September 2013, the total outstanding principal amount under the Second Facility Agreement was US$28.4 million.

The loan under the Second Facility Agreement bears interest at a floating rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% per annum.

Security Cover

If the lender serves a notice on the Borrower that the aggregate fair market value of the vessel plus the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided as security cover is below 110% of the total loan and the swap exposure, the Borrowers must within one month thereafter either provide additional security which has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall or prepay such part of the loan as will eliminate the shortfall. The Trust has obtained a waiver for the security cover until 29 December 2014.

Covenants

The Borrower must comply with various covenants, including:

an EBITDA to Interest Expenses ratio of 1.68:1 (up to 9 June 2013) and 2.5:1 (from 10 June 2013), Unitholders’ equity of US$100 million or more, free minimum consolidated liquidity amounting to an aggregate of US$1.0 million multiplied by the number of vessels in the Trust’s fleet, and a minimum credit balance as specified in the Intercreditor Deed;

not incur any liability or obligation other than pursuant to the financing agreements relating to various additional vessels, in the ordinary course of business or the financing of ships to be owned by the Trust;

procure that no encumbrance is created or permitted to subsist over its respective assets without consent;

various covenants with respect to insurance and the ownership or operations of each vessel; and

assign all its rights and interest in any builder’s warranty relating to its vessel.

In addition, the Trust has agreed to comply with various covenants, including:

an EBITDA to Interest Expenses ratio of 1.68:1 (up to 9 June 2013) and 2.5:1 (from 10 June 2013), Unitholders’ equity of US$100 million or more, free minimum consolidated liquidity amounting to an aggregate of US$1.0 million multiplied by the number of vessels in the Trust’s fleet, and a minimum credit balance as specified in the Intercreditor Deed;

remain the legal and beneficial owner of the entire issued share capital of each Borrower, free from any security interest;

procuring that the Trustee-Manager remains as the trustee-manager of the Trust; and

procure that no encumbrance is created or permitted to subsist over its assets without consent.

Events of Default

The Second Facility Agreement contains events of default, including the inability to pay its debts as they fall due, cessation or suspension of business, change in control of the Trust, the Trustee-Manager or the approved ship manager (if Rickmers Ship management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. is the approved ship manager), termination of the ship management agreement, termination of or an event of default under the convertible loan facility agreement, and any event occurs, including a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of, any accident or event involving any ship chartered by or operated by, and any litigation are commenced or threatened against, any Borrower, the Trust, the Trustee-Manager, Polaris, and Rickmers Ship Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. such that the majority lenders consider that there is a significant risk that such party is or will become unable to discharge its liabilities as they fall due or such event represents a material adverse change to the business of such person.

81

Intercreditor Deed

Further to the loan restructuring agreements with the lenders of the Trust’s three syndicate facilities, the Trustee-Manager agreed to restructure the terms and conditions of the IPO Facility Agreement, the First Facility Agreement and the Second Facility Agreement. See “—Overview” above for a summary of the terms of the loan restructuring agreements. In addition, the Trust also agreed to compensate Polaris in exchange for Polaris agreeing to discharge the Trust from its obligations to purchase seven vessels with an aggregate contract value of US$918.7 million. The compensation amounted to US$64.0 million, of which US$15 million was paid in cash to Polaris and US$49.0 million was in the form of an interest-bearing convertible loan.

As part of the restructuring with the Trust’s bank lenders and the settlement with Polaris, the Trustee-Manager and these parties entered into an intercreditor deed dated 9 June 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “Intercreditor Deed”) to govern the ability of the Trust to pay, the amounts of various repayments allowed and time and methods of payment under the IPO Facility, the First Facility, the Second Facility and the Settlement and Convertible Loan agreement. Under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trust may not make any payment of any amount under the convertible loan other than the interest and using any excess cash to make principal repayments. The Intercreditor Deed also sets forth payment flows of cash received by the Trust into various accounts.

On 20 May 2013, the Intercreditor Deed was amended to give effect to certain amendments made to (a) the IPO Facility Agreement, the First Facility Agreement and the Second Facility Agreement pursuant to a request for consent and waiver letter in relation to the value-to-loan covenant from the Trust and (b) the Settlement and Convertible Loan agreement. The Trust incurred a one-time debt processing fee of US$1.8 million for the waiver.

82

THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER’S MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

The Trustee-Manager’s board of directors is responsible for corporate governance and overall strategy of the Trust. The Trustee-Manager’s role includes reviewing business plans, monitoring key financial and non-financial performance indicators, approving annual budgets, acquisitions and disposals. The Trustee-Manager’s board of directors as of the Latest Practicable Date comprises five non-executive directors, three of whom are independent, as follows.

Name Age Position

Mr. Bertram R. C. Rickmers ......................................... 60 Chairman and Non-executive DirectorDr. Ignace Van Meenen ............................................... 45 Non-executive DirectorMr. Lim How Teck ......................................................... 63 Lead Independent DirectorMrs. Lee Suet Fern ...................................................... 55 Independent DirectorMr. Raymundo A. Yu Jr. ................................................ 58 Independent Director

Mr. Bertram R. C. Rickmers is Chairman and a Non-executive Director of the Trustee-Manager. He was appointed a member of the board of directors in February 2007. He is chairman of the board of Rickmers Holding GmbH & Cie. KG and the deputy chairman of the supervisory board of container terminal group, Eurokai KgaA. He is also in the advisory board of Hellmann Worldwide Logistics GmbH & Co. KG and the chemical group Mankiewicz Gebr. & Co. Mr. Rickmers started his career as a sales manager responsible for the planning of projects at the family-owned Rickmers Shipyard in Bremerhaven. In 1982, Mr. Rickmers founded MCC Marine Consulting & Contracting GmbH in Hamburg, which specialises in shipbroking and in 1984, he established Rickmers Reederei in Hamburg, which today is one of the world’s leading container shipping companies. In 2000, Mr. Rickmers purchased back Rickmers Linie from Hapag-Lloyd, to which the Rickmers family had sold the majority shareholding in 1974. After completion of schooling, Mr. Rickmers spent his “traditional year at sea”, after which he commenced studying law at the University of Hamburg and continued at the University of Freiburg where he received a diploma in economics.

Dr. Ignace Van Meenen is a Non-executive Director of the Trustee-Manager. He was appointed a member of the board of directors in November 2011. He joined Rickmers Group as a chief financial officer in September 2011. As deputy chief executive officer and chief financial officer of Rickmers Group, Dr. Van Meenen is actively involved in refining the corporate processes and ensuring the smooth running of the organisation. He is also the non-executive chairman and chief operating executive of SCALA IRP Capital Partners s.a.r.l., a real estate investment and management services firm in Europe. A multi-linguist, Dr. Van Meenen began his professional career in the investment division of Deutsche Bank AG in Germany and USA. Thereafter, Dr. Van Meenen held leading management positions including director of finance at the mining & chemical group, RAG AG (now Evonik Industries) and chief financial officer at the international media company, RTL Group S.A. and real estate firm, DIC Group. Dr. Van Meenen read law at Universiteit Gent and University of Osnabrück and currently resides in Germany.

Mr. Lim How Teck is Lead Independent Director of the Trustee-Manager. He was appointed a member of the board of directors in February 2007. He is a shipping veteran with more than 20 years’ experience in the industry. Mr. Lim is currently the deputy chairman and director of Tuas Power Ltd, chairman and director of Redwood International (Pte) Ltd, Certis CISCO Security Pte. Ltd., Heliconia Capital Management Pte. Ltd. and ARA-CWT Trust Management (Cache) Limited. He is also a director on the boards of several public listed companies, including ARA Asset Management Ltd, Swissco Holdings Limited and Mewah International Inc. Mr. Lim holds a Bachelor of Accountancy Degree from the then University of Singapore and is a Fellow of the certified public/management accountancy bodies in Singapore, Australia and UK. He is also a Fellow of the Singapore Institute of Directors and an Associate of the Institute of Business Administration of Australia. Mr Lim graduated from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Corporate Financial Management Course and Advanced Management Programme in 1983 and 1989 respectively. Mr Lim was awarded The Public Service Medal, PBM (Pingkat Bakti Masyarakat) National Day Award in 1999.

83

Mrs. Lee Suet Fern is an Independent Director of the Trustee-Manager. She was appointed a member of the board of directors in February 2007. She is the senior partner of Stamford Law Corporation; her practice focuses on mergers and acquisitions, equity and debt capital markets and corporate finance. Mrs. Lee has been involved in many of Singapore’s most significant corporate transactions and has been named a leading practitioner in numerous global professional publications including Chambers Global Guide to the World’s Leading Lawyers, Asia Law Leading Lawyers, The International Who’s Who of Business Lawyers and Corporate Governance Lawyers, The International Who’s Who of Banking Lawyers, PLC Which Lawyer?, Euromoney World’s Leading M&A Lawyers, Euromoney World’s Leading Capital Markets Lawyers, PLC Cross-Border’s Equity Capital Markets and The International Who’s Who of Capital Markets Lawyers. She is the chairman of the Asian Civilisations Museum Board, a member of the National Heritage Board, a member of the advisory board to the Law School at Singapore Management University and a trustee for Nanyang Technological University. She also serves on the boards of public listed companies in Singapore and Europe, including Fortune Global 500 companies. Mrs. Lee graduated from Cambridge University in 1980 with a double first in law and is a barrister-at-law at Gray’s Inn, London and an advocate and solicitor of the Supreme Court of Singapore.

Mr. Raymundo A. Yu Jr. is an Independent Director of the Trustee-Manager. He was appointed a member of the board of directors in May 2009. In October 2010, he was appointed chairman, Asia Pacific, of Threadneedle Investments, a member of the Ameriprise Financial Group. As chairman, Mr. Yu spearheads the businesses of Threadneedle and Ameriprise in Asia. Mr. Yu spent 27 years in wealth management, global markets and investment banking with Merrill Lynch International where he held the position of chairman of the Merrill Lynch Group, Asia Pacific from 2000 to 2008. During his tenure at Merrill Lynch, Mr. Yu built and managed significant financial services franchises across the Asia Pacific region. He was credited for driving the growth of the bank’s Global Private Client business across Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific regions and was instrumental in the expansion of the entire Merrill Lynch Group in Asia. Mr. Yu was dubbed the “Star of Asia” by Business Week Magazine in July 2005, and at the time of his retirement in 2008, he was the only Asian to be a chairman in a US investment bank in Asia Pacific. Mr. Yu is a member of the Board of Fellows of the Thunderbird School of Global Management in Arizona, USA, and is active in various charity organisations in the Philippines and Singapore. He is the founding chairman of ABLE, a charity aligned to the physically challenged community in Singapore. Mr. Yu also sits on the Board of Wildlife Reserves Singapore and is a member of AustralianSuper’s Asian Advisory Committee and Bank Julius Baer & Co’s Global Advisory Committee. Mr. Yu holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Ateneo de Davao University in the Philippines and a Masters in Business Administration in International Management from Thunderbird School of Global Management.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

The audit committee comprises three members, all of whom are independent directors. The chairman of the audit committee is Mr. Lim How Teck and the members are Mrs. Lee Suet Fern and Mr. Raymundo A. Yu Jr. The board of directors is of the view that the members of the audit committee have sufficient financial management expertise and experience to discharge their responsibilities. The audit committee is authorised to investigate any matter it deems appropriate within its terms of reference. It is entitled to full access to and co-operation of the management and has full discretion to invite any director or senior manager to attend its meetings. The audit committee has adequate resources to enable it to discharge its responsibilities properly. The principal responsibilities of the audit committee include:

reviewing financial results and statements before recommending them to the board of directors for approval;

reviewing external audit plans and the adequacy of external audits in respect of scope, costs and performance;

reviewing results of the external audits and evaluating, with the assistance of auditors, the adequacy of the systems of internal and accounting controls, risk management and compliance;

reviewing external audit reports to ensure that where deficiencies in internal controls have been identified, appropriate remedial action is taken by the management;

84

reviewing the nature, extent and costs of non-audit services provided by the external auditors to the Trust, so as to avoid an erosion of independence and objectivity of the external auditors;

recommending to the board of directors the nomination of the external auditors and their fees;

reviewing interested person transactions and monitoring the procedures established to regulate interested person transactions;

reviewing procedures for managing potential conflict between the interest of the unitholders of the Trust and the interest of the Trustee-Manager; and

reviewing policies and practices put in place by Trustee-Manager to ensure compliance with applicable legislation, the Listing Manual of the SGX-ST and the Business Trusts Act.

Nominating and Remuneration Committee

The Trustee-Manager’s nominating and remuneration committee comprises four directors, of whom three (including the Chairman) are independent directors. The chairman of the nominating and remuneration committee is Mrs. Lee Suet Fern and the members are Mr. Bertram R. C. Rickmers, Mr. Lim How Teck and Mr. Raymundo A. Yu Jr. The nominating and remuneration committee has adopted specific terms of reference defining its scope and authority. Its duties with regard to nomination functions are:

reviewing and assessing nominations for appointment of new directors and re-appointment of existing directors before recommending to the board of directors;

performing annual evaluation of the board of directors’ performance in reference to objective performance criteria;

reviewing board structure, size and composition, having regard to the scope and nature of the operations and the core competencies of the directors;

determining on an annual basis, the independence of independent directors; and

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors training and professional development programs.

The nominating and remuneration committee also recommends to the board of directors internal guidelines to address the competing time commitments faced by directors who serve on multiple boards. As a guide, directors should not serve on more than nine principal boards. The principal remuneration functions of the nominating and remuneration committee are:

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the remuneration framework, including specific remuneration package and terms of employment etc. for the key executives; and

reviewing and recommending long-term incentive schemes.

There are currently no option schemes or other long-term incentive scheme for employees or directors. The remuneration payable to the Trustee-Manager is provided for under Clause 11 of the RM Trust Deed constituting the Trust dated 30 March 2007. The fees paid to the Trustee-Manager for financial year ended 31 December 2012 are disclosed in the Trust’s financial statements published in its 2012 annual report.

Finance Committee

The Trustee-Manager’s finance committee was re-constituted on 6 August 2012 to assist the board of directors in reviewing the capital structure of the Trust and to resolve any potential conflicts of interest that might arise in the course of discussions between the Trust and interested parties. The finance committee comprises three members, all of whom are independent directors. The chairman of the finance committee is Mr. Lim How Teck and the two members are Mrs. Lee Suet Fern and Mr. Raymundo A. Yu Jr. With the completion of the structuring of the Trust’s liabilities, the finance committee was dissolved with effect from 26 July 2013.

85

Internal Controls

The board of directors is mindful of the importance of maintaining a sound system of internal controls to safeguard the interests of unitholders and the Trust’s assets. The audit committee has reviewed the internal controls within its terms of reference and those drawn to their attention by the external auditors, during the course of their audit. Where applicable, management has implemented suggested improvements. The board of directors believes that the existing system of internal controls provides reasonable, but not absolute assurance against material financial misstatements or losses. The board of directors recognises that in practice, no cost-effective internal control system can preclude and eradicate each and every error and irregularity arising from material errors, poor judgement in decision-making, human error losses and fraud, given that all internal control systems contain inherent limitations. The board of directors notes that the objective of an internal control system should be to manage rather than to eliminate the risk of failure. Based on the reports of the auditors and information furnished by the management, the board of directors with the concurrence of the audit committee is of the view that the existing internal controls are adequate to address the financial, operational, compliance and information technology risks of the business.

Executive Officers

Name Age Position

Mr. Thomas Preben Hansen ......................................... 38 Chief Executive Offi cerMr. Gerard Low Shao Khang ........................................ 44 Chief Financial Offi cer

Mr. Thomas Preben Hansen is the chief executive officer of the Trustee-Manager and was appointed in December 2006. Mr. Hansen has accumulated more than 18 years of experience in the shipping industry. Prior to joining the Trustee-Manager, he was a director at Clarksons, the world’s leading provider of integrated shipping services listed on the London Stock Exchange, where he was responsible for the overall development and implementation of the firm’s container business strategy for the Asia Pacific region. Mr. Hansen spent 3½ years in Shanghai establishing Clarksons’ container footprint in the region. Before joining Clarksons, Mr. Hansen worked for the Danish ship owning group, Knud I. Larsen (KIL) where he held positions in the technical and commercial departments from 1995 to 1997 and was a regional representative for KIL Singapore Pte. Ltd. from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Hansen serves as a non-executive director of The Shipowners’ Mutual Strike Insurance Association and is elected vice-chairman of Singapore Shipping Association’s International Committee. He is also a member of the Singapore Institute of Directors. Mr. Hansen holds a certificate in Maritime Law from Copenhagen Business School.

Mr. Gerard Low Shao Khang has been the chief financial officer of the Trustee-Manager since 15 February 2011. He has more than 20 years’ experience in business, investments, operations and financial management across a wide range of industries. Before joining the Trustee-Manager, Mr. Low was owner and managing partner of Berioza Associates, a provider of outsourced chief financial officer and corporate advisory services. Between 2005 and 2008, he was group chief financial officer and executive director at Delifrance Asia group, where he oversaw the financial reporting, corporate planning and treasury management of the entire group. Before Delifrance, he spent close to a decade at Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited (“PAMA”), one of the earliest private equity firms in Asia, where he was responsible for direct investments and post-investment monitoring. Mr. Low also represented PAMA on the boards of several investee companies. He started his career in audit at KPMG. Mr. Low graduated from Singapore’s Nanyang Technological University with a Bachelor of Accountancy degree. He is a Certified Public Accountant, a holder of the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation, and a member of the Singapore Institute of Directors.

86

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets out the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position as at and for the financial years ended 31 December 2010 (“FY2010”), 31 December 2011 (“FY2011”) and 31 December 2012 (“FY2012”) and the Group’s unaudited first half financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 30 September 2012 (“9 Months 2012” or “9M2012”) and 30 September 2013 (“9 Months 2013” or “9M2013”). The selected consolidated financial data for FY 2010, FY 2011 and FY 2012 in the table below are derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Group, which have been audited by the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The audited financial statements of the Group have been drawn up in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards. The results of the Group for 9M2013 should not be considered indicative of the actual results of the Group as of and for the financial year ending 31 December 2013.

Consolidated Income Statement for FY2010, FY2011, FY2012, 9 Months 2012 and 9 Months 2013

Audited Audited Audited Unaudited UnauditedFY2010 FY2011 FY2012 9 Months 9 Months

2012 2013US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000

Revenue 147,014 149,466 144,294 108,011 107,116Other income 8,954 6,406 6,807 5,186 4,793Other gains/(losses) - net ^ 85 73 (62) (67) 111Write-back of/(provision for) vessel impairment 7,298 2,850 (4,521) 0 0Depreciation (37,199) (37,868) (37,661) (28,247) (28,211)Impairment of goodwill - (4,097) (2,070) 0 0Amortisation of favorable charter contracts (512) (511) (512) (384) (384)Vessel operating expenses (31,724) (33,048) (35,412) (26,621) (27,090)Trustee-Manager fee (2,955) (3,035) (3,070) (2,298) (2,348)Other trust expenses 322 (655) (619) (468) (482)Transaction fees (1,408) - - - (148)Compensation expense (64,000) - - - -Finance expenses ^ (54,428) (39,251) (39,555) (29,734) (21,835)

(Loss)/profit before income tax (28,553) 40,330 27,619 25,378 31,522Income tax (expense)/credit - (4) 4 4 0

Net (loss)/profit after income tax (28,553) 40,326 27,623 25,382 31,522

Distribution per unit (US cents) 2.31 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50

(Loss)/earnings per Unit based on the weighted average number of Units in issue (US cents)Basic (5.62)* 7.93* 5.43* 4.99* 4.74Diluted ^^ (5.62)* 6.02* 4.21* 3.84* 3.89

^ FY2010 and FY2011: Comparative figures have been reclassified within “Other gains/(losses) – net” and “Finance expenses” to conform to the changes in FY2012’s presentation. The reclassification has been made to better reflect the changes in fair value on the cash flow hedges and changes in fair value on ineffective portions of interest rate swaps. The restatement of the figures for FY2010 is as follows:

* Restated to take into account effects of the rights issue.

^^ Based on the assumption that the maximum number of units of 181,263,067 will be issued. The gain/(loss) on fair value of the derivative component of the convertible loan was deducted/added back and the interest expense on the convertible loan was added back to the EPU computation to arrive at the diluted EPU.

As restatedAs previously

disclosedFY2010 FY2010

Consolidated Income Statement US$’000 US$’000Other gains/(losses) – net 85 (5,279)

Finance expenses (54,428) (49,064)

87

Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2010, 31 December 2011, 31 December 2012 and 30 September 2013

Audited Audited Audited UnauditedAs at As at As at As at

31/12/2010 31/12/2011 31/12/2012 30/09/2013US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000

ASSETSCurrent assetsCash and cash equivalents 49,101 55,321 57,168 57,836Trade and other receivables 288 836 679 1,985Inventories 2,751 3,142 2,462 2,268Prepayments 3 24 23 24

Total current assets 52,143 59,323 60,332 62,113

Non-current assetsVessels 1,068,336 1,035,763 997,178 971,927Intangible assets 49,677 45,069 42,487 42,103Other non-current assets 453 - - -

Total non-current assets 1,118,466 1,080,832 1,039,665 1,014,030

Total assets 1,170,609 1,140,155 1,099,997 1,076,143

LIABILITIESCurrent liabilitiesTrade and other payables 3,037 3,604 3,296 2,947Advanced charter hire received 3,786 2,166 4,726 3,174Secured bank loans 32,877 43,167 69,580 48,765Derivative financial instruments 855 16,679 6,299 1,098

Total current liabilities 40,555 65,616 83,901 55,984

Non-current liabilitiesOther payables 1,785 892 - -Deferred income from charter contracts 27,220 21,475 15,730 11,422Secured bank loans 636,474 576,966 498,822 406,043Convertible loan 48,808 49,198 49,595 50,417Derivative financial instruments 63,743 38,478 28,597 19,191

Total non-current liabilities 778,030 687,009 592,744 487,073

Total liabilities 818,585 752,625 676,645 543,057

NET ASSETS 352,024 387,530 423,352 533,086

UNITHOLDERS’ FUNDSUnits in issue 431,435 431,435 431,435 512,086Unit issue costs (10,122) (10,122) (10,122) (12,024)Hedging reserve (52,293) (46,945) (28,578) (18,947)(Accumulated losses)/distributable income (16,996) 13,162 30,617 51,971

Total Unitholders’ funds 352,024 387,530 423,352 533,086

88

Financial Review of Results of Operations

9M2013 Versus 9M2012

Revenue

The Group operates a fleet of sixteen containerships, which are all chartered out on fixed-rate time charters with an average remaining charter period of 2.5 years.

For the nine months ended 30 September 2013, the Group achieved a utilisation rate of 99.9%. There were 47.8 days of scheduled off-hire for dry-docking and 11.2 days of unscheduled off-hire. The Group reported revenue of US$107.1 million for 9M2013, a decline of 0.83% as compared to US$108.0 million reported in 9M2012.

Other income

Other income of US$4.8 million in 9M2013 comprising mainly amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts (non-cash in nature) was US$0.4 million (7.58%) lower than US$5.2 million reported in 9M2012, due to a one-off recovery of an insurance claim in 9M2012.

Depreciation

There were no material changes in depreciation between 9M2013 and 9M2012.

Amortisation of favourable charter contracts

Favourable charter contracts relate to the excess of contracted charter income over the market value of similar contracts that were initially recognised and subsequently carried at cost. The amortisation of favourable charter contracts is a non-cash item. There was no change in 9M2013 and 9M2012.

Vessel operating expenses

Vessel operating expenses comprising vessels’ fixed operating expenses, lubricant oil expense and vessel management fees, increased by 1.76% to US$27.1 million in 9M2013 from US$26.6 million in 9M2012. The increase of US$0.5 million was due to a contractual increase of fixed operating expenses and vessel management fees that took effect from 1 January 2013. This was offset by a reduction in bunker expense arising from Kaethe C. Rickmers’ one-time positioning voyage to her new charter that was incurred in 9M2012 but not in 9M2013.

Trustee-Manager fee

There were no material changes in Trustee-Manager fee between 9M2013 and 9M2012.

Transaction fees

Transaction fees of US$0.1 million was incurred in 9M2013 for legal and professional fees relating to loan documentation amendments.

Finance expenses

Finance expenses decreased from US$29.7 million in 9M2012 to US$21.8 million in 9M2013. The decrease was due to reduced outstanding bank loans balances and expiry of interest rate swaps contracts, offset by a one-time incurrence of debt processing fee of US$1.8 million paid to lending banks to secure the extended value-to-loan covenant waiver.

Profit after income tax

Overall, the Group recorded a net profit after tax of US$31.5 million in 9M2013 compared to a profit of US$25.4 million in 9M2012.

FY2012 Versus FY2011

Revenue

The Group operated a fleet of 16 containerships, which were all chartered out on fixed-rate time charters during FY2012. The fleet had an average remaining charter period of 3.2 years as at 31 December 2012.

89

For the full year ended 31 December 2012, the Group achieved a vessel utilisation rate of 98.9% with 37.6 days of unscheduled off-hire and 29.4 days arising from the vessel M.V. Kaethe C. Rickmers being idle before her employment with Mediterranean Shipping Company on 25 March 2012. Total revenue generated in FY2012 was US$144.3 million, a decline of 3.46% compared to FY2011. The decrease was mainly attributable to the vessel M.V. Kaethe C. Rickmers contracting a lower fixed net daily charter rate of US$7,600 that took effect from 25 March 2012.

Other income

Other income comprising mainly interest income and amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts (non-cash item) increased slightly by 6.26% from US$6.41 million to US$6.81 million in FY2012. The increase was mainly due to an increase in interest income and insurance income in FY2012.

Other gains/(losses) – net

Other gains/(losses) changed slightly from a gain of US$0.07 million in FY2011 to a loss of US$0.06 million in FY2012 due to changes in fair value of the derivative component of the Convertible Loan (non-cash item).

Depreciation

There were no material changes in depreciation between FY2011 and FY2012.

Write-back of/(provision for) vessel impairment

During the financial year, a provision for vessel impairment of US$4.52 million (non-cash item) was applied to the vessel M.V. Kaethe C. Rickmers to reflect the lower fixed net daily charter rate of US$5,700 for a further period of six months from the current charter that expired in March 2013. This is in contrast with the write-back of vessel impairment of US$2.85 million for the same vessel in the prior year when the fixed net daily charter rate was US$23,888.

Impairment of goodwill

The Group conducts regular assessments of its fleet for vessel and goodwill impairment. In FY2012, a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of 7.13% was adopted and an impairment of goodwill of US$2.07 million (non-cash item) was made for three subsidiaries as the respective vessel’s carrying value exceeded its recoverable amount.

In FY2011, an impairment of goodwill of US$4.10 million was made (based on a WACC of 7.04%) for a subsidiary as its carrying value exceeded its recoverable amount.

Amortisation of favourable charter contracts

Favourable charter contracts relate to the excess of contracted charter income over the market value of similar contracts that were initially recognised and subsequently carried at cost. The amortisation of favourable charter contracts is a non-cash item. There were no material changes between FY2011 and FY2012.

Vessel operating expenses

Vessel operating expenses which include fixed vessel operating expenses, lubricant oil expense and vessel management fees, increased by 7.15% from US$33.05 million in FY2011 to US$35.41 million in FY2012. The increase was due to (i) a contractual increase of fixed operating expenses and vessel management fees that took effect from 1 January 2012, (ii) additional anti-piracy related expenses and insurance, (iii) higher lubricant oil prices and (iv) bunker consumed during off-hire.

Trustee-Manager fee

There were no material changes in the Trustee-Manager fee between FY2011 and FY2012.

Other trust expenses

Other trust expenses comprising professional fees, audit, secretarial, investor relations and sundry expenses decreased by 5.50% from US$0.66 million in FY2011 to US$0.62 million in FY2012 due to less professional fees incurred.

90

Transaction fees

No transaction fees were incurred in FY2011 and FY2012.

Compensation expense

No compensation expense was incurred in FY2011 and FY2012.

Finance expenses

Finance expenses in FY2012 were US$39.56 million, a slight increase of US$0.31 million from US$39.25 million in FY2011 due to higher fair value losses on interest rate swaps.

Net (loss)/profit after income tax

The Group recorded a net profit after income tax of US$27.62 million in FY2012 compared to a net profit after income tax of US$40.33 million in FY2011 mainly due to the reduction of revenue, impairment of vessel and goodwill, increase in vessel operating expenses, and increase in finance expenses.

FY2011 Versus FY2010

Revenue

The Group operated a fleet of 16 containerships, of which 15 were on long-term fixed-rate time charters and one on a one-year time charter during FY2011. For the full year ended 31 December 2011, the Group achieved a vessel utilisation rate of 99.9%. Total revenue generated in FY2011 was US$149.47 million, an increase of 1.67% compared to FY2010. The increase was mainly attributable to the vessel M.V. Kaethe C. Rickmers contracting a higher fixed net daily charter rate of US$23,888 that took effect from 25 March 2011 compared to the lower fixed net daily charter rate of US$8,288 contracted from 25 March 2010.

Other income

Other income comprising mainly interest income and amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts (non-cash item) decreased by 28.46% from US$8.95 million in FY2010 to US$6.41 million in FY2011. The decrease was due mainly to the accelerated amortisation of Kaethe C. Rickmers’ deferred income from charter contract arising from its early redelivery in the first quarter of FY2010.

Other gains/(losses) – net

Other gains decreased by 22.2% from US$0.09 million in FY2010 to US$0.07 million in FY2011 mainly due to net currency translation loss.

Depreciation

There were no material changes in depreciation between FY2010 and FY2011.

Write-back of/(provision for) vessel impairment

In FY2011, a write-back of vessel impairment of US$2.85 million (FY2010: US$7.30 million) was taken as the vessel M.V. Kaethe C. Rickmers started operating at a higher fixed net daily charter rate of US$23,888 from 25 March 2011 compared to the lower fixed net daily charter rate of US$8,288 from 25 March 2010.

Impairment of goodwill

The Group conducts regular assessments of its fleet for vessel and goodwill impairment. As at 30 June 2011, a higher WACC of 7.52% was adopted as compared to 31 December 2011 as a result of changes in certain market base parameters. Consequently, an impairment of goodwill of US$4.10 million was made for a subsidiary as its carrying value exceeded its recoverable amount as at 30 June 2011. As at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010, no impairment was required.

Amortisation of favourable charter contracts

Favourable charter contracts relate to the excess of contracted charter income over the market value of similar contracts that were initially recognised and subsequently carried at cost. The amortisation of favourable charter contracts is a non-cash item. There were no material changes in FY2010 and FY2011.

91

Vessel operating expenses

Vessel operating expenses which include fixed vessel operating expenses, lubricant oil expense and vessel management fees, increased by 4.17% from US$31.72 million in FY2010 to US$33.05 million in FY2011. The increase was due to (i) a contractual increase of fixed operating expenses and vessel management fees that took effect from 1 January 2011, (ii) additional anti-piracy related expenses and insurance, and (iii) higher lubricant oil prices.

Trustee-Manager fee

There were no material changes in the Trustee-Manager fee between FY2010 and FY2011.

Other trust expenses

Other trust expenses comprising professional fees, audit, secretarial, investor relations and sundry expenses were US$0.66 million in FY2011. In FY2010, other trust expenses recorded a credit balance of US$0.32 million due to a reversal of provisions that were no longer required with the completion of the loan restructuring and approval of the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement by Unitholders on 6 September 2010.

Transaction fees

A transaction fee of US$1.41 million was incurred in FY2010 for legal and professional fees in relation to the finalisation of the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement with Polaris to discharge the Group of its obligation to purchase seven vessels and finalisation of the agreement with its lending banks to revise the tenure of its bank loans and waive the value-to-loan covenants for up to three years. No transaction fees were incurred in FY2011.

Compensation expense

Compensation expense of US$64.00 million was incurred in FY2010 to discharge the Group from its obligation to purchase seven vessels of which US$15.00 million was settled in cash and US$49.00 million was settled by the issuance of an interest-bearing convertible loan. No compensation expense was incurred in FY2011.

Finance expenses

Finance expenses in FY2011 were US$39.25 million, a reduction of US$15.18 million from US$54.43 million in FY2010. The decrease was due to (i) US$5.40 million of loan restructuring fee incurred in FY2010 in relation to the revision of the terms of the loan facilities, (ii) write-off of prepaid finance cost of US$1.10 million due to cancellation of two facilities in FY2010 and (iii) US$9.30 million due to fair value gains on interest rate swaps, set off against the increase in cost of borrowing of US$0.62 million.

Net (loss)/profit after income tax

The Group recorded a net profit after tax of US$40.33 million in FY2011 compared to a net loss of US$28.55 million in FY2010, mainly due to the abovementioned compensation expense.

92

PURPOSE OF THE PROGRAMME AND USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds arising from the issue of each tranche of Notes under the Programme (after deducting issue expenses) will be used to finance capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes, including refinancing of borrowings and financing of working capital requirements of the Trust and the subsidiaries of the Trust, and/or as set forth in the Pricing Supplement applicable to such Notes.

93

CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT

Clearance and Settlement under the Depository System

In respect of Notes which are accepted for clearance by CDP in Singapore, clearance will be effected through an electronic book-entry clearance and settlement system for the trading of debt securities (“Depository System”) maintained by CDP. Notes that are to be listed on the SGX-ST may be cleared through CDP.

CDP, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Singapore Exchange Limited, is incorporated under the laws of Singapore and acts as a depository and clearing organisation. CDP holds securities for its accountholders and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between accountholders through electronic book-entry changes in the securities accounts maintained by such accountholders with CDP.

In respect of Notes which are accepted for clearance by CDP, the entire issue of the Notes is to be held by CDP in the form of a Global Note for persons holding the Notes in securities accounts with CDP (“Depositors”). Delivery and transfer of Notes between Depositors is by electronic book-entries in the records of CDP only, as reflected in the securities accounts of Depositors. Although CDP encourages settlement on the third business day following the trade date of debt securities, market participants may mutually agree on a different settlement period if necessary.

Settlement of over-the-counter trades in the Notes through the Depository System may only be effected through certain corporate depositors (“Depository Agents”) approved by CDP under the Companies Act to maintain securities sub-accounts and to hold the Notes in such securities sub-accounts for themselves and their clients. Accordingly, Notes for which trade settlement is to be effected through the Depository System must be held in securities sub-accounts with Depository Agents. Depositors holding the Notes in direct securities accounts with CDP, and who wish to trade Notes through the Depository System, must transfer the Notes to be traded from such direct securities accounts to a securities sub-account with a Depository Agent for trade settlement.

CDP is not involved in money settlement between Depository Agents (or any other persons) as CDP is not a counterparty in the settlement of trades of debt securities. However, CDP will make payment of interest and repayment of principal on behalf of issuers of debt securities.

Although CDP has established procedures to facilitate transfer of interests in the Notes in global form among Depositors, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Issuer, the Principal Paying Agent or any other agent will have the responsibility for the performance by CDP of its obligations under the rules and procedures governing its operations.

Clearance and Settlement under Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg

Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg each holds securities for their account holders and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between their respective account holders through electronic book-entry changes in the accounts of such account holders, thereby eliminating the need for physical movements of certificates and any risks from lack of simultaneous transfer. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg provide to their respective account holders, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally-traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg each also deals with domestic securities markets in several countries through established depositary and custodial relationships. The respective systems of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have established an electronic bridge between their two systems which enables their respective account holders to settle trades with one another. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg account holders are financial institutions throughout the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organisations. Indirect access to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg is also available to other financial institutions, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies which clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg account holder, either directly or indirectly.

94

An account holder’s overall contractual relations with either Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg are governed by the respective rules and operating procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg and any applicable laws. Both Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg act under those rules and operating procedures only on behalf of their respective account holders, and have no record of, or relationship with, persons holding any interests through their respective account holders. Distributions of principal with respect to book-entry interests in the Notes held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg will be credited, to the extent received by the Principal Paying Agent or, as the case may be, the Non-CDP Paying Agent, to the cash accounts of the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg account holders in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures.

95

SINGAPORE TAXATION

The statements below are general in nature and are based on certain aspects of current tax laws in Singapore and administrative guidelines and circulars issued by the MAS in force as at the date of this Information Memorandum and are subject to any changes in such laws, administrative guidelines or circulars, or the interpretation of those laws, guidelines or circulars, occurring after such date, which changes could be made on a retroactive basis. These laws, guidelines and circulars are also subject to various interpretations and the relevant tax authorities or the courts could later disagree with the explanations or conclusions set out below. Neither these statements nor any other statements in this Information Memorandum are intended or are to be regarded as advice on the tax position of any holder of the Notes or of any person acquiring, selling or otherwise dealing with the Notes or on any tax implications arising from the acquisition, sale or other dealings in respect of the Notes. The statements made herein do not purport to be a comprehensive or exhaustive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to subscribe for, purchase, own or dispose of the Notes and do not purport to deal with the tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers in securities or financial institutions in Singapore which have been granted the relevant Financial Sector Incentive(s)) may be subject to special rules or tax rates. Prospective holders of the Notes are advised to consult their own professional tax advisers as to the Singapore or other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership of or disposal of the Notes, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local tax laws to which they are subject. It is emphasised that none of the Issuer, the Arrangers and any other persons involved in the Programme accepts responsibility for any tax effects or liabilities resulting from the subscription for, purchase, holding or disposal of the Notes.

Interest and Other Payments

Subject to the following paragraphs, under Section 12(6) of the ITA, the following payments are deemed to be derived from Singapore:

(a) any interest, commission, fee or any other payment in connection with any loan or indebtedness or with any arrangement, management, guarantee, or service relating to any loan or indebtedness which is (i) borne, directly or indirectly, by a person resident in Singapore or a permanent establishment in Singapore (except in respect of any business carried on outside Singapore through a permanent establishment outside Singapore or any immovable property situated outside Singapore) or (ii) deductible against any income accruing in or derived from Singapore; or

(b) any income derived from loans where the funds provided by such loans are brought into or used in Singapore.

Such payments, where made to a person not known to the paying party to be a resident in Singapore for tax purposes, are generally subject to withholding tax in Singapore. The rate at which tax is to be withheld for such payments (other than those subject to the 15.0 per cent. final withholding tax described below) to non-resident persons (other than non-resident individuals) is currently 17.0 per cent. The applicable rate for non-resident individuals is currently 20.0 per cent. However, if the payment is derived by a person not resident in Singapore otherwise than from any trade, business, profession or vocation carried on or exercised by such person in Singapore and is not effectively connected with any permanent establishment in Singapore of that person, the payment is subject to a final withholding tax of 15.0 per cent. The rate of 15.0 per cent. may be reduced by applicable tax treaties.

However, certain Singapore-sourced investment income derived by individuals from financial instruments is exempt from tax, including:

(a) interest from debt securities derived on or after 1 January 2004;

(b) discount income (not including discount income arising from secondary trading) from debt securities derived on or after 17 February 2006; and

(c) prepayment fee, redemption premium and break cost from debt securities derived on or after 15 February 2007,

96

except where such income is derived through a partnership in Singapore or is derived from the carrying on of a trade, business or profession.

In addition, as the Programme as a whole is arranged by DBS Bank Ltd. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Singapore Branch, each of which is a Financial Sector Incentive (Bond Market) (“FSI-BM”) Company (as defined in the ITA), any tranche of the Notes (the “Relevant Notes”) issued as debt securities under the Programme during the period from the date of this Information Memorandum to 31 December 2013 and, pursuant to the MAS Circular FSD Cir 02/2013 entitled “Extension and Refinement of Tax Concessions for Promoting the Debt Market” issued by the MAS on 28 June 2013 (the “MAS Circular”), during the period from 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2018, would be qualifying debt securities (“QDS”) for the purposes of the ITA, to which the following treatment shall apply:

(i) subject to certain prescribed conditions having been fulfilled (including the submission of a return on debt securities in respect of the Relevant Notes in the prescribed format to the MAS and such other relevant authorities as may be prescribed within such period as the relevant authorities may specify and such other particulars in connection with the Relevant Notes as the relevant authorities may require, and the inclusion by the Issuer in all offering documents relating to the Relevant Notes of a statement to the effect that where interest, discount income, prepayment fee, redemption premium or break cost from the Relevant Notes is derived by a person who is not resident in Singapore and who carries on any operation in Singapore through a permanent establishment in Singapore, the tax exemption for qualifying debt securities shall not apply if the non-resident person acquires the Relevant Notes using funds from that person’s operations through the Singapore permanent establishment), interest, discount income (not including discount income arising from secondary trading), prepayment fee, redemption premium and break cost (collectively, the “Qualifying Income”) from the Relevant Notes, paid by the Issuer and derived by a holder who is not resident in Singapore and who (aa) does not have any permanent establishment in Singapore or (bb) carries on any operation in Singapore through a permanent establishment in Singapore but the funds used by that person to acquire the Relevant Notes are not obtained from such person’s operation through a permanent establishment in Singapore, are exempt from Singaporean tax;

(ii) subject to certain conditions having been fulfilled (including the submission of a return on debt securities in respect of the Relevant Notes in the prescribed format to the MAS and such other relevant authorities as may be prescribed within such period as the relevant authorities may specify and such other particulars in connection with the Relevant Notes as the relevant authorities may require), Qualifying Income from the Relevant Notes paid by the Issuer and derived by any company or body of persons (as defined in the ITA) in Singapore is subject to tax at a concessionary rate of 10.0 per cent. (except for holders of the relevant Financial Sector Incentive(s) who may be taxed at different rates); and

(iii) subject to:

(aa) the Issuer including in all offering documents relating to the Relevant Notes a statement to the effect that any person whose interest, discount income, prepayment fee, redemption premium or break cost derived from the Relevant Notes is not exempt from tax shall include such income in a return of income made under the ITA; and

(bb) the submission of a return on debt securities in respect of the Relevant Notes in the prescribed format to the MAS and such other relevant authorities as may be prescribed within such period as the relevant authorities may specify and such other particulars in connection with the Relevant Notes as the relevant authorities may require,

payments of Qualifying Income derived from the Relevant Notes are not subject to withholding of tax by the Issuer.

The MAS Circular further states that, with effect from 1 January 2014, the relevant arrangement requirements for QDS issued under a programme from 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2018 (including programmes arranged prior to 1 January 2014) include that the programme must be wholly arranged by Financial Sector Incentive – Capital Market, Financial Sector Incentive – Standard Tier or FSI-BM companies.

97

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) if during the primary launch of any tranche of Relevant Notes, the Relevant Notes of such tranche are issued to fewer than four persons and 50.0 per cent. or more of the issue of such Relevant Notes is beneficially held or funded, directly or indirectly, by related parties of the Issuer, such Relevant Notes would not qualify as QDS; and

(B) even though a particular tranche of Relevant Notes are QDS, if, at any time during the tenure of such tranche of Relevant Notes, 50.0 per cent. or more of the issue of such Relevant Notes is held beneficially or funded, directly or indirectly, by any related party(ies) of the Issuer, Qualifying Income derived from such Relevant Notes held by:-

(i) any related party of the Issuer; or

(ii) any other person where the funds used by such person to acquire such Relevant Notes are obtained, directly or indirectly, from any related party of the Issuer,

shall not be eligible for the tax exemption or concessionary rate of tax as described above.

The term “related party”, in relation to a person, means any other person who, directly or indirectly, controls that person, or is controlled, directly or indirectly, by that person, or where he and that other person, directly or indirectly, are under the control of a common person.

The terms “prepayment fee”, “redemption premium” and “break cost” are defined in the ITA as follows:

“prepayment fee”, in relation to debt securities and qualifying debt securities, means any fee payable by the issuer of the securities on the early redemption of the securities, the amount of which is determined by the terms of the issuance of the securities;

“redemption premium”, in relation to debt securities and qualifying debt securities, means any premium payable by the issuer of the securities on the redemption of the securities upon their maturity; and

“break cost”, in relation to debt securities and qualifying debt securities, means any fee payable by the issuer of the securities on the early redemption of the securities, the amount of which is determined by any loss or liability incurred by the holder of the securities in connection with such redemption.

References to “prepayment fee”, “redemption premium” and “break cost” in this Singapore tax disclosure have the same meaning as defined in the ITA.

Notwithstanding that the Issuer is permitted to make payments of interest, discount income, prepayment fee, redemption premium and break cost (i.e. the Qualifying Income) in respect of the Relevant Notes without deduction or withholding for tax under Section 45 or Section 45A of the ITA, any person whose interest, discount income, prepayment fee, redemption premium or break cost (i.e. the Qualifying Income) derived from the Relevant Notes is not exempt from tax is required to include such income in a return of income made under the ITA.

Under the Qualifying Debt Securities Plus Scheme (“QDS Plus Scheme”), subject to certain conditions having been fulfilled (including the submission of a return on debt securities in respect of the QDS in the prescribed format to the MAS and such other relevant authorities as may be prescribed within such period as the relevant authorities may specify and such other particulars in connection with the QDS as the relevant authorities may require), income tax exemption is granted on Qualifying Income derived by any investor from QDS (excluding Singapore Government Securities) which:-

(a) are issued during the period from 16 February 2008 to 31 December 2013 and, pursuant to the MAS Circular, during the period from 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2018;

(b) have an original maturity of not less than 10 years;

98

(c) cannot be redeemed, called, exchanged or converted within 10 years from the date of their issue; and

(d) cannot be re-opened with a resulting tenure of less than 10 years to the original maturity date.

However, even if a particular tranche of the Relevant Notes are QDS which qualify under the QDS Plus Scheme, if, at any time during the tenure of such tranche of Relevant Notes, 50.0 per cent. or more of the issue of such Relevant Notes is held beneficially or funded, directly or indirectly, by any related party(ies) of the Issuer, Qualifying Income from such Relevant Notes derived by:

(aa) any related party of the Issuer; or

(bb) any other person where the funds used by such person to acquire such Relevant Notes are obtained, directly or indirectly, from any related party of the Issuer,

shall not be eligible for the tax exemption under the QDS Plus Scheme as described above.

The MAS Circular states that, with effect from 28 June 2013, the QDS Plus Scheme will be refined to allow QDS with certain standard early termination clauses (as prescribed in the MAS Circular) to qualify for the QDS Plus Scheme at the point of issuance of such debt securities. The MAS has also clarified that if such debt securities are subsequently redeemed prematurely pursuant to such standard early termination clauses before the 10th year from the date of issuance of such debt securities, the tax exemption granted under the QDS Plus Scheme to Qualifying Income accrued prior to such redemption will not be clawed back. Under such circumstances, the QDS Plus status of such debt securities will be revoked prospectively for such outstanding debt securities (if any), and holders thereof may still enjoy the tax benefits under the QDS scheme if the QDS conditions continue to be met.

The MAS has stated that, notwithstanding the above, QDS with embedded options with economic value (such as call, put, conversion or exchange options which can be triggered at specified prices or dates and are built into the pricing of such debt securities at the onset) which can be exercised within ten years from the date of issuance of such debt securities will continue to be excluded from the QDS Plus Scheme from such date of issuance.

Capital Gains

Any gains considered to be in the nature of capital made from the sale of the Notes will not be taxable in Singapore. However, any gains derived by any person from the sale of the Notes which are gains from any trade, business, profession or vocation carried on by that person, if accruing in or derived from Singapore, may be taxable as such gains are considered revenue in nature.

Holders of the Notes who apply or who are required to apply Singapore Financial Reporting Standard 39 (“FRS 39”) may, for Singaporean income tax purposes, be required to recognise gains or losses (not being gains or losses in the nature of capital) on the Notes, irrespective of disposal, in accordance with FRS 39. Please see the section below on “Adoption of FRS 39 Treatment for Singapore Income Tax Purposes” for further details.

Adoption of FRS 39 Treatment for Singaporean Income Tax Purposes

The Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore has issued a circular entitled “Income Tax Implications Arising from the Adoption of FRS 39 - Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (the “FRS 39 Circular”). The ITA has since been amended to give effect to the FRS 39 Circular.

The FRS 39 Circular generally applies, subject to certain “opt-out” provisions, to taxpayers who are required to comply with FRS 39 for financial reporting purposes.

Holders of the Notes who may be subject to the tax treatment under the FRS 39 Circular should consult their own accounting and tax advisers regarding the Singaporean income tax consequences of their acquisition, holding or disposal of the Notes.

Estate Duty

Singapore has abolished estate duty with respect to all deaths occurring on or after 15 February 2008.

99

SUBSCRIPTION, PURCHASE AND DISTRIBUTION

The Programme Agreement provides for Notes to be offered from time to time through one or more Dealers. The Programme Agreement further provides for the resignation of existing Dealers and the appointment of additional Dealers. The price at which a Series or Tranche will be issued will be determined prior to its issue between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s). The Issuer may also from time to time agree with the relevant Dealer(s) that the Issuer may pay certain third party commissions (including, without limitation, rebates to bank investors in the Notes). The obligations of the Dealers under the Programme Agreement will be subject to certain conditions set out in the Programme Agreement. Each Dealer (acting as principal) will subscribe for or procure subscribers for Notes from the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement.

Selling Restrictions

General

The selling restrictions below may be modified or supplemented from time to time by the agreement of the Issuer and the Relevant Dealer(s). Any such modification or supplement will be set out in a Pricing Supplement or in a supplement to this Information Memorandum. The Programme Agreement provides that the restrictions relating to any specific jurisdiction (set out below) shall be deemed to be modified to the extent (if at all) of any change(s) in, or change(s) in official interpretation of, applicable laws and regulations governing any of such restrictions relating to any specific jurisdiction.

Each Dealer understands that no action has been taken in any jurisdiction that would permit a public offering of any of the Notes, or possession or distribution of this Information Memorandum or any other document or any Pricing Supplement, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Each Dealer has agreed that it will comply with all applicable securities laws, regulations and directives in each jurisdiction in which it subscribes for, purchases, offers, sells or delivers Notes or any interest therein or rights in respect thereof or has in its possession or distributes, this Information Memorandum, any other document relating to the Notes or the Programme, or any Pricing Supplement.

United States

The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in certain transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”).

Each Dealer has agreed that, and each further Dealer appointed under the Programme will be required to agree that, except as permitted by the Programme Agreement, it will not offer, sell or deliver the Notes, (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the completion of the distribution of an identifiable tranche of which such Notes are a part, as determined and certified to the Principal Paying Agent or, as the case may be, the Non-CDP Paying Agent by such Dealer (or, in the case of an identifiable tranche of Notes sold to or through more than one Dealer, by each of such Dealers with respect to Notes of an identifiable tranche purchased by or through it, in which case the Principal Paying Agent or, as the case may be, the Non-CDP Paying Agent shall notify such Dealer when all such Dealers have so certified), within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons, and it will have sent to each Dealer to which it sells Notes during the distribution compliance period a confirmation or other notice setting out the restrictions on offers and sales of the Notes within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

In addition, until 40 days after the commencement of the offering of any identifiable tranche of Notes, an offer or sale of Notes within the United States by any dealer that is not participating in the offering of such Notes may violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, each Dealer has agreed, and each further Dealer appointed under the Programme will be required to agree, that Notes having a maturity of more than one year are subject to U.S. tax law requirements and may not be offered, sold or delivered within the United States or to United States persons, except in certain transactions permitted by U.S. tax regulations. Accordingly, Notes having a maturity of more than one year will be issued in accordance with the provisions of U.S. Treasury

100

Regulation§ 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D) (or any successor regulation for purposes of Section 4701 of the United States Internal Revenue Code), unless the relevant Pricing Supplement specifies that Notes will be issued in accordance with the provisions of U.S. Treasury Regulation§ 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(C) (or any successor regulation for purposes of Section 4701 of the United States Internal Revenue Code). Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder.

Hong Kong

Each Dealer has represented and agreed, and each further Dealer appointed under the Programme will be required to represent and agree, that:

(i) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell in Hong Kong, by means of any document, any Notes other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance; and

(ii) it has not issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Notes, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Notes which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Singapore

Each Dealer has acknowledged that this Information Memorandum has not been registered as a prospectus with the MAS. Accordingly, each Dealer has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any Notes or caused the Notes to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any Notes or cause the Notes to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this Information Memorandum or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Notes, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or to any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Note:

Where the Notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Notes pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

101

(3) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(5) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Any person who may be in doubt as to the restrictions set out in the SFA or the laws, regulations and directives in each jurisdiction in which it subscribes for, purchases, offers, sells or delivers the Notes or any interest therein or rights in respect thereof and the consequences arising from a contravention thereof should consult his own professional adviser(s) and should make his own inquiries as to the laws, regulations and directives in force or applicable in any particular jurisdiction at any relevant time.

102

APPENDIX I

GENERAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

INFORMATION ON DIRECTORS

1. The name and position of each of the Directors are set out below:

Name Position

Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Chairman and Non-Executive DirectorDr Ignace Van Meenen Non-Executive DirectorMr Lim How Teck Lead Independent DirectorMrs Lee Suet Fern Independent DirectorMr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. Independent Director

2. No Director is or was involved in any of the following events:

(a) a petition under any bankruptcy laws filed in any jurisdiction against such person or any partnership in which he was a partner or any corporation of which he was a director or an executive officer;

(b) a conviction of any offence, other than a traffic offence, or judgment, including findings in relation to fraud, misrepresentation or dishonesty, given against him in any civil proceedings in Singapore or elsewhere, or being named subject to any pending proceedings which may lead to such a conviction or judgment, or so far as such person is aware, any criminal investigation pending against him; or

(c) the subject of any order, judgment or ruling of any court of competent jurisdiction, tribunal or government body, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from acting as an investment adviser, dealer in securities, director or employee of a financial institution and engaging in any type of business practice or activity.

4. The interests of the Directors and the substantial Unitholders in the Units as at the Latest Practicable Date are as follows:

Directors

Direct Interest Deemed InterestNumber of

Units% Number of

Units%

Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers(1) - - 280,458,000 33.10Mr Lim How Teck 1,600,000 0.19 200,000 0.02Mrs Lee Suet-Fern 900,000 0.11 - -

Substantial Unitholders

Direct Interest Deemed InterestNumber of

Units% Number of

Units%

Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers(1) - - 280,458,000 33.10Rickmers Holding(2) - - 280,458,000 33.10Polaris 132,364,000 15.62 - -Rickmers Second(3) 148,094,000 17.48 132,364,000 15.62Capital Group(4) - - 54,840,000 6.47

(1) Mr. Bertram R.C. Rickmers holds 100% of Rickmers Holding. He is therefore deemed to be interested in the Units held by Rickmers Holding.

103

(2) Rickmers Holding is the holding company of Rickmers Second, which in turn is the holding company of Polaris. Rickmers Holding is therefore deemed to be interested in the Units held by Rickmers Second and Polaris .

(3) Rickmers Second is the holding company of Polaris and is therefore deemed to be interested in the Units held by Polaris.

(4) Capital Group is deemed to be interested in the Units held by one or more of its affiliates.

SHARE CAPITAL

5. As at the date of this Information Memorandum, there is only one class of ordinary units in the Trust. The rights and privileges attached to the Units of the Trust are stated in the RM Trust Deed.

6. The Units in issue of the Trust as at the Latest Practicable Date are as follows:

Unit Designation Number of Units in IssueCommon Units 847,350,000

BORROWINGS

7. Save as disclosed in Appendix IV , the Group had as at 30 September 2013 no other borrowings or indebtedness in the nature of borrowings including bank overdrafts and liabilities under acceptances (other than normal trading bills) or acceptance credits, mortgages, charges, hire purchase commitments, guarantees or other material contingent liabilities.

WORKING CAPITAL

8. The Directors are of the opinion that, after taking into account the present banking facilities and the net proceeds of the issue of the Notes, the Issuer and the Trust will have adequate working capital for their present requirements.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

9. There has been no significant change in the accounting policies of the Group since its audited financial accounts for the financial year ended 31 December 2012.

LITIGATION

10. There are no legal or arbitration proceedings pending or threatened against the Issuer, the Trust or any of the subsidiaries of the Trust the outcome of which may have or have had during the 12 months prior to the date of this Information Memorandum a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Issuer, the Trust or the Group.

MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE

11. There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or business of the Group since 30 September 2013.

CONSENT

12. Each of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Maersk Broker K/S and Clarkson Research Services Limited has given and has not withdrawn its written consent to the issue of this Information Memorandum with the references herein to its name and, where applicable, reports in the form and context in which they appear in this Information Memorandum.

DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION

13. Copies of the following documents may be inspected at the registered office of the Issuer at 8 Shenton Way #42-03, Singapore 068811 during normal business hours for a period of six months from the date of this Information Memorandum:

(a) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Issuer;

104

(b) the RM Trust Deed;

(c) the Notes Trust Deed;

(d) the letters of consent referred to in paragraph 12 above; and

(e) the audited financial statements of the Group for the financial years ended 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2012 and the unaudited financial statements announcement of the Group for the third quarter ended 30 September 2013.

FUNCTIONS, RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE NOTES TRUSTEE

14. The functions, rights and obligations of the Notes Trustee are set out in the Notes Trust Deed.

105

APPENDIX II

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2011

The information in this Appendix II has been reproduced from the annual report of Rickmers Maritime for the financial year ended 31 December 2011 and has not been specifically prepared for inclusion in this Information Memorandum. Investors should read the consolidated financial data in conjunction with the related notes.

106

RICKMERS MARITIME (Registered in Singapore. Business Trust Registration Number: 2007003)

AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

ANNUAL REPORT For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

107

RICKMERS MARITIME (Registered in Singapore) AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES ANNUAL REPORT For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

Contents Page Report of the Trustee-Manager 1 Statement by Trustee-Manager 5 Independent Auditor’s Report 6 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 7 Statements of Financial Position 8 Consolidated Statement of Changes in

Unitholders’ Funds 9

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 10 Notes to the Financial Statements 11

108

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

1

The directors of Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd., the Trustee-Manager of Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”), are pleased to present their report to the unitholders of the Trust, together with the audited financial statements of Rickmers Maritime and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the financial year ended 31 December 2011 and the statement of financial position of the Trust as at 31 December 2011. Directors The directors of the Trustee-Manager in office at the date of this report are as follows: Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen (appointed on 14 November 2011) Mrs Lee Suet Fern Mr Lim How Teck Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. Arrangements to enable directors to acquire units and debentures Neither at the end of nor at any time during the financial year was the Trust a party to any arrangement whose object was to enable the directors of the Trustee-Manager to acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of units in, or debentures of the Trust. Directors’ interests in units or debentures None of the directors holding office at the end of the financial year had any interest in units, or debentures of the Trust, except as disclosed below. Directors’ interests in units

Name of director

Direct Interests Deemed Interests As at

1 January 2011 or date

of appointment

As at 31 December

2011

As at 1 January

2011 or date of appointment

As at 31 December

2011 Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers - - 140,229,000 140,229,000 Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen - - - - Mrs Lee Suet Fern 450,000 450,000 - - Mr Lim How Teck 800,000 800,000 120,000 220,000 Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. - - - - The directors’ interests in units as at 21 January 2012 were the same as at 31 December 2011.

109

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

2

Directors’ contractual benefits Since the end of the previous financial year, no director has received or become entitled to receive a benefit by reason of a contract made by the Trust or a related corporation with the director or with a firm of which he is a member or with a company in which he has a substantial financial interest, except as disclosed in the accompanying financial statements and in this report. Options On 6 September 2010, the Trust issued a convertible loan denominated in United States Dollars (“US dollar”) with a nominal value of US$49.0 million to Polaris Ship management Company Limited (“Polaris”) as part of the compensation expense to discharge the Group from its obligation to purchase seven vessels. The convertible loan may be repaid by the Trust, in part or in full, any time on or before 31 March 2014. If the convertible loan is not repaid by 31 March 2014, Polaris has the option to convert any part of the outstanding loan amount as at 31 March 2014 into common units of the Trust on 1 April 2014. If Polaris does not exercise the option to convert any outstanding amount into common units, the remaining outstanding amount will be repayable in ten equal quarterly instalments commencing on 30 June 2014. The maximum number of units to be allotted and issued by the exercise of the option is 150.0 million units. No units have been issued during the financial year by virtue of exercising of options to take up unissued units of the Trust. The maximum number of unissued common units of the Trust under the option at the end of the financial year is 150.0 million units. The exercise price of the option is S$0.482625 per unit. The price will be converted into US dollar using the mid spot rate of exchange at close of business in Singapore at the latest practicable date before 1 April 2014. The option does not provide Polaris with any rights to participate in any distributions and/or offers of future securities made by the Trust unless and until the option is exercised. Audit Committee

The members of the Audit Committee at the end of the financial year were as follows: Mr Lim How Teck (Chairman) Mrs Lee Suet Fern Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. All members of the Audit Committee are independent and non-executive directors.

110

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

3

Audit Committee (continued)

The Audit Committee carried out its functions in accordance with Regulation 13(6) of the Business Trusts Regulations 2005. In performing those functions, the Committee reviewed: with the auditor the audit plan and the auditor’s report of the Trust and any

recommendations on internal accounting controls of the Trustee-Manager arising from the statutory audit;

the assistance given by the officers of the Trustee-Manager to the independent

auditor of the Trust, the accounting internal controls, the policies and practices established by the Trustee-Manager to ensure statutory compliance and compliance with the Trust Deed, procedures put in place by the Trustee-Manager for managing conflicts of interests between unitholders and Trustee-Manager, including interested person transactions, indemnification of expenses or liabilities incurred by the Trustee-Manager and the setting of fees or charges payable out of the Trust property; and

the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income of the Trustee-Manager for the financial year ended 31 December 2011 as well as the statement of financial position of the Trust and the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2011 before their submission to the Board of Directors of the Trustee-Manager.

The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that the independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, be nominated for re-appointment at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting of the Trust.

111

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

4

Independent auditor The independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has expressed its willingness to accept re-appointment. On behalf of the directors Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Director

Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen Director

Singapore 13 February 2012

112

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES STATEMENT BY TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

5

In our opinion, (a) the statement of financial position of the Trust and the consolidated financial

statements of the Group as set out on pages 7 to 50 are drawn up so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Trust and of the Group as at 31 December 2011 and of the results of the business, changes in unitholders’ funds and cash flows of the Group for the financial year then ended; and

(b) at the date of this statement, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the

Trust will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due. On behalf of the directors Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Director

Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen Director

Singapore 13 February 2012

113

6

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE UNITHOLDERS OF RICKMERS MARITIME Report on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) set out on pages 7 to 50 which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group and the statement of financial position of the Trust as at 31 December 2011, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in unitholders’ funds and the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group for the financial year then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes. Trustee-Manager’s responsibility for the Financial Statements The Trustee-Manager is responsible for the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Business Trusts Act (the “Act”) and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Auditor’s Responsibility Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. Opinion In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of the Group and the statement of the financial position of the Trust give a true and fair view of the financial position of Rickmers Maritime and its subsidiaries as of 31 December 2011, and of their financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements In our opinion, the accounting and other records required by the Act to be kept by the Trustee-Manager have been properly kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Public Accountants and Certified Public Accountants Singapore, 13 February 2012

114

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

7

Group Note 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Revenue 149,466 147,014 Other income 5 6,406 8,954 Other gains/(losses) - net 6 3,980 (5,279) 159,852 150,689 Expenses - Depreciation 14 (37,868) (37,199) - Write-back of vessel impairment 14 2,850 7,298 - Amortisation of favourable charter contracts 15 (511) (512) - Impairment of goodwill 15 (4,097) - - Vessel operating expenses (33,048) (31,724) - Trustee-Manager fee (3,035) (2,955) - Other trust expenses (655) 322 - Transaction fees - (1,408) - Compensation expense - (64,000) - Finance expenses 7 (43,158) (49,064) Total expenses (119,522) (179,242) Profit/(loss) before income tax 40,330 (28,553) Income tax expense 8 (4) - Total profit/(loss) 40,326 (28,553) Other comprehensive income/(losses): Cash flow hedges - Fair value losses (16,573) (30,534) - Transfer to finance expenses 21,921 21,767 - Transfer to other losses - net - 4,427 Other comprehensive income/(losses), net of tax 5,348 (4,340) Total comprehensive income/(losses) 45,674 (32,893) Earnings/(loss) per unit based on the weighted

average number of units issued (US cents) Basic 9 9.52 (6.74) Diluted 9 7.24 (6.74)

115

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December 2011

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

8

Group Trust Note 2011 2010 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 10 55,321 49,101 21,066 13,934 Trade and other receivables 11 836 288 67 69 Inventories 3,142 2,751 149 82 Prepayments 24 3 24 3 59,323 52,143 21,306 14,088 Non-current assets Investments in subsidiaries 12 - - 160 160 Loans to subsidiaries 13 - - 898,441 898,441 Vessels 14 1,035,763 1,068,336 - - Intangible assets 15 45,069 49,677 - - Other non-current assets - 453 - 453 1,080,832 1,118,466 898,601 899,054 Total assets 1,140,155 1,170,609 919,907 913,142 LIABILITIES Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 16 3,604 3,037 250,278 195,770 Advanced charter hire received 2,166 3,786 - - Secured bank loans 19 43,167 32,877 28,570 18,280 Derivative financial instruments 17 16,679 855 1,398 - 65,616 40,555 280,246 214,050 Non-current liabilities Other payables 892 1,785 563 1,129 Deferred income from charter contracts

18 21,475 27,220 - -

Secured bank loans 19 576,966 636,474 366,942 406,138 Convertible loan 20 49,198 48,808 49,198 48,808 Derivative financial instruments 17 38,478 63,743 291 3,053 687,009 778,030 416,994 459,128

Total liabilities 752,625 818,585 697,240 673,178

NET ASSETS 387,530 352,024 222,667 239,964 UNITHOLDERS’ FUNDS Units in issue 21 431,435 431,435 431,435 431,435 Unit issue costs (10,122) (10,122) (10,122) (10,122) Hedging reserve (46,945) (52,293) - - Distributable income/(accumulated losses)

13,162 (16,996) (198,646) (181,349)

Total unitholders’ funds 387,530 352,024 222,667 239,964

116

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN UNITHOLDERS’ FUNDS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

9

Attributable to unitholders of Trust Group Note

Units in issue

Unit issue costs

Hedging reserve

Distributable income/

(accumulated losses) Total

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 2011 Beginning of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (52,293) (16,996) 352,024 Total comprehensive income

for the year

- - 5,348 40,326 45,674 Distribution to unitholders 22 - - - (10,168) (10,168) End of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (46,945) 13,162 387,530 2010 Beginning of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (47,953) 21,217 394,577 Total comprehensive losses

for the year

- - (4,340) (28,553) (32,893) Distribution to unitholders 22 - - - (9,660) (9,660)

End of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (52,293) (16,996) 352,024

117

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

10

Group 2011 2010 Note US$’000 US$’000

Cash flows from operating activities: Cash receipts from customers 147,880 151,392 Cash paid to suppliers and Trustee-Manager (37,594) (35,191) Cash paid as part of compensation expense - (15,000) Net cash provided by operating activities 110,286 101,201 Cash flows from investing activities: Drydocking cost paid (1,638) (726) Interest received 77 278 Net cash used in investing activities (1,561) (448) Cash flows from financing activities: Transaction fees paid - (1,466) Repayment of bank loans (49,037) (104,999) Other fees paid (51) (51) Interest paid (42,336) (41,691) Undrawn credit facility payment - (183) Loan restructuring fee paid (893) (2,678) Decrease/(increase) in restricted cash 893 (2,678) Distribution to unitholders (10,168) (11,343) Net cash used in financing activities (101,592) (165,089) Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 7,133 (64,336) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of financial year 10 46,423 110,724 Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents (20) 35 Cash and cash equivalents at end of financial year * 10 53,536 46,423 * Cash and cash equivalents include an amount of US$25.0 million which can be used by the Group for operational purposes (subject to certain requirements) but the amount is not available for distribution to unitholders nor to service interest payments on the convertible loan.

118

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

11

These notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements. 1. General information

Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”) is a Singapore registered business trust constituted on 30 March 2007 under the Business Trusts Act, Chapter 31A of Singapore. The Trust was listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited on 4 May 2007 and is managed by Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (“Trustee-Manager”). The address of its registered office is 11 Keppel Road, #10-02 ABI Plaza, Singapore 089057. The principal activities of the Trust are owning and operating containerships under long-term, fixed-rate time charters to leading container liner shipping companies through wholly-owned subsidiaries. These vessels operate worldwide, carrying containers for the world’s leading container liner companies. The principal activities of the subsidiaries are set out in Note 12.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies 2.1 Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting policies below.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. It also requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 3.

119

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

12

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.2 New or revised accounting standards and interpretations

(a) Interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in 2011

The Group has adopted the following new and amended IFRS as of 1

January 2011:

(i) Amendments to IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures (ii) Annual Improvements 2010 consisting of minor amendments to the

following Standards and Interpretations:

IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements Transition requirements for amendments arising as a result of

IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting IFRS 3 Business Combinations IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures

The adoption of these new or amended standards did not result in substantial changes to the Group’s accounting policies and had no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior financial years.

(b) Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are

issued but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group

The following standards and amendments to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2012 or later periods, but the Group has not early adopted them. The Group’s assessment of the impact of adopting those standards, amendments and interpretations that are relevant to the Group is set out below: (i) Amendments to IFRS 7 Disclosures - Transfers of Financial Assets

(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2011)

The revised standard clarifies and simplifies the disclosure of credit risk and foreclosed collateral, and removes the requirement to disclose the carrying amount of renegotiated financial assets that would be past due or impaired if not for the renegotiation. The Group will apply the revised standard from 1 January 2012. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

120

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

13

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.2 New or revised accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(b) Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are

issued but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group (continued) (ii) Amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements

(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012) The amendment requires entities to separate items presented in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) into two groups, based on whether they may be recycled to profit or loss in the future. Items that will not be recycled such as revaluation gains on property, plant and equipment will be presented separately from items that may be recycled in the future. Entities that choose to present OCI items before tax will be required to show the amount of tax related to the two groups separately. The Group will apply the revised standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

(iii) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

This standard replaces parts of IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial assets, and sets the requirement for the classification of financial assets into two measurement categories: those to be measured subsequently at fair value, and those to be measured subsequently at amortised cost. The Group will apply the interpretation from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

(iv) IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

The new standard clarifies the definition of control and focuses on the need to have both power and variable returns before control is present. In addition, the revised standard also includes guidance on participating and protective rights, and guidance on agent/principal relationships. All entities are required to consider the new guidance. The Group will apply the new standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

121

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

14

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.2 New or revised accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(b) Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are

issued but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group (continued)

(v) IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities

(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

The new standard requires entities to disclose information that helps financial statement readers to evaluate the nature, risks and financial effects associated with the entity’s interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities. Disclosures are required in significant judgements and assumptions, interests in subsidiaries, interests in joint arrangements and associates, and interests in unconsolidated structured entities. The Group will apply the new standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

(vi) IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

The new standard explains how to measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. The Group will apply the new standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

2.3 Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for

the rendering of services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is presented, net of goods and services tax, rebates, discounts and commissions payable to third parties.

The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue and related costs

can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and when the specific criteria for each of the Group’s activities are met as follows:

122

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

15

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.3 Revenue recognition (continued) (a) Rendering of services Revenue from a time charter, which is of operating lease in nature, is

recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the time charter contracts.

(b) Interest income

Interest income, including income arising from financial instruments, is recognised using the effective interest method.

(c) Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

2.4 Group accounting

Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Group has power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanied by a shareholding giving rise to the majority of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at the dates of exchange and includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. Please refer to Note 2.6(a) for the accounting policy on goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries.

123

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

16

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.4 Group accounting (continued)

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date on which control ceases.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group entities are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated but are considered an impairment indicator of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Please refer to Note 2.7 for the accounting policy on investments in subsidiaries in

the financial statements of the Trust. 2.5 Plant and equipment (a) Measurement Vessels are initially recognised at cost and subsequently carried at cost

less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Vessel cost consists of the contract purchase price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (improvements and delivery expenses).

The vessels that are acquired are treated as a business combination to the

extent that such acquisitions include business characteristics; otherwise an acquisition of a vessel is treated as a purchase of assets and recorded at cost.

Where any intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of

a vessel are identified, they are recorded at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data and the revenue stream associated with the charters. All vessels have been acquired with existing charters.

(b) Depreciation Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the

depreciable amounts of vessels, after taking into account the residual values, over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for the vessels are 30 years.

The residual values are reviewed, and adjusted as appropriate, at the end

of each financial year. The effects of any revision are recognised in profit or loss when the changes arise.

124

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

17

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.5 Plant and equipment (continued) (b) Depreciation (continued) Included in the value of vessels acquired are costs relating to dry-docking.

These costs are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period to the next scheduled dry-docking, which is generally 5 to 7.5 years.

(c) Subsequent expenditure Subsequent expenditure relating to vessels, including dry-docking, that

has already been recognised is added to the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits, in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group and the cost can be reliably measured. Other subsequent expenditures are recognised as expenses during the financial year in which they are incurred.

(d) Disposal On disposal of vessels, the difference between the net disposal proceeds

and the carrying amount is recognised in profit or loss. 2.6 Intangible assets (a) Goodwill on acquisitions

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair

value of the Group’s share of identifiable net assets and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiaries or businesses at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries or businesses is recognised

separately as intangible assets and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Gains and losses on the disposal of subsidiaries or businesses include the

carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity or business sold. Negative goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the identifiable

net assets of subsidiaries or businesses when acquired over the cost of acquisition. Negative goodwill is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

125

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

18

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.6 Intangible assets (continued)

(b) Charter contracts Charter contracts, that are favourable or unfavourable at the acquisition

date, are initially recognised based on the excess or shortfall of contracted charter income over the market value of similar contracts and are subsequently carried at cost (i.e. the fair value at initial recognition) less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. These costs are amortised to profit or loss using the straight-line method over the remaining period of the charter. Unfavourable charter contracts are called deferred income from charter contracts on the statement of financial position.

The amortisation period and amortisation method of intangible assets

other than goodwill are reviewed at least at the end of each financial year. The effects of any revision are recognised in profit or loss when the changes arise.

2.7 Investments in subsidiaries Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less accumulated impairment

losses in the Trust’s statement of financial position. On disposal of investments in subsidiaries, the difference between disposal proceeds and the carrying amounts of the investments are recognised in profit or loss.

2.8 Impairment of non-financial assets

(a) Goodwill Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is indication

that the goodwill may be impaired. For the purpose of impairment testing of goodwill, goodwill is allocated to

each of the Group’s cash-generating-units (“CGU”) expected to benefit from synergies arising from the business combination.

An impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of a CGU,

including the goodwill, exceeds the recoverable amount of the CGU. Recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use.

126

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

19

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.8 Impairment of non-financial assets (continued) (a) Goodwill (continued) The total impairment loss of a CGU is allocated first to reduce the carrying

amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU. An impairment loss on goodwill is recognised in profit or loss and is not reversed in a subsequent period.

(b) Vessels, intangible assets and investments in subsidiaries Vessels, intangible assets and investments in subsidiaries are reviewed for

impairment whenever there is any objective evidence of indication that these assets may be impaired.

For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the

higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use) is determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets. If this is the case, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs.

If the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less

than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. The difference between the carrying amount and recoverable amount is recognised as an impairment loss in profit or loss.

An impairment loss for an asset other than goodwill is reversed if, and only

if, there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The carrying amount of an asset other than goodwill is increased to its revised recoverable amount, provided that this amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of any accumulated amortisation or depreciation) had there been no impairment loss recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of impairment loss for an asset other than goodwill is recognised in profit or loss.

2.9 Loans and receivables Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or

determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are presented as current assets, except for those maturing later than 12 months after the end of the financial year which are presented as non-current assets.

127

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

20

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.9 Loans and receivables (continued) Loans and receivables are presented as “cash and cash equivalents”, and “trade

and other receivables” on the statement of financial position. These financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs

and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The Group assesses at the end of each financial year whether there is objective

evidence that these financial assets are impaired and recognises an allowance for impairment when such evidence exists.

Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter

bankruptcy, and default or significant delay in payments are objective evidence that these financial assets are impaired.

The carrying amount of these assets is reduced through the use of an impairment

allowance account which is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. When the asset becomes uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are recognised against the same line item in profit or loss.

The allowance for impairment loss account is reduced through profit or loss in a

subsequent period when the amount of impairment loss decreases and the related decrease can be objectively measured. The carrying amount of the asset previously impaired is increased to the extent that the new carrying amount does not exceed the amortised cost had no impairment been recognised in prior periods.

2.10 Borrowings Borrowings are presented as current liabilities unless the Group has an

unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

(a) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

128

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

21

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.10 Borrowings (continued)

(a) Borrowings (continued)

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as

transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the drawdown occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

(b) Convertible loan When convertible loans are issued, the total proceeds are allocated to the

liability component and the derivative component, which are separately presented on the statement of financial position.

On initial recognition, the derivative component is measured at fair value

and presented as part of derivative financial instruments. It is subsequently carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

The difference between the total proceeds and the derivative component is

allocated to the liability component. The liability component is subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method until the liability is extinguished on conversion or redemption of the loan.

2.11 Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. They are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value, and subsequently

carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

129

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

22

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.12 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to risks

arising from operational, financing and investment activities. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

A derivative financial instrument is initially recognised at its fair value on the date

the contract is entered into and is subsequently carried at its fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between

the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives designated as hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.

The carrying amount of a derivative designated as a hedge is presented as a non-

current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. The fair value of a trading derivative is presented as a current asset or liability.

Cash flow hedge – Interest rate swaps The Group has entered into interest rate swaps that are cash flow hedges for the

Group’s exposure to interest rate risk on its borrowings. The interest rate swaps entitle the Group to receive interest at floating rates on notional principal amounts and oblige the Group to pay interest at fixed rates on the same notional principal amounts, thus allowing the Group to raise non-current borrowings at floating rates and swap them into fixed rates that are lower than those available if it borrowed at fixed rates directly.

The fair value changes on the effective portion of the interest rate swaps

designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income and transferred to profit or loss when the interest expense on the borrowings are recognised in profit or loss. The fair value changes on the ineffective portion of the interest rate swaps are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

130

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

23

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.13 Fair value estimation of financial assets and liabilities

The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on valuation provided by reputable financial institutions. The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at actively quoted interest rates. The fair values of current financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost approximate their carrying amounts. The fair values of non-current financial liabilities carried at amortised cost are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial liabilities.

2.14 Leases

As lessor: The Group owns containerships and charters them to leading container liner companies under long-term, fixed-rate time charters. These time charters are classified as operating leases as the Group retains substantially all risk and rewards incidental to ownership. Containerships are included in plant and equipment as vessels. Rental income from operating leases of the vessels (net of any incentives and commissions given to lessees) is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Initial direct costs incurred by the Group in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense in profit or loss over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income. Contingent rents are recognised as income in profit or loss when earned.

As lessee: Leases of property, plant and equipment where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessors are classified as operating leases. Rental expenses under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

131

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

24

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.15 Inventories

Inventories are lubricant oil and spare parts for the vessels. Inventories are carried at cost. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Lubricant oil and spare parts are used for the operation of the vessels, therefore inventories are not written down to net realisable value when market price falls below cost if the overall shipping activity is expected to be profitable.

2.16 Income taxes No provision is made for taxation on qualifying chartering and qualifying dividend

income from Approved Special Purpose Vehicles, which is exempt under the Maritime Sector Incentive – Maritime Leasing (“MSI – ML”) previously known as Maritime Finance Incentive. Under the MSI – ML, the Trust has been awarded the Approved Shipping Investment Enterprise status with effect from 4 May 2007 for a period of 10 years and its subsidiaries will be regarded as Approved Special Purpose Vehicles with effect from the date of their approval. Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognised at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the financial year.

Deferred income tax is recognised for all temporary differences arising between

the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination, and at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

A deferred income tax liability is recognised on temporary differences arising on

investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

A deferred income tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that

future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is measured: (i) at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the related deferred

income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the financial year; and

132

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

25

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.16 Income taxes (continued) (ii) based on the tax consequence that will follow from the manner in which

the Group expects, at the end of the financial year, to recover or settle the carrying amounts of its assets and liabilities.

Current and deferred income taxes are recognised as income or expense in profit

or loss, except to the extent that the tax arises from a business combination or a transaction which is recognised directly in equity. Deferred tax on temporary differences arising from fair value gains and losses on cash flow hedges are charged or credited directly to equity in the same period the temporary differences arise. Deferred tax arising from a business combination is adjusted against goodwill on acquisition.

2.17 Currency translation (a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each entity in the Group are

measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“functional currency”). The financial statements are presented in US dollar, which is the Trust’s and Group’s functional currency.

(b) Transactions and balances Transactions in a currency other than the functional currency (“foreign

currency”) are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Currency translation differences from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the closing rates as at the end of the financial year are recognised in profit or loss.

2.18 Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal

reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) who are responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments.

2.19 Cash and cash equivalents For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash

and cash equivalents include deposits with financial institutions.

133

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

26

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.20 Units in issue Units in issue are classified as equity. Unit issue costs represent expenses incurred in connection with the initial public

offering of the Group on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. Expenses, which are directly attributable to the issuance of units, are deducted directly from net assets attributable to unitholders. Expenses, which are not directly attributable to the issuance of units, are recognised in profit or loss.

2.21 Distributions to unitholders Distributions to unitholders are recorded in the period in which they are declared

payable by the Trustee-Manager. 3. Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements

Estimates, assumptions and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. (a) Goodwill impairment test

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2.8(a). The recoverable amounts of CGUs have been determined based on fair value less cost to sell calculations. The carrying amount of goodwill as at 31 December 2011 was US$44.0 million (2010: US$48.1 million). Details of the estimates used to calculate the recoverable amounts are given in Note 15.

(b) Impairment of vessels

The Group’s management follows its accounting policy set out in Note 2.8 (b) in determining when vessels are considered impaired. Impairment is recognised when events and circumstances indicate that these assets may be impaired and the carrying amounts of these assets exceed the recoverable amounts. The recoverable amounts of vessels have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. The carrying amount of vessels as at 31 December 2011 was US$1,035.8 million (2010: US$1,068.3 million). Details of the estimates used to calculate the recoverable amounts are given in Note 14.

134

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

27

4. Employee compensation The Group does not have any employee on its payroll because all operations are

undertaken by the Trustee-Manager. 5. Other income

6. Other gains/(losses) - net

(*) The gain/(loss) recognised is due to the fair value changes on the ineffective portion

of interest rate swaps (as defined in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement). This gain/(loss) is recognised directly into profit or loss and is a non-cash item.

(**) The non-cash gain recognised is due to the fair value changes on the derivative

component of the convertible loan that was issued to discharge the Group from its obligation to purchase seven vessels.

Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts 5,745 8,133 Interest income from financial institutions 83 265 Other income 578 556 6,406 8,954

Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges (*) 3,907 (5,364) Net currency translation (loss)/gain (22) 38 Loss on sale of bunker - (17) Gain on fair value of derivative component of

convertible loan (**) 95 64 3,980 (5,279)

135

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

28

7. Finance expenses

(^) Included in this amount are cash flow hedges, transferred from hedging reserve of

US$21.9 million (2010: US$21.8 million).

(^^) Included in this amount is an interest expense of US$390,000 (2010: US$258,000) arising from the amortisation of the convertible loan using the effective interest rate method and is a non-cash item.

8. Income taxes

The tax expense on profit/(loss) differs from the amount that would arise using the Singapore standard rate of income tax as explained below:

Items that are included in comprehensive income are not subjected to tax.

Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Interest expense on bank borrowings (13,855) (13,510) Interest expense on interest rate swaps (^) (27,956) (27,831) Interest expense on cash portion of compensation fee - (103) Interest expense on convertible loan (^^) (Note 20) (1,297) (990) Undrawn credit facility expense - (120) Amortisation of debt issuance costs - (1,104) Loan restructuring fee - (5,356) Other fees (50) (50) (43,158) (49,064)

Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000

Profit/(loss) before tax 40,330 (28,553) Tax calculated at tax rate of 17% (2010: 17%) 6,856 (4,854) Effects of: - tax exemption (6,852) 4,854 Tax charge 4 -

136

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

29

9. Earnings/(loss) per unit (a) Basic earnings/(loss) per unit Basic earnings/(loss) per unit is calculated by dividing the net profit/(loss) attributable to

unitholders of the Trust by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the financial year.

(b) Diluted earnings/(loss) per unit For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings/(loss) per unit, net profit/(loss) attributable

to unitholders of the Trust and the weighted average number of units outstanding are adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential units.

The convertible loan is assumed to have been converted into units at issuance and the net

profit/(loss) is adjusted to exclude the interest expense and other related changes in income/expense.

Group 2011 Net profit after tax attributable to unitholders of the Trust (US$’000) 40,326 Interest expense on convertible loan (US$’000) 1,297 Gain on fair value of derivative component of convertible loan

(US$’000)

(95) Net profit after tax used to determine diluted earnings per unit

(US$’000)

41,528 Weighted average number of units outstanding for basic earnings

per unit (’000)

423,675 Adjustments for convertible loan (’000) 150,000 573,675 Diluted earnings per unit (US cents) 7.24

For the financial year ended 31 December 2010, the units assumed to have been converted from the convertible loan are anti-dilutive and hence not included in the diluted earnings per unit calculation. The diluted and basic loss per unit were US cents 6.74 for the financial year ended 31 December 2010.

Group 2011 2010 Net profit/(loss) after tax attributable to unitholders of the

Trust (US$’000) 40,326 (28,553) Weighted average number of units outstanding for

basic earnings/(loss) per unit (’000) 423,675 423,675 Basic earnings/(loss) per unit (US cents) 9.52 (6.74)

137

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

30

10. Cash and cash equivalents Group Trust 2011 2010 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Cash at bank 39,321 41,316 5,066 6,149 Short-term bank deposits 16,000 7,785 16,000 7,785 55,321 49,101 21,066 13,934

Cash and cash equivalents include an amount of US$25.0 million which can be used by the Group for operational purposes (subject to certain requirements) but the amount is not available for distribution to unitholders nor to service interest payments on the convertible loan.

For the purpose of presenting the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash

equivalents comprise the following: Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000

Cash and cash equivalents per Statement of Financial Position 55,321 49,101 Less: Restricted cash for payment of loan restructuring fee (1,785) (2,678) Cash and cash equivalents per Consolidated Statement of Cash

Flows 53,536 46,423

11. Trade and other receivables Group Trust 2011 2010 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Trade receivables from non-related parties 634 117 - - Other receivables from non-related parties 202 171 67 69 836 288 67 69 12. Investments in subsidiaries Details of the subsidiary companies are as follows: Name of subsidiary company(a)

Country of incorporation Vessel name Principal activities Equity holding

2011 %

2010 %

Kaethe Navigation Limited Marshall Islands Kaethe C.

Rickmers Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Richard II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ITAL Festosa Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Henry II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ITAL Fastosa Ship owning

and operating 100 100

138

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

31

12. Investments in subsidiaries (continued) Name of subsidiary company(a) Country of

incorporation Vessel name

Principal activities

Equity holding

2011

2010

% %

Moni II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ITAL Fiducia

Ship owning and operating

100 100

Vicki Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ANL

Warringa Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Maja Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ANL Windarra

Ship owning and operating

100 100

Marte Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands CMA CGM

Azure Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Laranna Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ANL

Warrain Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Sabine Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands CMA CGM

Jade Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Erwin Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands CMA CGM

Onyx Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Olympia II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Dominance Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Sui An Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Dedication Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Pingel Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Delight Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Ebba Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Destiny Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Clan Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Devotion Ship owning

and operating 100 100

India Navigation Limited Marshall Islands Hanjin

Newport Ship owning

and operating 100 100

(a) Audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Singapore 13. Loans to subsidiaries Loans to subsidiaries are treated as a long-term source of additional capital and

financing within the Group. Accordingly, they are managed centrally and deemed to be quasi-equity loans representing an addition to the Trust’s net investments in the subsidiaries.

The loans to subsidiaries are unsecured, interest-free, have no fixed terms of

repayment and are not expected to be repaid within twelve months from the end of the financial year except for loans of US$315.0 million (2010: US$315.0 million) which bear interest at a rate of 2.33% (2010: 2.05%) per annum at the end of the financial year.

139

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

32

14. Vessels

Bank borrowings of US$620.1 million (2010: US$669.0 million) are secured on 16 (2010: 16) vessels of the Group with net book value of US$1,035.8 million (2010: US$1,068.3 million) (Note 19(a)).

Group 2011 US$’000 Cost Beginning of financial year 1,182,144 Additions 2,445 Write-off of fully depreciated dry-dock component (2,296)

End of financial year 1,182,293 Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses Beginning of financial year (113,808) Depreciation charge (37,868) Write-back of vessel impairment 2,850 Write-off of fully depreciated dry-dock component 2,296

End of financial year (146,530) Net book value at end of financial year 1,035,763

2010 US$’000 Cost Beginning of financial year 1,181,410 Additions 734 End of financial year 1,182,144 Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses Beginning of financial year (83,907) Depreciation charge (37,199) Write-back of vessel impairment 7,298 End of financial year (113,808) Net book value at end of financial year 1,068,336

140

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

33

14. Vessels (continued) During the financial year ended 31 December 2010, the Group had written back US$7.3 million of impairment due to higher contracted charter rates. As at 30 June 2011, the Group had written back US$2.9 million of impairment as a result of improved charter rates in the first half of the financial year. As at 31 December 2011, management has assessed that no further impairment or write-back of impairment was required based on the following: The recoverable amount of the vessel was determined based on value-in-use calculations. Cash flow projections used in these calculations are based on financial budgets approved by management covering a thirty-year period. Management determined the budgeted cash flows based on past performance and its expectations of market development. Cash inflows are based on existing charter contracts and management's estimate of the average charter rates over the recent observable shipping industry cycle. Cash outflows are projected using an estimated growth rate of 3% (2010: 2.5%) per annum for expenses. A period of more than 5 years for cash flow projections is prepared as management is able to reasonably estimate the cash flows over the existing charter contract periods and using observable market trends.

A Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 7.04% (2010: 7.28%) was used

to discount the cash flows. The cost of the equity component of the WACC was derived using the capital asset pricing model. If the discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows had been 5% (2010: 5%) higher than management’s estimates (for example, 7.39% instead of 7.04%), the Group would have recognised a lower write-back of impairment loss of US$1.9 million (2010: lower write-back of impairment loss by US$2.2 million) for this vessel. If the cash flows after the contracted period had been 5% (2010: 5%) lower than management’s estimates, the Group would have reversed the write-back of impairment of US$2.9 million and recognised an impairment loss of US$1.7 million (2010: lower write-back of impairment loss by US$4.5 million) for this vessel. If the estimated annual growth rate of cash outflows was increased from 3% to 3.5% (2010: 2.5% to 3.0%), the Group would have recognised a lower write-back of impairment loss of US$1.2 million (2010: lower write-back of impairment loss by US$1.4 million) for this vessel.

141

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

34

15. Intangible assets

Group 2011 Goodwill

Favourable charter

contracts Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 48,050 3,500 51,550 Accumulated amortisation and impairment

losses Beginning of financial year - (1,873) (1,873) Amortisation charge - (511) (511) Impairment charge (4,097) - (4,097)

End of financial year (4,097) (2,384) (6,481) Net book value at 31 December 2011 43,953 1,116 45,069

Group 2010 Goodwill

Favourable charter

contracts Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 48,050 3,500 51,550 Accumulated amortisation Beginning of financial year - (1,361) (1,361) Amortisation charge - (512) (512) End of financial year - (1,873) (1,873) Net book value at 31 December 2010 48,050 1,627 49,677

Impairment test for goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s CGUs which are the individual vessel owning subsidiaries.

As at 30 June 2011, an impairment loss of US$4.1 million was charged for

goodwill allocated to a vessel owning subsidiary. The impairment loss was due to a higher discount rate as at 30 June 2011 as a result of changes in market base parameters used in deriving the discount rate. As at 31 December 2011, management has assessed that no further impairment was required based on the following:

The recoverable amount of a CGU was determined based on fair value less cost

to sell calculations. Cash flow projections used in these calculations are based on financial budgets approved by management covering a thirty-year period. Cash flows beyond the thirty-year period are extrapolated using zero (2010: zero) growth rate. The growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry in which the CGU operates.

142

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

35

15. Intangible assets (continued)

Management determined the budgeted cash flows based on past performance and its expectations of market development. Cash inflows are based on existing charter contracts and management's estimate of the average charter rates over the recent observable shipping industry cycle. Cash outflows are projected using an estimated growth rate of 3% (2010: 2.5%) per annum for expenses. A period of more than 5 years for cash flow projections is prepared as management is able to reasonably estimate the cash flows over the existing charter contract periods and using observable market trends.

As at 31 December 2011, the discount rate used on the cash flows was based on

the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 7.04% (2010: 7.28%). The cost of the equity component of the WACC was derived using the capital asset pricing model.

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011, management believes that any

reasonable change to the key assumptions above of which the recoverable amounts are based would not cause the carrying amounts as at 31 December 2011 to exceed the recoverable amounts.

For the financial year ended 31 December 2010, if the discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows had been 5% higher than management’s estimates (for example, 7.64% instead of 7.28%), the Group would have recognised an impairment loss on goodwill of US$2.1 million. If the cash flows after the contracted period had been 5% lower than management’s estimates, the Group would have recognised an impairment loss on goodwill of US$3.2 million. If the estimated annual growth rate of cash outflows was increased from 2.5% to 3.0%, the Group would have recognised an impairment loss on goodwill of US$1.4 million.

16. Trade and other payables Group Trust

2011

US$’000 2010

US$’000 2011

US$’000 2010

US$’000

Trade payables to non-related

parties 202 359 - - Other payables (non-trade) - Non-related party 24 393 24 - - Affiliated company 14 45 - - - Subsidiaries - - 249,380 194,913 - Unitholders 2 - 2 - 40 438 249,406 194,913

Other accrual for operating

expenses 3,362 2,240 872 857 3,604 3,037 250,278 195,770

143

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

36

16. Trade and other payables (continued) All non-trade related party payables are unsecured, interest-free, have no fixed

terms of repayment and are expected to be repaid within twelve months from the end of the financial year.

17. Derivative financial instruments

Group Trust

Contract notional amount

Fair value

liability

Contract notional amount

Fair value

liability US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 2011 Cash flow hedges - Interest rate swaps 487,800 47,621 - - Non-hedging instruments - Interest rate swaps 133,200 7,245 40,000 1,398 54,866 1,398 Less: Current portion (16,679) (1,398) Non-current portion of interest rate

swaps

38,187 - Derivative component of convertible

loan (Note 20)

291 291 Total non-current portion 38,478 291 2010 Cash flow hedges - Interest rate swaps 487,800 52,955 - - Non-hedging instruments - Interest rate swaps 158,200 11,257 40,000 2,667 64,212 2,667 Less: Current portion (855) - Non-current portion of interest rate

swaps

63,357 2,667 Derivative component of convertible

loan (Note 20)

386 386 Total non-current portion 63,743 3,053

144

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

37

17. Derivative financial instruments (continued) Period when the cash flows on cash flow hedges are expected to occur or affect

profit or loss Interest rate swaps are entered into to hedge floating quarterly interest payments

on borrowings. The interest rate swaps will mature before 1 July 2015. At 31 December 2011, the fixed interest rates vary from 3.50% to 5.06% (2010: 3.50% to 5.06%) per annum and the main floating rate is US$ LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offer Rate). Fair value gains and losses on the interest rate swaps recognised in the hedging reserve on the interest rate swap contracts as at 31 December 2011 will be continuously transferred to profit or loss as part of interest expense over the period of the borrowings.

18. Deferred income from charter contracts Group 2011 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 61,750 Accumulated amortisation Beginning of financial year (34,530) Amortisation (5,745) End of financial year (40,275) Net book value at 31 December 2011 21,475 2010 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 61,750 Accumulated amortisation Beginning of financial year (26,397) Amortisation (8,133) End of financial year (34,530) Net book value at 31 December 2010 27,220 19. Secured bank loans Group Trust 2011

US$’000 2010

US$’000 2011

US$’000 2010

US$’000 Current 43,167 32,877 28,570 18,280 Non-current 576,966 636,474 366,942 406,138 Total 620,133 669,351 395,512 424,418

145

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

38

19. Secured bank loans (continued) As at 31 December 2011, the bank loans bear interest at rates of 2.13% to 2.33%

(2010: 2.04% to 2.05%) per annum. The loans mature from 2015 to 2021 (2010: 2015 to 2021). The loans will be repriced within 3 months (2010: 3 months) from the end of the financial year.

(a) Security granted

The bank loans are secured on all existing 16 (2010: 16) vessels (which are owned by the Trust’s subsidiaries) and their respective assignment of the charter revenues, insurance, earnings, deposit accounts and pledge of respective owner’s/borrower’s (the Trust’s subsidiaries) shares and requisition compensation.

(b) Fair value of non-current bank loans

The fair values are determined from cash flow analyses, discounted at market borrowing rates of an equivalent instrument at the end of the financial year which the management expect to be available to the Group at the end of the financial year. The fair values of bank loans approximate their carrying amounts.

(c) Terms and debt repayment schedules

Group US$ floating rate loans Nominal interest rate Year of

maturity Face value

Unamortised debt issuance

costs

Carrying amount

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 (i) US$ 3-month LIBOR + 1.75% 2015 59,410 - 59,410 (ii) US$ 3-month LIBOR + 1.75% 2017 336,482 (380) 336,102 (iii) US$ 3-month LIBOR + 1.75% 2019 189,926 (1,165) 188,761 (iv) US$ 3-month LIBOR + 1.75% 2021 36,099 (239) 35,860

621,917 (1,784) 620,133

Trust US$ floating rate loans Nominal interest rate Year of

maturity Face value

Unamortised debt issuance

costs

Carrying amount

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 (i) US$ 3-month LIBOR + 1.75% 2015 59,410 - 59,410 (ii) US$ 3-month LIBOR + 1.75% 2017 336,482 (380) 336,102

395,892 (380) 395,512

146

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

39

20. Convertible loan On 6 September 2010, the Trust issued a convertible loan denominated in US dollar with a nominal value of US$49.0 million to Polaris Shipmanagement Company Limited (“Polaris”) to discharge the Group from its obligation to purchase seven vessels. Polaris has the option to convert the loan into units of the Trust on 1 April 2014 or receive repayments from the Trust in ten equal quarterly instalments with the first instalment due and payable on 30 June 2014. As at 31 December 2011, the loan bears interest at a rate of 1.83% (2010: 1.55%) per annum. From 1 April 2014, the loan will bear interest at a rate of US$ 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00% per annum and the margin will increase by 0.25% per quarter until it reaches a maximum rate of 4.50% per annum. The derivative component of the convertible loan, included in derivative financial instruments, is measured at fair value on initial recognition, and determined using a model utilising a combination of a binomial and trinomial tree to model changes in the unit price and interest rates. The fair value as at 31 December 2011 amounted to US$291,000 (2010: US$386,000) (Note 17). The derivative component is a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss.

The carrying amount of the liability component of the convertible loan at the end of the financial year is derived as follows:

Group and Trust 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Face value of convertible loan upon initial recognition * 49,000 Derivative component on initial recognition * (450)

Liability component at beginning of financial year/upon initial

recognition 48,808 48,550 Interest expense (Note 7) 1,297 990 Interest paid (907) (732) Liability component at end of financial year 49,198 48,808 * Not applicable for financial year ended 31 December 2011. 21. Units in issue

No. of units Amount Common

Units

Total Common

Units

Total ‘000 ‘000 US$’000 US$’000 2011 and 2010 At beginning and end of financial year 423,675 423,675 431,435 431,435

All Common Units have no par value and are fully paid.

147

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

40

22. Distribution to unitholders

A final cash distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit amounting to US$2,542,050 was recommended for units issued as at 31 December 2011 in respect of the financial period from 1 October 2011 to 31 December 2011. The recommended distribution has not been provided for in these financial statements and will be accounted for in the statement of changes in unitholders’ funds in the first quarter of 2012.

Group and Trust 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Exempt distribution paid in respect of the current

financial year are as follows:

For the period from 1 October 2010 to 31 December

2010: - Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit

2,542 -

For the period from 1 January 2011 to 31 March 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 April 2011 to 30 June 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 July 2011 to 30 September 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 October 2009 to 31 December

2009: - Distribution of 0.57 US cents per unit

- 2,415

For the period from 1 January 2010 to 31 March 2010:

- Distribution of 0.57 US cents per unit - 2,415

For the period from 1 April 2010 to 30 June 2010:

- Distribution of 0.57 US cents per unit - 2,415

For the period from 1 July 2010 to 30 September 2010:

- Distribution of 0.57 US cents per unit - 2,415

10,168 9,660

148

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

41

23. Commitments Operating lease commitments arising from charter contracts – where the Group is

a lessor The Group charters out its vessels under long-term time charter agreements. The

operating leases have different terms and renewal rights and terminate at various dates. The future minimum lease receivable under the operating leases contracted for as at the end of the financial year but not recognised as receivables, are as follows:

24. Financial risk management Financial risk factors The Group’s activities mainly expose it to credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity

risk. The Group’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimise adverse effects from the unpredictability of financial markets on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk.

The Board of Directors of the Trustee-Manager is responsible for setting the

objectives and underlying principles of financial risk management for the Group as well as carrying out financial risk management for the Group. There are detailed policies such as authority levels, exposure limits and hedging strategies, in accordance with the objectives and underlying principles approved by the Board of Directors.

Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Not later than one year 143,509 150,005 Between one and five years 413,172 505,645 Later than five years 89,706 141,203 646,387 796,853

149

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

42

24. Financial risk management (continued) (a) Market risk (i) Currency risk The Group’s revenues, cost of operations and majority of financial assets

and liabilities are principally denominated in US dollar. The Group’s business is exposed to currency risk arising from currency

exposures primarily in respect to Singapore dollar. As this exposure is insignificant, the Group manages this risk by entering into currency spot contracts, transacted with financial institution, when the need arises.

(ii) Interest rate risk The Group is exposed to interest rate risk due primarily to its variable-rate

secured bank loans and convertible loan. The strategy of the Trustee-Manager, acting on behalf of the Trust and the Group, is to actively manage the risk of potential interest rate volatility through the use of interest rate swap contracts to reduce its exposure on anticipated transactions and firm commitments with the objective to reduce variability in cash flows arising from interest rate fluctuations. This will allow the Group to raise borrowings at floating rates and swap them into fixed rates, optimising net interest cost and reducing interest rate volatility.

The Group’s and Trust’s borrowings are denominated in US dollar. If the

interest rates increase/decrease by 100 (2010: 100) basis points during the current financial year with all other variables being held constant, the profit after tax will be lower/higher by US$1.3 million (2010: loss after tax will be higher/lower by US$1.9 million) as a result of higher/lower interest expense on the portion of borrowings where interest rate swap contracts were not entered into.

The Group’s interest rate swaps are denominated in US dollar. If the

interest rates increase/decrease by 100 (2010: 100) basis points during the current financial year with all other variables being held constant, the hedging reserve will decrease/increase by US$10.4 million/US$8.9 million (2010: decrease/increase by US$15.6 million/US$17.2 million). The profit after tax will be higher/lower by US$1.6 million/US$1.2 million (2010: loss after tax will be lower/higher by US$3.3 million/US$3.2 million). There will be no impact on cash flow.

150

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

43

24. Financial risk management (continued) (b) Credit risk There is significant concentration of credit risk as the Group currently deals with

only five customers (2010: five customers). However, the Group ensures that charter contracts are entered into with customers of appropriate credit standing. There have not been any defaults on payments as at the end of the financial year. For other financial assets, the Group adopts the policy of dealing with financial institutions and other counterparties with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for each class of financial assets is the

carrying amount of that class of financial instruments presented on the statement of financial position. The Group’s major classes of financial assets are bank deposits and trade and other receivables. The Trust’s major classes of financial assets are bank deposits.

(i) Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired Bank deposits that are neither past due nor impaired are mainly deposits

with banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

(ii) Financial assets that are past due and/or impaired As at 31 December 2011, none of the Group’s trade receivables are past

due. As at 31 December 2010, the Group’s trade receivables past due but not impaired amounting to US$117,100 was aged less than one month.

(c) Liquidity risk The table below analyses the maturity profile of the Group’s and Trust’s financial

liabilities (including derivative financial liabilities) based on contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Less than

1 year

Between 1 and 2 years

Between 2 and 5 years

Over 5 years

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Group At 31 December 2011 Trade and other payables 3,604 892 - - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- cash flow hedges 20,304 14,396 13,588 - - non-hedging instruments 4,805 2,145 381 - Secured bank loans and interest payable 57,258 80,982 203,376 342,336 Convertible loan and interest payable 911 909 52,153 -

151

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

44

24. Financial risk management (continued) (c) Liquidity risk (continued)

Less than 1 year

Between 1 and 2

years Between 2

and 5 years

Over 5 years

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Trust At 31 December 2011 Trade and other payables 250,278 563 - - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- non-hedging instruments 1,405 - - - Secured bank loans and interest payable 37,664 55,108 122,693 217,760 Convertible loan and interest payable 911 909 52,153 - Group At 31 December 2010 Trade and other payables 3,037 893 893 - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- cash flow hedges 21,229 17,704 14,914 - - non-hedging instruments 5,939 4,175 1,282 - Secured bank loans and interest payable 42,061 57,811 237,141 404,173 Convertible loan and interest payable 771 774 37,645 15,057 Trust At 31 December 2010 Trade and other payables 195,770 564 564 - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- non-hedging instruments 1,491 1,216 - - Secured bank loans and interest payable 25,875 36,747 147,403 256,953 Convertible loan and interest payable 771 774 37,645 15,057

The Group and Trust manage the liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash to enable them to meet their normal operating commitments.

The Trustee-Manager, acting on behalf of the Trust, entered into credit facilities with financial institutions which are used for the acquisition of vessels and for general corporate purposes.

On 9 June 2010, the Trust obtained a waiver of value-to-loan covenants for up to

a three-year period.

(d) Capital risk

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s

ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximise unitholders’ value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of distribution payment, return capital to unitholders, issue new units, buy back issued units, obtain new borrowings or sell assets to reduce borrowings.

The Group may issue new units to finance future growth.

152

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

45

24. Financial risk management (continued) (d) Capital risk (continued)

Management monitors capital based on a gearing ratio. The ratio is calculated as

external bank loans and convertible loan divided by total unitholders’ funds, external bank loans and convertible loan.

Group 2011 2010 Gearing ratio 63% 67% The Group is in compliance with all externally imposed capital requirements for

the financial years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010. (e) Fair value measurements

The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value and classified by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

(i) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

(Level 1); (ii) inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable

for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) (Level 2); and

(iii) inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Group 2011 Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - interest rate swaps - - 54,866 54,866

Derivative component of convertible loan - - 291 291 Total liabilities - - 55,157 55,157 Trust 2011 Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - interest rate swaps - - 1,398 1,398

Derivative component of convertible loan - - 291 291

Total liabilities - - 1,689 1,689

153

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

46

24. Financial risk management (continued) (e) Fair value measurements (continued)

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Group 2010 Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - interest rate swaps - - 64,212 64,212

Derivative component of convertible loan - - 386 386 Total liabilities - - 64,598 64,598 Trust 2010 Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments - interest rate swaps - - 2,667 2,667

Derivative component of convertible loan - - 386 386

Total liabilities - - 3,053 3,053 The fair value of interest rate swaps is obtained from financial institutions and is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. These instruments are included in Level 3. The fair value of the derivative component of the convertible loan is obtained as disclosed in Note 20. This is also included in Level 3. The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments for the financial year ended 31 December 2011:

Group 2011

Interest rate swaps

Derivative component of

convertible loan Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Beginning of financial year 64,212 386 64,598 Total income recognised in other

comprehensive income (5,348) - (5,348) 58,864 386 59,250 Total income and interest expense

recognised in profit or loss (3,998) (95) (4,093) End of financial year 54,866 291 55,157

154

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

47

24. Financial risk management (continued) (e) Fair value measurements (continued)

(f) Financial instruments by category The carrying amount of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss is

disclosed in Note 17 to the financial statements. The aggregate carrying amounts of loans and receivables and financial liabilities at amortised cost are as follows:

Group Trust 2011 2010 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Loans and receivables 56,157 49,389 21,133 14,003 Financial liabilities at amortised

cost

673,827

722,981

695,551

670,260

Trust 2011

Interest rate swaps

Derivative component of

convertible loan Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Beginning of financial year 2,667 386 3,053 Total income and interest expense

recognised in profit or loss (1,269) (95) (1,364) End of financial year 1,398 291 1,689

Group 2010

Beginning of financial year 53,308 - 53,308 Total losses recognised in other

comprehensive income

4,340

-

4,340 57,648 - 57,648

Total losses and interest expense recognised in profit or loss

6,564

386

6,950

End of financial year 64,212 386 64,598

Trust 2010

Beginning of financial year - - - Total losses and interest expense

recognised in profit or loss

2,667

386

3,053 End of financial year 2,667 386 3,053

155

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

48

25. Related party transactions (a) Related party transactions In addition to the information disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements, the

following related party transactions took place between the Group and related parties at terms agreed between the parties during the financial year:

Affiliated companies are companies which share common shareholders/

unitholders.

(^) The amount was incurred to discharge the Group from its obligation to purchase seven vessels. These transactions were approved by unitholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting on 6 September 2010.

(b) Key management personnel compensation There are no key management personnel of the Group as the operations are

managed by the Trustee-Manager.

Group 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 Write-back of accrued interest payable to a unitholder - (553) Cash compensation to a unitholder (^) - 15,000 Convertible loan issued to a unitholder (^) - 49,000

Interest expense on cash portion of compensation fee and convertible loan to a unitholder (^) 907 835

Management fees paid to Trustee-Manager 3,035 2,955 Management fees paid to an affiliated company 1,898 1,860

Vessel fixed operating costs paid to an affiliated company 26,802 25,130

Cable, victual and entertainment expenses paid to an affiliated company 579 553

Commission paid to an affiliated company 95 34 Legal fees and advance to a company which is

controlled by a director of the Trustee-Manager - 80

Insurance premium paid to an affiliated company 20 -

156

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

49

26. Segment information

Management has determined the Group’s business as one operating segment based on the reports reviewed by the CODM, as the Group is only involved in the chartering of container vessels which is carried out in international waters. The reports reviewed by the CODM have been prepared on the same basis as the financial statements, hence, there are no reconciling items to be disclosed. Revenue from major products and services All revenues from external customers are derived from the charter of containerships. Geographical information Revenues from external customers are attributed to the countries based on the customers’ country of origin.

Revenue Non-current assets ** 2011 2010 2011 2010 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Australia * 27,224 27,291 - - Italy * 27,657 28,243 - - France * 28,784 28,831 - - Japan * 49,001 49,005 - - Korea * 9,381 9,471 - - Singapore - - 45,069 50,130 Others 7,419 4,173 - - Total 149,466 147,014 45,069 50,130

* Revenues shown are derived from a single external customer in each of these

countries. ** Excludes carrying amount of vessels.

With respect to the presentation of vessels by geographical information, the Group time charters them to several liner companies and the vessels are deployed to various parts of the world at the discretion and direction of these liner companies. Accordingly, the Trustee-Manager does not consider it meaningful to allocate vessels to specific geographical locations. All other non-current assets are attributed to the countries based on the Group’s country of domicile.

157

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2011

50

27. Events occurring after the end of the financial year

One of the Group's vessels, Kaethe C. Rickmers is expected to be redelivered by the charterer on or about 24 February 2012. The management anticipates that the revenue for this vessel in the forthcoming year will be significantly lower than the revenue earned for the financial year ended 31 December 2011.

28. Authorisation of financial statements These financial statements were authorised for issue in accordance with a

resolution of the Board of Directors of the Trustee-Manager on 13 February 2012.

158

APPENDIX III

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2012

The information in this Appendix III has been reproduced from the annual report of Rickmers Maritime) for the financial year ended 31 December 2012 and has not been specifically prepared for inclusion in this Information Memorandum. Investors should read the consolidated financial data in conjunction with the related notes.

159

RICKMERS MARITIME (Registered in Singapore. Business Trust Registration Number: 2007003)

AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

ANNUAL REPORT For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

160

RICKMERS MARITIME (Registered in Singapore) AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES ANNUAL REPORT For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

Contents Page Report of the Trustee-Manager 1 Statement by Trustee-Manager 5 Independent Auditor’s Report 6 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 7 Statements of Financial Position 8 Consolidated Statement of Changes in

Unitholders’ Funds 9

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 10 Notes to the Financial Statements 11

161

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

1

The directors of Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd., the Trustee-Manager of Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”), are pleased to present their report to the unitholders of the Trust, together with the audited consolidated financial statements of Rickmers Maritime and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the financial year ended 31 December 2012 and the statement of financial position of the Trust as at 31 December 2012. Directors The directors of the Trustee-Manager in office at the date of this report are as follows: Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen Mrs Lee Suet Fern Mr Lim How Teck Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. Arrangements to enable directors to acquire Common Units and debentures Neither at the end of nor at any time during the financial year was the Trust a party to any arrangement whose object was to enable the directors of the Trustee-Manager to acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of Common Units in, or debentures of the Trust. Directors’ interests in Common Units or debentures None of the directors holding office at the end of the financial year had any interest in Common Units, or debentures of the Trust, except as disclosed below. Directors’ interests in Common Units of the Trust Name of director

Direct Interests Deemed Interests As at

1 January 2012

As at 31 December

2012

As at 1 January

2012

As at 31 December

2012 Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers - - 140,229,000 140,229,000 Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen - - - - Mrs Lee Suet Fern 450,000 450,000 - - Mr Lim How Teck 800,000 800,000 220,000 220,000 Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. - - - - The directors’ interests in Common Units as at 21 January 2013 were the same as at 31 December 2012.

162

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

2

Directors’ contractual benefits Since the end of the previous financial year, no director has received or become entitled to receive a benefit by reason of a contract made by the Trust or a related corporation with the director or with a firm of which he is a member or with a company in which he has a substantial financial interest, except as disclosed in the accompanying financial statements and in this report. Options On 6 September 2010, the Trust issued a convertible loan denominated in United States Dollars (“US dollar”) with a nominal value of US$49.0 million to Polaris Shipmanagement Company Limited (“Polaris”) as part of the compensation expense to discharge the Group from its obligation to purchase seven vessels. The convertible loan may be repaid by the Trust, in part or in full, any time on or before 31 March 2014. If the convertible loan is not repaid by 31 March 2014, Polaris has the option to convert any part of the outstanding loan amount as at 31 March 2014 into Common Units of the Trust on 1 April 2014. If Polaris does not exercise the option to convert any outstanding amount into Common Units, the remaining outstanding amount will be repayable in ten equal quarterly instalments commencing on 30 June 2014. The maximum number of Common Units to be allotted and issued by the exercise of the option is 150.0 million units. No Common Units have been issued during the financial year by virtue of exercising of options to take up unissued Common Units of the Trust. The maximum number of unissued Common Units of the Trust under the option at the end of the financial year is 150.0 million units. The exercise price of the option is S$0.482625 per unit. The price will be converted into US dollar using the mid spot rate of exchange at close of business in Singapore at the latest practicable date before 1 April 2014. The option does not provide Polaris with any rights to participate in any distributions and/or offers of future securities made by the Trust unless and until the option is exercised. Audit Committee

The members of the Audit Committee at the end of the financial year were as follows: Mr Lim How Teck (Chairman) Mrs Lee Suet Fern Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr. All members of the Audit Committee are independent and non-executive directors.

163

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

3

Audit Committee (continued)

The Audit Committee carried out its functions in accordance with Regulation 13(6) of the Business Trusts Regulations 2005. In performing those functions, the Committee reviewed: the audit plan and the auditor’s report of the Trust and any recommendations on

internal accounting controls of the Trustee-Manager arising from the statutory audit; the assistance given by the officers of the Trustee-Manager to the independent

auditor of the Trust, the accounting internal controls, the policies and practices established by the Trustee-Manager to ensure statutory compliance and compliance with the Trust Deed, procedures put in place by the Trustee-Manager for managing conflicts of interests between unitholders and Trustee-Manager, including interested person transactions, indemnification of expenses or liabilities incurred by the Trustee-Manager and the setting of fees or charges payable out of the Trust property; and

the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income of the Trustee-Manager for the financial year ended 31 December 2012 as well as the statement of financial position of the Trust and the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2012 before their submission to the Board of Directors of the Trustee-Manager.

The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that the independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, be nominated for re-appointment at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting of the Trust. Finance Committee The Finance Committee was re-constituted on 6 August 2012 to assist the Board in reviewing the capital structure of the Trust and to resolve any potential conflicts of interest that may arise in the course of discussions between the Trust and any interested parties. The Finance Committee comprised the following independent directors of the Trustee-Manager: Mr Lim How Teck (Chairman) Mrs Lee Suet Fern Mr Raymundo A. Yu Jr.

164

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

4

Independent auditor The independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has expressed its willingness to accept re-appointment. On behalf of the directors Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Director

Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen Director

Singapore 11 March 2013

165

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES STATEMENT BY TRUSTEE-MANAGER For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

5

In our opinion, (a) the statement of financial position of the Trust and the consolidated financial

statements of the Group as set out on pages 7 to 51 are drawn up so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Trust and of the Group as at 31 December 2012 and of the results of the business, changes in unitholders’ funds and cash flows of the Group for the financial year then ended; and

(b) at the date of this statement, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the

Trust will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due. On behalf of the directors Mr Bertram R. C. Rickmers Director

Dr Ignace Adolf Julien Van Meenen Director

Singapore 11 March 2013

166

6

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE UNITHOLDERS OF RICKMERS MARITIME Report on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) set out on pages 7 to 51 which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group and the statement of financial position of the Trust as at 31 December 2012, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in unitholders’ funds and the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group for the financial year then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes. Trustee-Manager’s responsibility for the Financial Statements The Trustee-Manager is responsible for the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Business Trusts Act (the “Act”) and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Auditor’s Responsibility Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. Opinion In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of the Group and the statement of the financial position of the Trust give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group and the Trust as of 31 December 2012, and of their financial performance and cash flows for the financial year then ended in accordance with the provisions of the Act and International Financial Reporting Standards. Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements In our opinion, the accounting and other records required by the Act to be kept by the Trustee-Manager have been properly kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Public Accountants and Certified Public Accountants Singapore, 11 March 2013

167

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

7

Group Note 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Revenue 144,294 149,466 Other income 5 6,807 6,406 Other (losses)/gains - net 6 (62) 73 151,039 155,945 Expenses - Depreciation 14 (37,661) (37,868) - (Provision for)/write-back of vessel impairment 14 (4,521) 2,850 - Amortisation of favourable charter contracts 15 (512) (511) - Impairment of goodwill 15 (2,070) (4,097) - Vessel operating expenses (35,412) (33,048) - Trustee-Manager fee (3,070) (3,035) - Other trust expenses (619) (655) - Finance expenses 7 (39,555) (39,251) Total expenses (123,420) (115,615) Profit before income tax 27,619 40,330 Income tax credit/(expense) 8 4 (4) Total profit 27,623 40,326 Other comprehensive income: Cash flow hedges - Fair value losses (1,513) (16,573) - Transfer to finance expenses 19,880 21,921 Other comprehensive income, net of tax 18,367 5,348 Total comprehensive income 45,990 45,674 Earnings per Common Unit based on the weighted

average number of Common Units issued (US cents)

Basic 9 6.52 9.52 Diluted 9 5.07 7.24

168

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December 2012

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

8

Group Trust Note 2012 2011 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 10 57,168 55,321 16,916 21,066 Trade and other receivables 11 679 836 63 67 Inventories 2,462 3,142 149 149 Prepayments 23 24 16 24 60,332 59,323 17,144 21,306 Non-current assets Investments in subsidiaries 12 - - 160 160 Loans to subsidiaries 13 - - 898,441 898,441 Vessels 14 997,178 1,035,763 - - Intangible assets 15 42,487 45,069 - - 1,039,665 1,080,832 898,601 898,601 Total assets 1,099,997 1,140,155 915,745 919,907 LIABILITIES Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 16 3,296 3,604 297,393 250,278 Advanced charter hire received 4,726 2,166 - - Secured bank loans 19 69,580 43,167 46,850 28,570 Derivative financial instruments 17 6,299 16,679 - 1,398 83,901 65,616 344,243 280,246 Non-current liabilities Other payables - 892 - 563 Deferred income from charter

contracts 18 15,730 21,475 - - Secured bank loans 19 498,822 576,966 315,547 366,942 Convertible loan 20 49,595 49,198 49,595 49,198 Derivative financial instruments 17 28,597 38,478 331 291 592,744 687,009 365,473 416,994

Total liabilities 676,645 752,625 709,716 697,240

NET ASSETS 423,352 387,530 206,029 222,667 UNITHOLDERS’ FUNDS Common Units in issue 21 431,435 431,435 431,435 431,435 Unit issuance costs (10,122) (10,122) (10,122) (10,122) Hedging reserve (28,578) (46,945) - - Distributable income/(accumulated

losses)

30,617 13,162 (215,284) (198,646) Total unitholders’ funds 423,352 387,530 206,029 222,667

169

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN UNITHOLDERS’ FUNDS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

9

Attributable to unitholders of Trust Group Note

Common Units in issue

Unit issuance

costs

Hedging reserve

Distributable income/

(accumulated losses) Total

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 2012 Beginning of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (46,945) 13,162 387,530 Total comprehensive income

for the year

- - 18,367 27,623 45,990 Distribution to unitholders 22 - - - (10,168) (10,168) End of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (28,578) 30,617 423,352 2011 Beginning of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (52,293) (16,996) 352,024 Total comprehensive income

for the year

- - 5,348 40,326 45,674 Distribution to unitholders 22 - - - (10,168) (10,168) End of financial year 431,435 (10,122) (46,945) 13,162 387,530

170

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

10

Group 2012 2011 Note US$’000 US$’000

Cash flows from operating activities: Cash receipts from customers 147,718 147,880 Cash paid to suppliers and Trustee-Manager (38,469) (37,592) Net cash provided by operating activities 109,249 110,288 Cash flows from investing activities: Dry-docking cost paid (3,657) (1,638) Interest received 240 77 Net cash used in investing activities (3,417) (1,561) Cash flows from financing activities: Repayment of secured bank loans (52,003) (49,037) Other fees paid (51) (51) Interest paid on secured bank loans (13,637) (13,384) Interest paid on interest rate swaps (26,245) (28,047) Interest paid on convertible loan (1,006) (907) Loan restructuring fee paid (893) (893) Decrease in restricted cash 893 893 Distribution to unitholders (10,168) (10,168) Net cash used in financing activities (103,110) (101,594) Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 2,722 7,133 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of financial year 10 53,536 46,423 Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents 18 (20) Cash and cash equivalents at end of financial year 10 56,276 53,536

171

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

11

These notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements. 1. General information

Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”) is a Singapore registered business trust constituted on 30 March 2007 under the Business Trusts Act, Chapter 31A of Singapore. The Trust was listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited on 4 May 2007 and is managed by Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (“Trustee-Manager”). The address of its registered office is 11 Keppel Road, #10-02 ABI Plaza, Singapore 089057. The principal activities of the Trust are owning and operating containerships under long-term, fixed-rate time charters to leading container liner shipping companies through wholly-owned subsidiaries. These vessels operate worldwide, carrying containers for the world’s leading container liner companies. The principal activities of the subsidiaries are set out in Note 12.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies 2.1 Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting policies below.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. It also requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 3.

172

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

12

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.2 New or revised accounting standards and interpretations

(a) Interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in 2012

The Group has adopted the following new and amended IFRS as of 1

January 2012:

Amendments to IFRS 7 Disclosure - Transfer of Financial Assets

The adoption of these new or amended standards did not result in substantial changes to the Group’s accounting policies and had no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior financial years.

(b) Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are

issued but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group

The following standards and amendments to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 or later periods, and the Group has not early adopted them. The Group’s assessment of the impact of adopting those standards, amendments and interpretations that are relevant to the Group is set out below: (i) Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements

(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012)

The amendment requires entities to separate items presented in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) into two groups, based on whether they may be recycled to profit or loss in the future. Items that will not be recycled such as revaluation gains on property, plant and equipment will be presented separately from items that may be recycled in the future. Entities that choose to present OCI items before tax will be required to show the amount of tax related to the two groups separately. The Group will apply the revised standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

173

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

13

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.2 New or revised accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(b) Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are

issued but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group (continued)

(ii) IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

The new standard clarifies the definition of control and focuses on the need to have both power and variable returns before control is present. In addition, the revised standard also includes guidance on participating and protective rights, and guidance on agent/principal relationships. All entities are required to consider the new guidance. The Group will apply the new standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

(iii) IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

The new standard requires entities to disclose information that helps financial statement readers to evaluate the nature, risks and financial effects associated with the entity’s interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities. Disclosures are required in significant judgements and assumptions, interests in subsidiaries, interests in joint arrangements and associates, and interests in unconsolidated structured entities. The Group will apply the new standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

(iv) IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013)

The new standard explains how to measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. The Group will apply the new standard from 1 January 2013. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

174

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

14

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.2 New or revised accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(b) Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are

issued but not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group (continued)

(v) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015)

This standard replaces parts of IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial assets, and sets the requirement for the classification of financial assets into two measurement categories: those to be measured subsequently at fair value, and those to be measured subsequently at amortised cost. The Group will apply the standard from 1 January 2015. It is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

2.3 Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for

the rendering of services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is presented, net of goods and services tax, rebates, discounts and commissions payable to third parties.

The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue and related costs

can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and when the specific criteria for each of the Group’s activities are met as follows:

(a) Rendering of services Revenue from a time charter, which is of an operating lease in nature, is

recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the time charter contracts (see Note 2.14).

(b) Interest income

Interest income, including income arising from financial instruments, is recognised using the effective interest method.

(c) Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

175

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

15

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.4 Group accounting

Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Group has power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanied by a shareholding giving rise to the majority of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity.

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at the dates of exchange and includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. Please refer to Note 2.6(a) for the accounting policy on goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date on which control ceases.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group entities are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated but are considered an impairment indicator of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Please refer to Note 2.7 for the accounting policy on investments in subsidiaries in

the financial statements of the Trust.

176

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

16

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.5 Plant and equipment (a) Measurement Vessels are initially recognised at cost and subsequently carried at cost

less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Vessel cost consists of the contract purchase price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (improvements and delivery expenses).

The vessels that are acquired are treated as a business combination to the

extent that such acquisitions include business characteristics; otherwise an acquisition of a vessel is treated as a purchase of assets and recorded at cost.

Where any intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of

a vessel are identified, they are recorded at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data and the revenue stream associated with the charters. All vessels have been acquired with existing charters.

(b) Depreciation Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the

depreciable amounts of vessels, after taking into account the residual values, over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for the vessels are 30 years.

The residual values are reviewed, and adjusted as appropriate, at the end

of each financial year. The effects of any revision are recognised in profit or loss when the changes arise.

Included in the value of vessels acquired are costs relating to dry-docking.

These costs are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period to the next scheduled dry-docking, which is generally 5 to 7.5 years.

177

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

17

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.5 Plant and equipment (continued)

(c) Subsequent expenditure Subsequent expenditure relating to vessels, including dry-docking, that

has already been recognised is added to the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits, in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group and the cost can be reliably measured. Other subsequent expenditures are recognised as expenses during the financial year in which they are incurred.

(d) Disposal On disposal of vessels, the difference between the net disposal proceeds

and the carrying amount is recognised in profit or loss. 2.6 Intangible assets (a) Goodwill on acquisitions

Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries or businesses on or after 1

January 2010 represents the excess of (i) the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired.

Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries or businesses prior to 1 January

2010 represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired.

Goodwill on subsidiaries is recognised separately as intangible assets and

carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of subsidiaries or businesses include the

carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity or business sold. Negative goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the identifiable

net assets of subsidiaries or businesses when acquired over the cost of acquisition. Negative goodwill is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

178

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

18

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.6 Intangible assets (continued)

(b) Charter contracts Charter contracts, that are favourable or unfavourable at the acquisition

date, are initially recognised based on the excess or shortfall of contracted charter income over the market value of similar contracts and are subsequently carried at cost (i.e. the fair value at initial recognition) less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. These costs are amortised to profit or loss using the straight-line method over the remaining period of the charter. Unfavourable charter contracts are called deferred income from charter contracts on the statement of financial position.

The amortisation period and amortisation method of intangible assets

other than goodwill are reviewed at least at the end of each financial year. The effects of any revision are recognised in profit or loss when the changes arise.

2.7 Investments in subsidiaries Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less accumulated impairment

losses in the Trust’s statement of financial position. On disposal of investments in subsidiaries, the difference between disposal proceeds and the carrying amounts of the investments are recognised in profit or loss.

2.8 Impairment of non-financial assets

(a) Goodwill Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is indication

that the goodwill may be impaired. For the purpose of impairment testing of goodwill, goodwill is allocated to

each of the Group’s cash-generating-units (“CGU”) expected to benefit from synergies arising from the business combination.

An impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of a CGU,

including the goodwill, exceeds the recoverable amount of the CGU. Recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use.

179

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

19

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.8 Impairment of non-financial assets (continued) (a) Goodwill (continued) The total impairment loss of a CGU is allocated first to reduce the carrying

amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU. An impairment loss on goodwill is recognised in profit or loss and is not reversed in a subsequent period.

(b) Vessels, intangible assets and investments in subsidiaries Vessels, intangible assets and investments in subsidiaries are reviewed for

impairment whenever there is any objective evidence or indication that these assets may be impaired.

For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the

higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use) is determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets. If this is the case, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs.

If the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less

than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. The difference between the carrying amount and recoverable amount is recognised as an impairment loss in profit or loss.

An impairment loss for an asset other than goodwill is reversed if, and only

if, there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The carrying amount of an asset other than goodwill is increased to its revised recoverable amount, provided that this amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of any accumulated amortisation or depreciation) had there been no impairment loss recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of impairment loss for an asset other than goodwill is recognised in profit or loss.

180

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

20

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.9 Loans and receivables Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or

determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are presented as current assets, except for those maturing later than 12 months after the end of the financial year which are presented as non-current assets.

Loans and receivables are presented as “cash and cash equivalents”, and “trade

and other receivables” on the statement of financial position. These financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs

and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The Group assesses at the end of each financial year whether there is objective

evidence that these financial assets are impaired and recognises an allowance for impairment when such evidence exists.

Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter

bankruptcy, and default or significant delay in payments are objective evidence that these financial assets are impaired.

The carrying amount of these assets is reduced through the use of an impairment

allowance account which is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. When the asset becomes uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are recognised against the same line item in profit or loss.

The allowance for impairment loss account is reduced through profit or loss in a

subsequent period when the amount of impairment loss decreases and the related decrease can be objectively measured. The carrying amount of the asset previously impaired is increased to the extent that the new carrying amount does not exceed the amortised cost had no impairment been recognised in prior periods.

181

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

21

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.10 Borrowings

Borrowings are presented as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

(a) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as

transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the drawdown occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

(b) Convertible loan When convertible loans are issued, the total proceeds are allocated to the

liability component and the derivative component, which are separately presented on the statement of financial position.

On initial recognition, the derivative component is measured at fair value

and presented as part of derivative financial instruments. It is subsequently carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

The difference between the total proceeds and the derivative component is

allocated to the liability component. The liability component is subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method until the liability is extinguished on conversion or redemption of the loan.

182

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

22

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

2.11 Trade and other payables Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. They are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value, and subsequently

carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 2.12 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to risks

arising from financing activities. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

A derivative financial instrument is initially recognised at its fair value on the date

the contract is entered into and is subsequently carried at its fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between

the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives designated as hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.

The carrying amount of a derivative designated as a hedge is presented as a non-

current asset or liability if the remaining expected life of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

Cash flow hedge – Interest rate swaps The Group has entered into interest rate swaps that are cash flow hedges for the

Group’s exposure to interest rate risk on its borrowings. The interest rate swaps entitle the Group to receive interest at floating rates on notional principal amounts and oblige the Group to pay interest at fixed rates on the same notional principal amounts, thus allowing the Group to raise non-current borrowings at floating rates and swap them into fixed rates that are lower than those available if it borrowed at fixed rates directly.

183

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

23

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.12 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued)

Cash flow hedge – Interest rate swaps (continued)

The fair value changes on the effective portion of the interest rate swaps

designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income and transferred to profit or loss when the interest expense on the borrowings are recognised in profit or loss. The fair value changes on the ineffective portion of the interest rate swaps are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

2.13 Fair value estimation of financial assets and liabilities

The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on valuation provided by reputable financial institutions. The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at actively quoted interest rates. The fair values of current financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost approximate their carrying amounts. The fair values of non-current financial liabilities carried at amortised cost are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial liabilities.

2.14 Leases

As lessor: The Group owns containerships and charters them to leading container liner companies under long-term, fixed-rate time charters. These charters are classified as operating leases as the Group retains substantially all risks and rewards incidental to ownership. Containerships are included in plant and equipment as vessels. Rental income from operating leases of the vessels (net of any incentives and commissions given to lessees) is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Initial direct costs incurred by the Group in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense in profit or loss over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income. Contingent rents are recognised as income in profit or loss when earned.

184

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

24

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.14 Leases (continued)

As lessee: Leases of property, plant and equipment where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessors are classified as operating leases. Rental expenses under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

2.15 Inventories

Inventories are lubricant oil and spare parts for the vessels. Inventories are carried at cost. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Lubricant oil and spare parts are used for the operation of the vessels, therefore inventories are not written down to net realisable value when market price falls below cost if the overall shipping activity is expected to be profitable.

2.16 Income taxes No provision is made for taxation on qualifying chartering and qualifying dividend

income from Approved Special Purpose Vehicles, which is exempt under the Singapore Maritime Finance Incentive. Under the Singapore Maritime Finance Incentive, the Trust has been awarded the Approved Shipping Investment Enterprise status with effect from 4 May 2007 for a period of 10 years and its subsidiaries will be regarded as Approved Special Purpose Vehicles with effect from the date of their approval. Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognised at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the financial year.

Deferred income tax is recognised for all temporary differences arising between

the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination, and at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

185

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

25

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.16 Income taxes (continued) A deferred income tax liability is recognised on temporary differences arising on

investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

A deferred income tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that

future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is measured: (i) at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the related deferred

income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the financial year; and

(ii) based on the tax consequence that will follow from the manner in which

the Group expects, at the end of the financial year, to recover or settle the carrying amounts of its assets and liabilities.

Current and deferred income taxes are recognised as income or expense in profit

or loss, except to the extent that the tax arises from a business combination or a transaction which is recognised directly in equity. Deferred tax on temporary differences arising from fair value gains and losses on cash flow hedges are charged or credited directly to equity in the same period the temporary differences arise. Deferred tax arising from a business combination is adjusted against goodwill on acquisition.

2.17 Currency translation (a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each entity in the Group are

measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“functional currency”). The financial statements are presented in US dollar, which is the Trust’s functional currency.

186

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

26

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 2.17 Currency translation (continued) (b) Transactions and balances Transactions in a currency other than the functional currency (“foreign

currency”) are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Currency translation differences from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the closing rates as at the end of the financial year are recognised in profit or loss.

2.18 Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal

reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) who are responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments.

2.19 Cash and cash equivalents For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash

and cash equivalents include deposits with financial institutions which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

2.20 Common Units The Trust issues Common Units that are classified as equity of the Trust. Unit issuance costs represent expenses incurred in connection with the initial

public offering of the Group on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. Expenses, which are directly attributable to the issuance of the Common Units, are deducted directly from net assets attributable to unitholders. Expenses, which are not directly attributable to the issuance of the Common Units, had been recognised in profit or loss.

2.21 Distributions to unitholders Distributions to unitholders are recorded in the period in which they are declared

payable by the Trustee-Manager.

187

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

27

3. Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements

Estimates, assumptions and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. (a) Goodwill impairment test

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2.8(a). The recoverable amounts of CGUs have been determined based on fair value less cost to sell calculations. The carrying amount of goodwill as at 31 December 2012 was US$41.9 million (2011: US$44.0 million). Details of the estimates used to calculate the recoverable amounts are given in Note 15.

(b) Impairment of vessels

The Group’s management follows its accounting policy set out in Note 2.8 (b) in determining when vessels are considered impaired. Impairment is recognised when events and circumstances indicate that these assets may be impaired and the carrying amounts of these assets exceed the recoverable amounts. The recoverable amounts of vessels have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. The carrying amount of vessels as at 31 December 2012 was US$997.2 million (2011: US$1,035.8 million). Details of the estimates used to calculate the recoverable amounts are given in Note 14.

4. Employee compensation The Group does not have any employee as all its operations are undertaken by

the Trustee-Manager. The Group pays management fees to the Trustee-Manager as disclosed in Note 25.

5. Other income

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts 5,745 5,745 Interest income from financial institutions 236 83 Other income 826 578 6,807 6,406

188

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

28

6. Other (losses)/gains - net

7. Finance expenses

(^^) Included in this amount is an interest expense of US$397,000 (2011: US$390,000)

arising from the amortisation of the convertible loan using the effective interest rate method and is a non-cash item.

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 (Loss)/gain on fair value of derivative component of

convertible loan (40) 95 Others (22) (22) (62) 73

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Interest expense on secured bank loans (13,791) (13,855)

Fair value losses on effective portion of interest rate

swaps transferred from other comprehensive income - Interest paid (20,230) (21,908) - Changes in derivative financial liability 350 (13) Interest on secured bank loans net of effect of hedging (33,671) (35,776) Interest on convertible loan (^^) (Note 20) (1,403) (1,297)

Fair value losses on ineffective portion of interest rate

swaps - Interest paid (6,015) (6,139) - Changes in derivative financial liability 1,584 4,011 (4,431) (2,128) Other fees (50) (50) (39,555) (39,251)

189

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

29

8. Income taxes

The tax expense on profit differs from the amount that would arise using the Singapore standard rate of income tax as explained below:

Items that are included in comprehensive income are not subjected to tax.

9. Earnings per Common Unit (a) Basic earnings per Common Unit Basic earnings per Common Unit is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to

unitholders of the Trust by the weighted average number of Common Units outstanding during the financial year.

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000

Profit before tax 27,619 40,330 Tax calculated at tax rate of 17% (2011: 17%) 4,695 6,856 Effects of: - tax exemption (4,699) (6,852) Tax (credit)/charge (4) 4

Group 2012 2011 Net profit after tax attributable to unitholders of the Trust

(US$’000) 27,623 40,326

Weighted average number of Common Units outstanding for basic earnings per Comon Unit (‘000) 423,675 423,675

Basic earnings per Common Unit (US cents) 6.52 9.52

190

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

30

9. Earnings per Common Unit (continued) (b) Diluted earnings per Common Unit For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per Common Unit, net profit attributable to

unitholders of the Trust and the weighted average number of Common Units outstanding are adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential Common Units.

The convertible loan is assumed to have been converted into Common Units at issuance

and the net profit is adjusted to exclude the interest expense and other related changes in income/expense.

Group 2012 2011 Net profit after tax attributable to unitholders of the Trust

(US$’000) 27,623 40,326 Interest expense on convertible loan (US$’000) 1,403 1,297 Gain/(loss) on fair value of derivative component of

convertible loan (US$’000) 40 (95) Net profit after tax used to determine diluted earnings per

Common Unit (US$’000)

29,066 41,528 Weighted average number of Common Units outstanding

for basic earnings per Common Unit (’000) 423,675 423,675 Adjustments for convertible loan (’000) 150,000 150,000 573,675 573,675 Diluted earnings per Common Unit (US cents) 5.07 7.24

191

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

31

10. Cash and cash equivalents Group Trust 2012 2011 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Cash at bank 49,153 39,321 8,901 5,066 Short-term bank deposits 8,015 16,000 8,015 16,000 57,168 55,321 16,916 21,066

Cash and cash equivalents include an amount of US$25.0 million which is not available for distribution to unitholders nor to service interest payments on the convertible loan. This amount can be used by the Group for operational purposes (subject to certain requirements).

For the purpose of presenting the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash

equivalents comprise the following: Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000

Cash and cash equivalents per Statement of Financial Position 57,168 55,321 Less: Restricted cash for payment of loan restructuring fee (892) (1,785) Cash and cash equivalents per Consolidated Statement of Cash

Flows 56,276 53,536

11. Trade and other receivables Group Trust 2012 2011 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Trade receivables from non-related

parties 9 634

- - Other receivables from an affiliated

company

469

-

-

- Other receivables from non-related

parties 201 202

63 67 679 836 63 67

192

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

32

12. Investments in subsidiaries Details of the subsidiary companies are as follows: Name of subsidiary company(a)

Country of incorporation Vessel name Principal activities Equity holding

2012 %

2011 %

Kaethe Navigation Limited Marshall Islands Kaethe C.

Rickmers Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Richard II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ITAL Festosa Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Henry II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ITAL Fastosa Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Moni II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ITAL Fiducia Ship owning and operating

100 100

Vicki Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ANL Warringa Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Maja Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands ANL Windarra

Ship owning and operating

100 100

Marte Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands CMA CGM

Azure Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Laranna Rickmers Navigation

Limited Marshall Islands ANL Warrain Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Sabine Rickmers Navigation Limited Marshall Islands CMA CGM

Jade Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Erwin Rickmers Navigation

Limited Marshall Islands CMA CGM

Onyx Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Olympia II Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Dominance Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Sui An Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Dedication Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Pingel Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL Delight Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Ebba Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL Destiny Ship owning

and operating 100 100

Clan Navigation Limited Marshall Islands MOL

Devotion Ship owning

and operating 100 100

India Navigation Limited Marshall Islands Hanjin

Newport Ship owning

and operating 100 100

(a) Audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Singapore

193

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

33

13. Loans to subsidiaries Except for loans that are interest-bearing, loans to subsidiaries are treated as a

long-term source of additional capital and financing to the subsidiaries. Accordingly, they are managed centrally and deemed to be quasi-equity loans representing an addition to the Trust’s net investments in the subsidiaries.

The loans to subsidiaries are unsecured, have no fixed terms of repayment and

are not expected to be repaid within twelve months from the end of the financial year. They are interest-free except for loans of US$307.9 million (2011: US$315.0 million) which bear interest at a rate of 2.06% (2011: 2.33%) per annum at the end of the financial year.

14. Vessels

The Group owns 16 containerships which are chartered out under time charter agreements. 15 containerships are chartered out on long-term basis during the financial year. During the financial year ended 31 December 2012, the Group recognised an impairment of US$4.5 million (2011: write back of impairment of US$2.9 million) for Kaethe C. Rickmers to take into account low charter rate that was contracted for a six months period commencing from March 2013 to September 2013. The recoverable amounts of the vessels were determined based on value-in-use calculations. Cash flow projections used in these calculations are based on financial budgets approved by management covering a thirty-year period.

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Cost Beginning of financial year 1,182,293 1,182,144 Additions 3,597 2,445 Write-off of fully depreciated dry-dock component (3,147) (2,296)

End of financial year 1,182,743 1,182,293 Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses Beginning of financial year (146,530) (113,808) Depreciation charge (37,661) (37,868) (Provision for)/write-back of vessel impairment (4,521) 2,850 Write-off of fully depreciated dry-dock component 3,147 2,296

End of financial year (185,565) (146,530) Net book value at end of financial year 997,178 1,035,763

194

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

34

14. Vessels (continued) Management determined the budgeted cash flows based on past performance and its expectations of market development. Cash inflows are based on existing charter contracts and management's estimate of the average charter rates over the recent observable shipping industry cycle. Cash outflows are projected using an estimated growth rate of 3.5% (2011: 3.0%) per annum for expenses. A period of more than 5 years for cash flow projections is prepared as management is able to reasonably estimate the cash flows over the periods using observable market trends.

A Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 7.13% (2011: 7.04%) was used

to discount the cash flows. The cost of the equity component of the WACC was derived using the capital asset pricing model. If the discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows had been 5.0% (2011: 5.0%) higher than management’s estimates (for example, 7.49% instead of 7.13%), the Group would have recognised a further impairment of US$2.0 million (2011: lower write-back of impairment loss by US$1.9 million) for this vessel. If the cash flows after the contracted period had been 5.0% (2011: 5.0%) lower than management’s estimates, the Group would have recognised a further impairment of US$4.7 million (2011: reversed the write-back of impairment of US$2.9 million and recognised an impairment loss of US$1.7 million) for this vessel. If the estimated annual growth rate of cash outflows was increased from 3.5% to 4.0% (2011: 3.0% to 3.5%), the Group would have recognised a further impairment of US$1.2 million (2011: lower write-back of impairment loss by US$1.2 million) for this vessel.

195

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

35

15. Intangible assets

Group 2012 Goodwill

Favourable charter

contracts Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 48,050 3,500 51,550 Accumulated amortisation and impairment

losses Beginning of financial year (4,097) (2,384) (6,481) Amortisation charge - (512) (512) Impairment charge (2,070) - (2,070) End of financial year (6,167) (2,896) (9,063) Net book value at 31 December 2012 41,883 604 42,487

Group 2011 Goodwill

Favourable charter

contracts Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 48,050 3,500 51,550 Accumulated amortisation and impairment

losses Beginning of financial year - (1,873) (1,873) Amortisation charge - (511) (511) Impairment charge (4,097) - (4,097) End of financial year (4,097) (2,384) (6,481) Net book value at 31 December 2011 43,953 1,116 45,069 Impairment test for goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s CGUs which are the individual vessel owning subsidiaries.

During the financial year ended 31 December 2012, an impairment loss of US$2.1

million was charged for goodwill allocated to three vessel owning subsidiaries (2011: one vessel owing subsidiary).

The recoverable amount of a CGU was determined based on fair value less cost

to sell calculations. Cash flow projections used in these calculations are based on financial budgets approved by management covering a thirty-year period. Cash flows beyond the thirty-year period are extrapolated using zero (2011: zero) growth rate. The growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry in which the CGU operates.

196

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

36

15. Intangible assets (continued) Management determined the budgeted cash flows based on past performance and its expectations of market development. Cash inflows are based on existing charter contracts and management's estimate of the average charter rates over the recent observable shipping industry cycle. Cash outflows are projected using an estimated growth rate of 3.5% (2011: 3.0%) per annum for expenses. A period of more than 5 years for cash flow projections is prepared as management is able to reasonably estimate the cash flows over the periods using observable market trends.

As at 31 December 2012, the discount rate used on the cash flows was based on

the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 7.13% (2011: 7.04%). The cost of the equity component of the WACC was derived using the capital asset pricing model.

If the discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows had been 5.0% higher than management’s estimates (for example, 7.49% instead of 7.13%), the Group would have recognised a further impairment loss on goodwill of US$7.1 million. If the cash flows after the contracted period had been 5.0% lower than management’s estimates, the Group would have recognised a further impairment loss on goodwill of US$14.9 million. If the estimated annual growth rate of cash outflows was increased from 3.5% to 4.0%, the Group would have recognised a further impairment loss on goodwill of US$5.7 million.

197

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

37

16. Trade and other payables Group Trust

2012

US$’000 2011

US$’000 2012

US$’000 2011

US$’000

Trade payables to non-related

parties 20 202 - - Other payables (non-trade) - Non-related party 386 24 - 24 - Affiliated company 6 14 - - - Subsidiaries - - 296,532 249,380 - Unitholders - 2 - 2 392 40 296,532 249,406

Other accrual for operating

expenses 2,884 3,362 861 872 3,296 3,604 297,393 250,278 All non-trade related party payables are unsecured, interest-free, have no fixed

terms of repayment and are expected to be repaid within twelve months from the end of the financial year.

17. Derivative financial instruments

Group Trust

Contract notional amount

Fair value

liability

Contract notional amount

Fair value

liability US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 2012 Cash flow hedges - Interest rate swaps 328,400 28,904 - - Non-hedging instruments - Interest rate swaps 149,600 5,661 - - 34,565 - Less: Current portion (6,299) - Non-current portion of interest rate

swaps

28,266 - Derivative component of convertible

loan (Note 20)

331 331 Total non-current portion 28,597 331

198

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

38

17. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Period when the cash flows on cash flow hedges are expected to occur or affect

profit or loss Interest rate swaps are entered into to hedge floating quarterly interest payments

on borrowings. The interest rate swaps will mature before 1 July 2015. At 31 December 2012, the fixed interest rates vary from 3.50% to 4.99% (2011: 3.50% to 5.06%) per annum and the main floating rate is US$ LIBOR (London Interbank Offer Rate).

18. Deferred income from charter contracts Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Cost Beginning and end of financial year 61,750 61,750 Accumulated amortisation Beginning of financial year (40,275) (34,530) Amortisation (5,745) (5,745) End of financial year (46,020) (40,275) Net book value at end of financial year 15,730 21,475

Group Trust Contract

notional amount

Fair value

liability

Contract notional amount

Fair value

liability US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 2011 Cash flow hedges - Interest rate swaps 487,800 47,621 - - Non-hedging instruments - Interest rate swaps 133,200 7,245 40,000 1,398 54,866 1,398 Less: Current portion (16,679) (1,398) Non-current portion of interest rate

swaps

38,187 - Derivative component of convertible

loan (Note 20)

291 291 Total non-current portion 38,478 291

199

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

39

19. Secured bank loans Group Trust 2012

US$’000 2011

US$’000 2012

US$’000 2011

US$’000 Current 69,580 43,167 46,850 28,570 Non-current 498,822 576,966 315,547 366,942 Total 568,402 620,133 362,397 395,512 The Trustee-Manager, acting on behalf of the Trust, had entered into various credit

facilities with financial institutions for the purpose of obtaining funding for the acquisition of the Group’s fleet of 16 containerships and general corporate purposes.

(a) Terms and debt repayment schedules

Group US$ floating rate loans Nominal interest rate Year of

maturity Face value

Unamortised debt issuance

costs

Carrying amount

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 (i) 3-month US$ LIBOR + 1.75% 2015 54,840 - 54,840 (ii) 3-month US$ LIBOR + 1.75% 2017 307,865 (308) 307,557 (iii) 3-month US$ LIBOR + 1.75% 2019 174,561 (992) 173,569 (iv) 3-month US$ LIBOR + 1.75% 2021 32,649 (213) 32,436

569,915 (1,513) 568,402

Trust US$ floating rate loans Nominal interest rate Year of

maturity Face value

Unamortised debt issuance

costs

Carrying amount

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 (i) 3-month US$ LIBOR + 1.75% 2015 54,840 - 54,840 (ii) 3-month US$ LIBOR + 1.75% 2017 307,865 (308) 307,557

362,705 (308) 362,397

(b) Fair value of non-current bank loans

The fair values are determined from cash flow analyses, discounted at market borrowing rates of an equivalent instrument at the end of the financial year which the management expect to be available to the Group at the end of the financial year. The fair values of bank loans approximate their carrying amounts.

As at 31 December 2012, effective interest rate of the bank loans were between 2.06% to

2.10% (2011: 2.13% to 2.33%) per annum. The loans are re-priced every three months.

200

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

40

19. Secured bank loans (continued)

The bank loans are secured on all existing 16 containerships (Note 14) (which are owned by the Trust’s subsidiaries) and their respective assignment of the charter revenues, insurance, earnings, deposit accounts and pledge of respective owner’s/borrower’s (the Trust’s subsidiaries) shares and requisition compensation. The loans are also subject to various financial ratio covenants, including restricted cash balance (Note 10) and value-to-loan (“VTL”) ratios. On 9 June 2010, the Group obtained a waiver to comply with the VTL covenant up to 14 May 2013. The Group was in compliance with all the covenants during the financial years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011.

20. Convertible loan

The convertible loan denominated in US dollar is held by Polaris Shipmanagement Company Limited (“Polaris”). Polaris is an entity controlled by a unitholder that holds 33.1% of issued Common Units of the Trust. Polaris has the option to convert the loan into Common Units of the Trust on 1 April 2014 or receive repayments from the Trust in ten equal quarterly instalments with the first instalment due and payable on 30 June 2014. The conversion price is S$0.482625. As at 31 December 2012, the loan bears interest at a rate of 1.56% (2011: 1.83%) per annum. From 1 April 2014, the loan will bear interest at a rate of 3-month US$ LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00% per annum and the margin will increase by 0.25% per quarter until it reaches a maximum rate of 4.50% per annum. The conversion option of the loan is a derivative financial liability and is measured at fair value on initial recognition and subsequent measurement. Its fair value is determined using a valuation model utilising a combination of a binomial and trinomial tree to model changes in the unit price and interest rates. The fair value as at 31 December 2012 amounted to US$331,000 (2011: US$291,000) (Note 17).

The carrying amount of the liability component of the convertible loan at the end of the financial year is as follows:

Group and Trust 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Liability component at beginning of financial year 49,198 48,808 Interest expense (Note 7) 1,403 1,297 Interest paid (1,006) (907) Liability component at end of financial year 49,595 49,198

201

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

41

21. Common Units in issue

No. of Common Units

Amount

Common Units

Total

Common Units

Total

‘000 ‘000 US$’000 US$’000 2012 and 2011 At beginning and end of financial year 423,675 423,675 431,435 431,435

All Common Units have no par value and are fully paid.

22. Distribution to unitholders

A final cash distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit amounting to US$2,542,050 was recommended for Common Units issued as at 31 December 2012 in respect of the financial period from 1 October 2012 to 31 December 2012. The recommended distribution has not been provided for in these financial statements and will be accounted for in the statement of changes in unitholders’ funds in the first quarter of 2013.

Group and Trust 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Exempt distribution paid in respect of the current

financial year are as follows:

For the period from 1 October 2011 to 31 December 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 January 2012 to 31 March 2012:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 April 2012 to 30 June 2012:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 July 2012 to 30 September 2012:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit 2,542 -

For the period from 1 October 2010 to 31 December 2010:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit - 2,542

For the period from 1 January 2011 to 31 March 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit - 2,542

For the period from 1 April 2011 to 30 June 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit - 2,542

For the period from 1 July 2011 to 30 September 2011:

- Distribution of 0.60 US cents per unit - 2,542

10,168 10,168

202

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

42

23. Commitments Operating lease commitments arising from charter contracts – where the Group is

a lessor The Group charters out its vessels under long-term time charter agreements. The

operating leases have different terms and renewal rights and terminate at various dates. The future minimum lease receivable under the operating leases contracted for as at the end of the financial year but not recognised as receivables, are as follows:

24. Financial risk management Financial risk factors The Group’s activities mainly expose it to credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity

risk. The Group’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimise adverse effects from the unpredictability of financial markets on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk.

The Board of Directors of the Trustee-Manager is responsible for setting the

objectives and underlying principles of financial risk management for the Group as well as carrying out financial risk management for the Group. There are detailed policies such as authority levels, exposure limits and hedging strategies, in accordance with the objectives and underlying principles approved by the Board of Directors.

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Not later than one year 143,616 143,509 Between one and five years 320,236 413,172 Later than five years 40,704 89,706 504,556 646,387

203

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

43

24. Financial risk management (continued) (a) Market risk (i) Currency risk The Group’s revenues, cost of operations and majority of financial assets

and liabilities are principally denominated in US dollar. The Group’s business is exposed to currency risk arising from currency

exposures primarily with respect to Singapore dollar. As this exposure is insignificant, the Group manages this risk by entering into currency spot contracts, transacted with financial institution, when the need arises.

(ii) Interest rate risk The Group is exposed to interest rate risk due primarily to its variable-rate

secured bank loans and convertible loan. The strategy of the Trustee-Manager, acting on behalf of the Trust and the Group, is to actively manage the risk of potential interest rate volatility through the use of interest rate swap contracts to reduce its exposure on anticipated transactions and firm commitments with the objective to reduce variability in cash flows arising from interest rate fluctuations. This will allow the Group to raise borrowings at floating rates and swap them into fixed rates, optimising net interest cost and reducing interest rate volatility.

The Group’s and Trust’s borrowings are denominated in US dollar. If the

interest rates increase/decrease by 100 (2011: 100) basis points during the current financial year with all other variables being held constant, the profit after tax will be lower/higher by US$1.1 million (2011: profit after tax will be lower/higher by US$1.3 million) as a result of higher/lower interest expense on the portion of borrowings where interest rate swap contracts were not entered into.

The Group’s interest rate swaps are denominated in US dollar. If the

interest rates increase/decrease by 100 (2011: 100) basis points during the current financial year with all other variables being held constant, the hedging reserve will decrease/increase by US$5.8 million/US$2.8 million (2011: decrease/increase by US$10.4 million/US$8.9 million). The profit after tax will be higher/lower by US$1.1 million (2011: profit after tax will be higher/lower by US$1.6 million/US$1.2 million).

204

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

44

24. Financial risk management (continued) (b) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty is in default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

There is significant concentration of credit risk as the Group currently deals with

only five customers (2011: five customers). However, the Group ensures that charter contracts are entered into with customers of appropriate credit standing. In addition, in accordance with normal shipping practice, charter hire is received in advance and there have not been any defaults on payments during the financial year. In the event of default, the Group is also able to repossess its vessels from the charter party. For other financial assets, the Group adopts the policy of dealing with financial institutions and other counterparties with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for each class of financial assets is the

carrying amount of that class of financial instruments presented on the statement of financial position. The Group’s major classes of financial assets are bank deposits and trade and other receivables. The Trust’s major classes of financial assets are bank deposits.

(i) Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired Bank deposits that are neither past due nor impaired are mainly deposits

with banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

(ii) Financial assets that are past due and/or impaired As at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, none of the Group’s

trade receivables are past due.

205

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

45

24. Financial risk management (continued) (c) Liquidity risk The table below analyses the maturity profile of the Group’s and Trust’s financial

liabilities (including derivative financial liabilities) based on contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Less than

1 year

Between 1 and 2 years

Between 2 and 5 years

Over 5 years

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Group At 31 December 2012 Trade and other payables 3,296 - - - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- cash flow hedges 13,158 11,132 4,795 - - non-hedging instruments 5,163 465 - - Secured bank loans and interest payable 80,920 80,980 356,055 93,989 Convertible loan and interest payable 776 16,084 35,853 -

Less than 1 year

Between 1 and 2

years Between 2

and 5 years

Over 5 years

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Trust At 31 December 2012 Trade and other payables 297,393 - - - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- non-hedging instruments - - - - Secured bank loans and interest payable 54,060 53,082 280,140 - Convertible loan and interest payable 776 16,084 35,853 - Group At 31 December 2011 Trade and other payables 3,604 892 - - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- cash flow hedges 20,304 14,396 13,588 - - non-hedging instruments 4,805 2,145 381 - Secured bank loans and interest payable 57,258 80,982 203,376 342,336 Convertible loan and interest payable 911 909 52,153 - Trust At 31 December 2011 Trade and other payables 250,278 563 - - Net-settled interest rate swaps

- non-hedging instruments 1,405 - - - Secured bank loans and interest payable 37,664 55,108 122,693 217,760 Convertible loan and interest payable 911 909 52,153 -

The Group and Trust manage the liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash to enable them to meet their normal operating commitments and loan repayments.

206

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

46

24. Financial risk management (continued)

(d) Capital risk

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s

ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximise unitholders’ value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of distribution payment, return capital to unitholders, issue new Common Units, buy back issued Common Units, obtain new borrowings or sell assets to reduce borrowings.

Management monitors capital based on a gearing ratio. The ratio is calculated as

external bank loans and convertible loan divided by total unitholders’ funds, external bank loans and convertible loan.

Group 2012 2011 Gearing ratio 59% 63% The Group is in compliance with all externally imposed capital requirements for

the financial years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011. (e) Fair value measurements

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

(i) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

(Level 1); (ii) inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable

for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) (Level 2); and

(iii) inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

The following financial liabilities are measured at Level 3 of the fair value measurement hierarchy:

Group Trust 2012 2011 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Derivative financial instruments

- interest rate swaps 34,565 54,866

- 1,398 Derivative component of convertible

loan 331 291

331 291 Total liabilities 34,896 55,157 331 1,689

207

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

47

24. Financial risk management (continued) (e) Fair value measurements (continued)

The fair value of interest rate swaps is obtained from financial institutions and is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The fair value of the derivative component of the convertible loan is obtained as disclosed in Note 20. The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments:

Group 2012

Interest rate swaps

Derivative component of

convertible loan Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Beginning of financial year 54,866 291 55,157 Total (gains)/losses recognised

- in other comprehensive income (18,367) - (18,367) - in profit or loss 24,311 40 24,351 Interest paid (26,245) - (26,245) End of financial year 34,565 331 34,896

Trust 2012

Interest rate

swaps

Derivative component of

convertible loan Total

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Beginning of financial year 1,398 291 1,689 Total (gains)/losses recognised - in profit or loss 72 40 112 Interest paid (1,470) - (1,470) End of financial year - 331 331

208

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

48

24. Financial risk management (continued) (e) Fair value measurements (continued)

(f) Financial instruments by category The carrying amount of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss is

disclosed in Note 17 to the financial statements. The aggregate carrying amounts of loans and receivables and financial liabilities at amortised cost are as follows:

Group Trust 2012 2011 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Loans and receivables 57,847 56,157 16,979 21,133 Financial liabilities at amortised

cost

621,293

673,827

709,385

695,551

Interest rate swaps

Derivative component of

convertible loan Total US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Group

2011 Beginning of financial year 64,212 386 64,598 Total (gains)/losses recognised - in other comprehensive income (5,348) - (5,348) - in profit or loss 24,049 (95) 23,954 Interest paid (28,047) - (28,047) End of financial year 54,866 291 55,157

Trust

2011 Beginning of financial year 2,667 386 3,053 Total (gains)/losses recognised - in profit or loss 270 (95) 175 Interest paid (1,539) - (1,539) End of financial year 1,398 291 1,689

209

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

49

25. Related party transactions (a) Related party transactions In addition to the information disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements, the

following related party transactions took place between the Group and related parties at terms agreed between the parties during the financial year:

Affiliated companies are entities controlled by a unitholder which holds 33.1% of

the issued Common Units of the Trust. (b) Key management personnel compensation There are no key management personnel of the Group as the operations are

managed by the Trustee-Manager.

Group 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 Interest paid on convertible loan to Polaris (Note 20) 1,006 907 Management fees paid to Trustee-Manager 3,070 3,035 Management fees paid to an affiliated company 1,936 1,898

Vessel fixed operating costs paid to an affiliated company 28,328 26,802

Cable, victual and entertainment expenses paid to an affiliated company 538 579

Commission paid to an affiliated company 45 95 Insurance premium paid to an affiliated company 18 20

210

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

50

26. Segment information

Management has determined the Group’s business as one operating segment based on the reports reviewed by the CODM, as the Group is only involved in the chartering of container vessels which is carried out in international waters. The reports reviewed by the CODM have been prepared on the same basis as the financial statements, hence, there are no reconciling items to be disclosed. Revenue from major products and services All revenues from external customers are derived from the charter of containerships. Geographical information Revenues from external customers are attributed to the countries based on the customers’ country of origin.

Revenue Non-current assets ** 2012 2011 2012 2011 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 Australia * 26,575 27,224 - - Italy * 28,363 27,657 - - France * 28,031 28,784 - - Japan * 49,010 49,001 - - Korea * 8,871 9,381 - - Singapore - - 42,487 45,069 Others 3,444 7,419 - - Total 144,294 149,466 42,487 45,069

* Revenues shown are derived from a single external customer in each of these

countries. ** Excludes carrying amount of vessels.

With respect to the presentation of vessels by geographical information, the Group time charters them to several liner companies and the vessels are deployed to various parts of the world at the discretion and direction of these liner companies. Accordingly, the Trustee-Manager does not consider it meaningful to allocate vessels to specific geographical locations. All other non-current assets are attributed to the countries based on the Group’s country of domicile.

211

RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the financial year ended 31 December 2012

51

27. Events occurring after the financial year As disclosed in Note 19, the Group is subject to various financial ratio covenants,

including value-to-loan (“VTL”) ratios on its bank borrowings. On 9 June 2010, the Group obtained a waiver to comply with the VTL covenant up to 14 May 2013.

On 22 January 2013, the Trustee-Manager engaged in formal negotiations with its bankers to explore various options to either regularise or revise the loan covenants including a conditional waiver of the VTL covenant for a further period up to 29 December 2014.

As at the date of this report, the Group has successfully obtained written in-

principle agreement from the consortium of banks for the waiver of the VTL covenant for at least up to 29 December 2014. The Group is also able to meet the conditions in written in-principle agreement from the banks.

28. Comparatives

Comparative figures for the Group have been reclassified within “Other gains/(losses) – net” and “Finance expenses” to conform to the changes in the current year’s presentation. The reclassification has been made to better reflect the changes in fair value on the cash flow hedges and changes in fair value on ineffective portions of interest rate swaps. The restatement of prior year’s figures is as follows:

As restated As previously

disclosed

2011 2011

US$’000 US$’000

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Other gains/(losses) – net 73 3,980

Finance expenses (39,251) (43,158) The revised presentation does not result in a change in the Group’s profit after tax and earnings per share.

29. Authorisation of financial statements These financial statements were authorised for issue in accordance with a

resolution of the Board of Directors of the Trustee-Manager on 11 March 2013.

212

APPENDIX IV

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTION ANNOUNCEMENT OF RICKMERS MARITIME AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE THIRD QUARTER ENDED

30 SEPTEMBER 2013

The information set forth in this Appendix IV have been extracted and reproduced from the unaudited financial statements and distribution announcement for the third quarter ended 30 September 2013 and has not been specifically prepared for inclusion in this Information Memorandum. Investors should read the consolidated financial data in conjunction with the related notes.

213

Unaudited financial statements and distribution announcementFor the third quarter ended 30 September 2013

Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”) is a business trust constituted by the Trust Deed entered on 30 March 2007 by Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. as the trustee-manager of Rickmers Maritime.

Rickmers Maritime was listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited (“SGX”) on 4 May 2007.

As at 30 September 2013, the Group owned sixteen containerships, which are all chartered out on fixed-rate time charters with an average remaining charter period of 2.5 years.

Abbreviations: QTRNM Incr Decr

: Quarter : Not meaningful : Increase : Decrease

214

1.a (i) Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the 3rd quarter ended 30 September 2013

3rd QTR 9 Months to

2013 2012Incr/ (Decr) 30/09/13 30/09/12

Incr/ (Decr)

Note US$’000 US$’000 % US$’000 US$’000 %Revenue (a) 36,600 36,315 1 107,116 108,011 (1)Other income (b) 1,594 1,815 (12) 4,793 5,186 (8)Other gains/(losses) - net (c) 7 269 (97) 111 (67) NMDepreciation (9,302) (9,387) (1) (28,211) (28,247) -Amortisation of favourable charter

contracts (128) (128) - (384) (384) -Vessel operating expenses (d) (9,009) (8,821) 2 (27,090) (26,621) 2Trustee-Manager fee (797) (778) 2 (2,348) (2,298) 2Other trust expenses (136) (139) (2) (482) (468) 3Transaction fees 9 - NM (148) - NMFinance expenses (e) (5,752) (10,917) (47) (21,835) (29,734) (27)

Profit before income tax 13,086 8,229 59 31,522 25,378 24Income tax expense - - - - 4 NMNet profit after tax 13,086 8,229 59 31,522 25,382 24

Other comprehensive income Cash flow hedges - Fair value (losses)/ gains^ (577) 163 NM (448) (3,303) (86) - Transfer to finance expenses 2,916 4,932 (41) 10,079 15,363 (34)Other comprehensive income for the

period, net of tax 2,339 5,095 54 9,631 12,060 (20)Total comprehensive income for the

period 15,425 13,324 16 41,153 37,442 10

^ The fair value (losses)/ gains on cash flow hedges is a non-cash item and will be continuously released to profit or loss to offset the interest expense over the period of borrowings.

Notes: (a) Consists of time charter income, net of commissions.

(b) Other income 3rd QTR 9 Months to

2013 2012Incr/

(Decr) 30/09/13 30/09/12Incr/

(Decr)US$’000 US$’000 % US$’000 US$’000 %

- Amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts 1,436 1,436 - 4,308 4,308 -

- Interest income from financial institutions 21 63 (67) 81 190 (57)- Other income 137 316 (57) 404 688 (41)

1,594 1,815 (12) 4,793 5,186 (8)

215

(c) Other gains/(losses) – net

3rd QTR 9 Months to

2013 2012Incr/

(Decr) 30/09/13 30/09/12Incr/

(Decr) US$’000 US$’000 % US$’000 US$’000 %

- Gain/(loss) on fair value of derivative component of convertible loan 2 259 (99) 119 (44) NM

- Others 5 10 (50) (8) (23) (65)

7 269 (97) 111 (67) NM

(d) Consist mainly of vessels’ fixed operating expense, lubricant oil expense, vessel management fee, bunker expense and other vessel-related expenses.

(e) Finance expenses 3rd QTR 9 Months to

2013 2012Incr/

(Decr) 30/09/13 30/09/12Incr/

(Decr)US$’000 US$’000 % US$’000 US$’000 %

Interest expense on secured bank loans (2,484) (3,414) (27) (8,331) (10,578) (21)

Fair value losses on effective portion of interest rate swaps transferred from other comprehensive income

- Interest paid (2,979) (4,848) (39) (10,374) (15,292) (32) - Changes in derivative financial liability 64 (84) NM 295 (71) NM

Interest on secured bank loans net of effect of hedging (5,399) (8,346) (35) (18,410) (25,941) (29)

Interest on convertible loan (329) (353) (7) (1,495) (1,069) 40

Fair value losses on ineffective portion of interest rate swaps

- Interest paid (1,559) (1,699) (8) (4,643) (4,188) 11 - Changes in derivative financial liability 1,535 (519) NM 4,563 1,514 201

(24) (2,218) (99) (80) (2,674) (97)

Debt processing fee - - - (1,800) - NMOther fees - - - (50) (50) -

(5,752) (10,917) (47) (21,835) (29,734) (27)

216

1.a (ii) Consolidated Distribution Statement for the 3rd quarter ended 30 September 2013

3rd QTR 9 Months to

2013 2012Incr/

(Decr) 30/09/13 30/09/12 Incr/

(Decr) Note US$’000 US$’000 % US$’000 US$’000 %

Profit after tax 13,086 8,229 59 31,522 25,382 24Add:

Non-cash adjustments and others (a) 6,992 8,555 (18) 21,022 23,366 (10)Interest expense - net 6,829 10,219 (33) 23,305 30,686 (24)

EBITDA 26,907 27,003 - 75,849 79,434 (5) Non-recurring expenses (b) (8) - NM 1,949 - NM

Adjusted EBITDA 26,899 27,003 - 77,798 79,434 (2)

Add/(less):

Movement in working capital (1,518) 793 NM (1,912) (141) 1,256Drydock reserve (c) (979) (407) 141 (3,002) (3,198) (6)Cash flow available for distribution before

payment to debt capital providers 24,402 27,389 (11) 72,884 76,095 (4)

Net proceeds from issuance of Common Units (284)# - NM 78,466 - NM

Less: Payment to debt capital providersRepayment of secured bank loans (20,480) (13,109) (56) (113,797) (38,282) 197Interest paid – secured bank loans, interest

rate swaps and convertible loan (7,265) (10,124) (28) (23,921) (30,649) (22)

Debt processing fee paid - - - (1,800) - NM Loan restructuring fee paid - - - (893) (893) - Cash flow available for distribution to

unitholders (3,627) 4,156 NM 10,939 6,271 74Amount to be distributed to

unitholders (d) 5,084 2,542 100 12,710^ 7,626 67Number of units – ‘000 847,350 423,675 100 847,350 423,675 100Distribution Per Unit - US Cents 0.6 0.6 - 1.5 1.8 (17)

Notes: (a) Non-cash adjustments comprise unrealised gain on interest rate swaps, depreciation expense, amortisation

of the convertible loan using the effective interest rate method as defined in IAS 39, amortisation of debt issuance costs, amortisation of charter contracts (net), and exchange translation differences.

(b) Non-recurring expenses consist of debt processing fee and legal and professional fees incurred on the finalisation of the agreements with lending banks to extend the waiver of value-to-loan covenant.

(c) The reserve represents management's estimate of the amount of cash that needs to be retained progressively for the vessels’ future dry-docking costs.

(d) For 3Q2013, the amount to be distributed to unitholders is funded from cash retained in the prior periods. For 3Q2012, the amount to be distributed to unitholders is funded by cash flow available for distribution to unitholders. For 9 months to 30 September 2013 and 30 September 2012, the amount to be distributed to unitholders is funded by cash flow available for distribution to unitholders and partly from cash retained in the prior periods.

# Comprise payment for unit issuance costs and related transaction fees in 3Q2013. ^ Consist of i) distribution of 0.6 US Cents per unit for 423,675,000 units in first quarter of 2013.

ii) distribution of 0.6 US Cents per unit for 847,350,000 units in second quarter and third quarter of 2013.

217

1.b (i) Statement of financial position as at 30 September 2013 together with comparative statements as at the end of the immediately preceding year

30/09/13 31/12/12

Group Trust Group Trust US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000

ASSETS

Current assetsCash and cash equivalents 57,836 30,173 57,168 16,916Trade and other receivables 1,985 181 679 63 Inventories 2,268 149 2,462 149 Prepayments 24 11 23 16 Total current assets 62,113 30,514 60,332 17,144

Non-current assetsInvestments in subsidiaries - 160 - 160 Loans to subsidiaries - 898,441 - 898,441 Vessels 971,927 - 997,178 - Intangible assets 42,103 - 42,487 - Total non-current assets 1,014,030 898,601 1,039,665 898,601 Total assets 1,076,143 929,115 1,099,997 915,745

LIABILITIES

Current liabilitiesTrade and other payables 2,947 333,145 3,296 297,393 Advanced charter hire received 3,174 - 4,726 - Secured bank loans 48,765 24,000 69,580 46,850 Derivative financial instruments 1,098 - 6,299 - Total current liabilities 55,984 357,145 83,901 344,243

Non-current liabilitiesDeferred income from charter contracts 11,422 - 15,730 - Secured bank loans 406,043 252,126 498,822 315,547 Convertible loan 50,417 50,417 49,595 49,595 Derivative financial instruments 19,191 212 28,597 331 Total non-current liabilities 487,073 302,755 592,744 365,473

Total liabilities 543,057 659,900 676,645 709,716

NET ASSETS 533,086 269,215 423,352 206,029

UNITHOLDERS’ FUNDS

Common Units in issue 512,086 512,086 431,435 431,435 Unit issuance costs (12,024) (12,024) (10,122) (10,122)Hedging reserve (18,947) - (28,578) - Distributable income/(accumulated losses) 51,971 (230,847) 30,617 (215,284)

Total unitholders’ funds 533,086 269,215 423,352 206,029

218

1.b (ii) Group’s borrowings and debt securities

Secured bank loans Group30/09/13 31/12/12

US$’000 US$’000 Amount repayable within one year 48,765 69,580 Amount repayable after one year 406,043 498,822 454,808 568,402

As at 31 December 2012, the face value of the Group’s total outstanding secured bank loans was US$569.9 million. During the first nine months of 2013, a total repayment of US$113.8 million (2012: US$38.3 million) was made by the Group. As at 30 September 2013, the face value of the Group’s total outstanding secured bank loans was US$456.1 million.

Group 30/09/13 31/12/12 US$’000 US$’000 Face value of secured bank loans 456,119 569,915 Unamortised portion of debt issuance costs (1,311) (1,513) Carrying amount of secured bank loans 454,808 568,402

The difference between the face value of secured bank loans and the carrying amount of US$454.8 million (31 December 2012: US$568.4 million) is due to the accounting treatment for borrowings, which is initially recognised at fair value (net of transaction costs) and subsequently stated at amortised cost.

The loans bear interest at floating rates and are secured on all existing sixteen containerships and their respective assignment of the charter revenues, insurance, earnings, deposit accounts and pledge of respective owner’s/borrower’s (the Trust’s subsidiaries) shares and requisition compensation.

In the first quarter of 2013, the Group successfully obtained an extension of the waiver of the value-to-loan (“VTL”) covenant to 29 December 2014. A one-time debt processing fee of US$1.8 million was paid.

219

Convertible loan

Group 30/09/13 31/12/12 US$’000 US$’000

Amount repayable after one year 50,417 49,595

The convertible loan denominated in US dollar is held by Polaris Shipmanagement Company Limited (“Polaris”). Polaris has the option to convert the loan into Common Units of the Trust on 1 April 2014 or receive repayments from the Trust in ten equal quarterly instalments with the first instalment due and payable on 30 June 2014.

On 20 May 2013, the Trust entered into a Second Supplemental Agreement (to the Settlement and Convertible Loan Agreement dated 9th June 2010) with Polaris to defer the first instalment of the convertible loan from 30 June 2014 to 1 February 2015. Should the Trust be able to meet the conditions to exit from debt restructuring with the consortium of banks, it shall bring forward the first instalment of the convertible loan provided no repayment shall be made earlier than 30 June 2014.

The convertible loan bears interest at a rate of 3-month US$ LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25% per annum. From 1 April 2014, the loan will bear interest at a rate of 3-month US$ LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00% per annum and the margin will increase by 0.25% per quarter until it reaches a maximum rate of 4.50% per annum.

Following the successful completion of the rights issue, the Trust signed a Third Supplemental Agreement with Polaris on 1 July 2013 to formalise adjustments to the convertible loan conversion price from S$0.482625 to S$0.399385, and the revised maximum settlement units from 150,000,000 to 181,263,067.

220

1.c Consolidated statement of cash flows for the 3rd quarter ended 30 September 2013

3rd QTR 9 Months to 2013 2012 30/09/13 30/09/12 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000

Cash flows from operating activities: Cash receipts from customers 36,590 36,363 106,978 107,841 Cash paid to suppliers and Trustee-Manager (10,709) (8,735) (30,421) (28,723)

Net cash provided by operating activities 25,881 27,628 76,557 79,118

Cash flows from investing activities: Vessel improvement (52) - (91) - Dry-docking cost paid (1,971) (378) (3,703) (2,761)

Interest received 17 74 78 189 Net cash used in investing activities (2,006) (304) (3,716) (2,572)

Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of Common Units - - 80,651 - Unit issuance costs paid (162) - (2,031) - Transaction fees paid (122) - (154) - Repayment of secured bank loans (20,480) (13,109) (113,797) (38,282) Other fees paid - - (50) (50) Interest paid on secured bank loans (2,497) (3,327) (8,228) (10,403) Interest paid on interest rate swaps (4,538) (6,547) (15,017) (19,480) Interest paid on convertible loan (228) (250) (676) (766) Debt processing fee paid - - (1,800) - Loan restructuring fee paid - - (893) (893) Decrease in restricted cash - - 893 893 Distribution to unitholders (5,084) (2,542) (10,168) (7,626)

Net cash used in financing activities (33,111) (25,775) (71,270) (76,607)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents for the period (9,236) 1,549 1,571 (61)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 67,066 51,931 56,276 53,536

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 6 11 (11) 16

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ^ 57,836 53,491 57,836 53,491

For the purpose of presenting the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

30/09/13 30/09/12US$’000 US$’000

Cash and cash equivalents per statement of financial position 57,836 54,384

Less: Restricted cash for payment of loan restructuring fee - (893)

Cash and cash equivalents per consolidated statement of cash flows 57,836 53,491

Footnote:^ Cash and cash equivalents include an amount of US$25.0 million which can be used by the Group for operational purposes

(subject to certain requirements) but the amount is not available for distribution to unitholders nor to service interest payments on the convertible loan.

221

1.d (i) Statement of changes in unitholders’ funds for the 3rd quarter ended 30 September 2013

Group Attributable to unitholders of TrustCommon Units in issue

Unit issuance

costsHedging reserve

Distributable income Total

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’0002013 Balance at 1 January 2013 431,435 (10,122) (28,578) 30,617 423,352Common Units issued 80,651 - - - 80,651Unit issuance costs - (1,903) - - (1,903)Total comprehensive income for the period - - 7,292 18,436 25,728Distribution to unitholders - - - (5,084) (5,084)Balance at 30 June 2013 512,086 (12,025) (21,286) 43,969 522,744

Unit issuance costs - 1 - - 1Total comprehensive income for the period - - 2,339 13,086 15,425Distribution to unitholders - - - (5,084) (5,084)Balance at 30 September 2013 512,086 (12,024) (18,947) 51,971 533,086

2012Balance at 1 January 2012 431,435 (10,122) (46,945) 13,162 387,530Total comprehensive income for the period - - 6,965 17,153 24,118Distribution to unitholders - - - (5,084) (5,084)Balance at 30 June 2012 431,435 (10,122) (39,980) 25,231 406,564

Total comprehensive income for the period - - 5,095 8,229 13,324Distribution to unitholders - - - (2,542) (2,542)Balance at 30 September 2012 431,435 (10,122) (34,885) 30,918 417,346

222

1.d (i) Statement of changes in unitholders’ funds for the 3rd quarter ended 30 September 2013

Trust Attributable to unitholders of Trust Common Units in issue

Unit issuance

costs Hedging reserve

Accumulated losses Total

US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’000 US$’0002013 Balance at 1 January 2013 431,435 (10,122) - (215,284) 206,029Common Units issued 80,651 - - - 80,651Unit issuance costs - (1,903) - - (1,903)Total comprehensive loss for the period - - - (4,171) (4,171)Distribution to unitholders - - - (5,084) (5,084)Balance at 30 June 2013 512,086 (12,025) - (224,539) 275,522

Unit issuance costs - 1 - - 1Total comprehensive loss for the period - - - (1,224) (1,224)Distribution to unitholders - - - (5,084) (5,084)Balance at 30 September 2013 512,086 (12,024) - (230,847) 269,215

2012 Balance at 1 January 2012 431,435 (10,122) - (198,646) 222,667Total comprehensive loss for the period - - - (3,671) (3,671)Distribution to unitholders - - - (5,084) (5,084)Balance at 30 June 2012 431,435 (10,122) - (207,401) 213,912

Total comprehensive loss for the period - - - (1,302) (1,302)Distribution to unitholders - - - (2,542) (2,542)Balance at 30 September 2012 431,435 (10,122) - (211,245) 210,068

223

1.d (ii) Details of any changes in the company’s units arising from rights issue, bonus issue, share

buy-backs, exercise of share options or warrants, conversion of other issues of equity securities, issue of units for cash or as consideration for acquisition or for any other purpose since the end of the previous period reported on. State also the number of units that may be issued on conversion of all the outstanding convertibles, as well as the number of units held as treasury units, if any, against the total number of issued units excluding treasury units of the issuer, as at the end of the current financial period reported on and as at the end of the corresponding period of the immediately preceding financial year.

30/09/13 30/09/12

Units Units At the beginning of the period 847,350,000 (c) 423,675,000

Footnote:(a) There are no treasury units.

(b)

(c)

There is a convertible loan of principal amount US$49,000,000 issued in 2010 to Polaris Shipmanagement Company Ltd (“Polaris”). If the convertible loan is not repaid by 31 March 2014, Polaris has the option to convert any part of the outstanding loan amount into new units of the Trust up to a maximum of 181,263,067 units on 1 April 2014. If the option is exercised with the maximum number of units to be issued, the total number of units in Rickmers Maritime would be 1,028,613,067.

There was an issuance of 423,675,000 common units on 27 May 2013 as a result of the rights issue conducted in 2Q13.

1.d (iii) To show the total number of issued units excluding treasury units as at the end of the current financial period and as at the end of the immediately preceding year.

30/09/13 31/12/12

Total issued units 847,350,000 423,675,000

1.d (iv) A statement showing all sales, transfers, disposal, cancellation and/or use of treasury units as at the end of the current financial period reported on.

Not applicable.

2 Whether the figures have been audited, or reviewed and in accordance with which auditing standard or practice

The figures have not been audited nor reviewed. However, our auditors have performed certain procedures and enquiries. These procedures are substantially less in scope than an audit or a review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements (ISRE) 2410 – Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity.

3 Where the figures have been audited, or reviewed, the auditors’ report (including any qualifications or emphasis of matter)

Not applicable.

4 Whether the same accounting policies and methods of computation as in the issuer’s most recently audited financial statements have been applied

Except as stated in Note 5, the Group has applied the same accounting policies and methods of computation in the financial statements for the current financial period as those of the audited financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2012.

224

5 If there are any changes in the accounting policies and methods of computation, including any required by an accounting standard, what has changed, as well as the reasons for, and the effect of, the change

On 1 January 2013, the Group adopted the new and amended International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) that are mandatory for application on that date. The following are the new and amended IFRS that are relevant to the Group.

(i) IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (ii) IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities (iii) IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurements (iv) Amendments to IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments: Disclosure on offsetting

The adoption of the above IFRS did not result in any substantial change to the Group’s accounting policies nor any significant impact on the financial statements.

6 Earnings per unit (‘EPU’) for the current financial period and corresponding period of the immediately preceding financial year

3rd QTR YTD (Restated)* (Restated)*

2013 2012 2013 2012Weighted average number of units as at end of period

-basic 847,350,000 508,410,000 665,419,000 508,410,000 -diluted 1,028,613,067 689,673,067 846,682,067 689,673,067

Earnings per unit for the period based on the weighted average number of units in issue (US Cents)

-basic 1.54 1.62 4.74 4.99 -diluted 1.30^ 1.21^ 3.89^ 3.84^

* Restated to take into account effects of the rights issue in accordance with IAS 33 Earnings per Share. ^ Based on the assumption that the maximum number of units of 181,263,067 will be issued. The gain/(loss) on fair value of the

derivative component of the convertible loan was deducted/added back and the interest expense on the convertible loan was added back to the EPU computation to arrive at the diluted EPU.

7 Net asset value (for the issuer and group) per unit based on the total number of issued units excluding treasury units of the issuer at the end of the period and immediately preceding financial year:-

30/09/13 (a) 31/12/12

Group Trust Group Trust

Net asset value per unit (US$) 0.63 0.32 1.00 0.49

Footnote:

(a) The number of units used in the computation of actual NAV is 847,350,000 units.

There are no treasury units.

225

8 Review of the Performance of the Group

The Group operates a fleet of sixteen containerships, which are all chartered out on fixed-rate time charters with an average remaining charter period of 2.5 years.

Group revenue of US$36.6 million for the third quarter of 2013 (3Q13) was 1% higher than the corresponding quarter of 2012. During the quarter, the charter of the vessel, Kaethe C. Rickmers was extended for a further six months with its existing charterer. The net daily charter rate is US$ 6,650and the charter will expire at the end of March 2014^. The Group achieved a utilisation rate of 99.9% in 3Q13 (3Q12: 99.5%).

Other income of US$1.6 million in 3Q13 comprising mainly amortisation of deferred income from charter contracts (non-cash in nature) was US$0.2 million (12%) lower than the corresponding quarter of 2012 due to a one-off recovery of an insurance claim in 3Q12.

Vessel operating expenses comprising vessel management fees, fixed operating expenses and lubricant oil expense, increased by US$0.2 million (2%) from US$8.8 million in 3Q12 to US$9.0 million in 3Q13. The increase was due to a contractual increase in fixed operating expense and vessel management fees.

Finance expenses decreased from US$10.9 million in 3Q12 to US$5.8 million in 3Q13. The decrease was due to reduced outstanding bank loans balances and expiry of interest rate swaps contracts which resulted in lower interest expenses incurred in 3Q13.

Overall, the Group recorded a net profit after tax of US$13.1 million in 3Q13 compared to a profit of US$8.2 million in 3Q12.

^ 24 March 2014, +/- 30 days at the charterer’s option

9 Where a forecast, or a prospect statement, has been previously disclosed to unitholders, any

variance between it and the actual results.

The current results are in line with the Company’s forecast presented in the circular to unitholders dated 5 April 2013, except for the increase in net profit arising from the fair value gain on interest rate swaps amounting to US$1.2 million, and lower interest expense incurred of US$0.7 million.

.

226

10 Commentary on the significant trends and competitive conditions of the industry in which the

group operates and any known factors or events that may affect the group in the next reporting period and the next 12 months.

Expected trade growth for the year 2013 is projected to reach 4.7%^. Growth in global container capacity is forecasted to outpace demand growth this year. For 2014, trade growth is projected to accelerate to 6.2%^. However, the trade growth is subject to risks from global economic developments. Downside risks are high oil prices and continued uncertainty in the global economy.

A significant amount of new ships, mainly very large container ships in excess of 10,000 TEU, is scheduled for delivery during the next twelve months. Despite an increase in scrapping of existing ships and continued slow-steaming, demand is unlikely to absorb the prevailing over-supply within the near term. As a result, recovery of time charter rates and vessel values is expected to begin materialising only in 2014.

Rickmers Maritime’s fleet has, through existing charter agreements, US$ 372.1 million of secured revenue between 1 October 2013 and the expiry of the last charter party contract in 2019. The fleet is 100% employed for the remaining period of 2013 and 83% employed in 2014. Revenue from the unemployed 17% will be negatively affected if the charter market remains depressed. Nonetheless, with the majority of our fleet employed until 2015, and barring any unforeseen circumstances, we believe our existing leases will continue to generate ongoing positive cash flow for the Trust.

^ source: Clarkson Research Services, September 2013

227

11 Distribution

a Current financial period

Any distributions recommended for the

current financial period : Yes (recommended)

Amount : US$5,084,100 Distribution Period : 1 July 2013 to 30 September 2013 Distribution Type : Cash, Tax-exempt Distribution

Distribution Rate : 0.60 US Cents per unit Par Value of units : Not applicable Tax Rate : Distribution received by either Singapore tax resident

Unitholders or non-Singapore tax resident Unitholders are exempt from Singapore income tax.

The recommended distribution has not been provided for in these financial statements. This distribution will be accounted for in the statement of changes in unitholders’ funds in the 4th quarter of 2013.

b Corresponding period of the immediately preceding financial period

Any distributions declared for the previous corresponding financial period

: Yes. At 0.60 US cents per unit for distribution period from 1 July 2012 to 30 September 2012

c Date payable : 27 Nov 2013

d Books Closure date : The Transfer Books and Register of Unitholders of Rickmers Maritime (the “Trust”) will be closed from 5.00 pm on 12 Nov 2013 for the purposes of determining each Unitholder’s entitlement to the distribution.

Unitholders whose Securities Accounts with the Central

Depository (Pte) Limited (“CDP”) are credited with shares at 5.00 pm on 12 Nov 2013 will be entitled to the Distribution to be paid on 27 Nov 2013.

12 If no distribution has been declared / (recommended), a statement to that effect.

Not applicable

13 If the Group has obtained a general mandate from shareholders for IPTs, the aggregate value of such transactions as required under Rule 920(1)(a)(ii). If no IPT mandate has been obtained, a statement to that effect.

The Group has not obtained a general mandate from unitholders for IPTs.

228

14 The board of directors of Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. do hereby confirm that, to the

best of their knowledge, nothing has come to their attention which may render the financial results for the quarter ended 30 September 2013 to be false or misleading.

This release may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual future performance, outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements as a result of a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Representative examples of these factors include (without limitation) general industry and economic conditions, interest rate trends, cost of capital and capital availability, competition from other companies, changes in operating expenses, trust expenses and governmental and public policy changes and the continued availability of financing in the amounts and the terms necessary to support future business. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based on current view of management on future events.

Any discrepancies in the tables included in this announcement between the listed amounts and total thereof are due to rounding.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF RICKMERS TRUST MANAGEMENT PTE. LTD. AS TRUSTEE-MANAGER OF RICKMERS MARITIME

Bertram R. C. Rickmers Chairman Date: 22 October 2013

229

APPENDIX V

REPORT OF MAERSK BROKER ASIA LTD.

The information presented in the following report, including all data (actual, estimates and forecasts) relating to, among others, demand, supply, utilisation and time charter rates, has been provided by Maersk Broker Asia Ltd.. None of the Issuer, the Arrangers and the Dealers make any representation as to the accuracy of this information. The data provided by Maersk Broker Asia Ltd. is based on economic and other assumptions that may prove to be incorrect and the information has not been independently verified by the Issuer, the Arrangers or the Dealers, nor any of its or their respective advisors. Certain industry data contained in this section is estimated in the absence of official company confirmation or reliable country source information, and prospective investors should not place undue reliance on such data.

This report includes forecasts and other forward-looking estimates. These forward-looking statements are necessarily based on various assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to possible invalidity of the underlying assumptions and estimates and possible changes or development of social, economic, business, industry, market, legal, government, and regulatory circumstances and conditions and actions taken or omitted to be taken by others. Assumptions relating to the foregoing involve judgments with respect to, among other things, future economic and competitive market conditions and future government and business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately. Actual results and future events could differ materially from such forecasts and projections. Prospective investors should not place undue reliance on such statements in the report, or on the ability of Maersk Broker Asia Ltd. or any other third party to accurately predict future industry trends or performance.

230

The Container Vessel Market Autumn 2013

Maersk Broker Asia Ltd., Room 3702, 37/F. The Lee Gardens33 Hysan Avenue, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong 14 November 2013

231

232

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

240

241

242

APPENDIX VI

REPORT OF CLARKSON RESEARCH SERVICES

The information presented in the following report, including all data (actual, estimates and forecasts) relating to, among others, demand, supply, utilisation and time charter rates, has been provided by Clarkson Research Services (“Clarkson”). None of the Issuer, the Arrangers and the Dealers make any representation as to the accuracy of this information. The data provided by Clarkson is based on economic and other assumptions that may prove to be incorrect and the information has not been independently verified by the Issuer, the Arrangers or the Dealers, nor any of its or their respective advisors. Certain industry data contained in this section is estimated in the absence of official company confirmation or reliable country source information, and prospective investors should not place undue reliance on such data.

This report includes forecasts and other forward-looking estimates. These forward-looking statements are necessarily based on various assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to possible invalidity of the underlying assumptions and estimates and possible changes or development of social, economic, business, industry, market, legal, government, and regulatory circumstances and conditions and actions taken or omitted to be taken by others. Assumptions relating to the foregoing involve judgments with respect to, among other things, future economic and competitive market conditions and future government and business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately. Actual results and future events could differ materially from such forecasts and projections. Prospective investors should not place undue reliance on such statements in the report, or on the ability of Clarkson or any other third party to accurately predict future industry trends or performance.

243

1

THE INTERNATIONAL CONTAINERSHIP INDUSTRY

The information and data contained in this report relating to the international container shipping industry has been provided by Clarkson Research Services Limited, or CRSL, and is taken from CRSL’s database and other sources. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by CRSL is inaccurate in any material respect. CRSL has advised that: (i) some information in CRSL’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in CRSL’s database; (iii) whilst CRSL has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures and may accordingly contain errors. In this report,”$” refers to United States dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information relating to the international containership industry reflects information and data available as of November 1, 2013. Overview of the Container Shipping Market Container shipping is responsible for the movement of a wide range of goods between different parts of the world in a unitized form and, since its beginnings in the 1950s, containerization has become an integral part of the global economy. The use of containers in global trade has resulted in considerable production and efficiency gains and has become important to the process of globalization. A wide range of cargoes are transported by container but most notably container transportation is responsible for the shipment of a diverse selection of manufactured and consumer goods. These cargoes are transported by container to end users in all regions of the world, and in particular from key producing and manufacturing regions to end users in the world’s largest consumer economies. Participants in the container shipping industry include “liner” shipping companies, who operate container shipping services and in many instances own containerships, containership owners, often known as “charter owners”, who own containerships and charter them out to liner companies, and shippers who require the seaborne movement of containerized goods. Containership Demand The expansion of global container trade is heavily influenced by global economic growth, increases in economic consumption at a global and regional level, and the process of globalization. In 2008, global container trade peaked at 135 million TEU, having increased at a compound annual growth rate of 9.5% in the period 1998 to 2008. During this period rapid growth in exports from China drove a significant part of the increase in container trade, along with growth in container trade volumes in and out of Russia and the Baltic, and to and from other emerging markets such as Brazil. Intra-Asian container trade volumes also grew rapidly during this period. In 2009, global container trade was an estimated 122 million TEU following a significant contraction of 9.2% due to the worldwide recession. Global trade subsequently rebounded by 13.1% to 138 million TEU in 2010. Global trade grew by a further 7.2% in 2011 to stand at 148 million TEU, and reached 153 million TEU in 2012, representing growth of 3.2%. The rate of global trade growth is currently expected to stand at 4.8% in full year 2013 and 6.1% in 2014, although these projections are subject to a wide range of risks from the global economy.

244

2

67 69 76 8495

105117

129135122

138148153160

170

-12%-8%-4%0%4%8%12%16%20%24%

020406080

100120140160180

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

(f)

2014

(f)

%growth

millionTEU

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

World Container Trade and Annual Growth

Container trade

Annual % increase

Note: The full year 2013 and 2014 forecasts are as of the start of November 2013 and subject to change. Complete trade and economic data for 2013 is not yet available, estimates are subjective and there is no guarantee that current trends will continue.

Trade Routes and Growth Trends Global container trade is spread over a range of long-haul, regional, and intra-regional routes, which can be separated into four categories. The individual “mainlane” container trades on the major east-west routes are the world’s largest in volume terms. The Transpacific trade route is the world’s largest container trade with 14% of the total container volume in 2012, followed by the Far East-Europe trade route and the Transatlantic trade route. Due to the higher cargo volumes on these routes, they are generally served by very large Post-Panamax ships with capacity of 8000 TEU and above, and by other large Post-Panamax and Panamax containerships generally with capacity from 8000 TEU down to approximately 4500 TEU. There are also some 3000-4500 TEU containerships which continue to serve these trades. Non-Mainlane east-west routes include trade lanes between the Indian Sub-Continent or the Middle East and North America, Europe or the Far East, and are generally served by a range of ship sizes, from smaller Post-Panamax containerships below 8000 TEU to vessels of Panamax size and below. North-south trade routes form the second layer of the global liner network, connecting the northern hemisphere with South America, Africa and Oceania, and are generally served by vessels of between 1000-5000 TEU, but also increasingly by vessels of 5000 TEU and above. Intra-regional trade routes include both intra-Asian and intra-European trades, where containerships below 3000 TEU in size generally provide the majority of transportation. Intra-Asian container trades collectively constitute the largest portion of global containership volumes. Ports involved in these trades, and some north-south trades, often impose infrastructural and other limitations on the vessel types that can be utilized, such as draft restrictions or the lack of availability of handling equipment. As mentioned above, 2012 experienced increased demand for global container trade, although the rate of volume growth slowed from 2011. Recent data suggests that European demand has begun to pick up, having proved weak through the first five months of 2013, and overall, the rate of global demand growth is projected to increase in full year 2013 from 2012. At present, gradually increasing container trade volumes are then expected across trade lanes in 2014, although this projection is subject to a wide range of risks from the global economy.

245

3

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

(f)

2014

(f)

% growth

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

Container Trade Lane Annual Volume Growth

Transpacific E/B Far East-Europe W/BNorth-South Intra-Regional

Note: The full year 2013 and 2014 forecasts are as of the start of November 2013 and subject to change. Complete trade and economic data for 2013 is not yet available, estimates are subjective and there is no guarantee that current trends will continue.

Containership Supply The most significant portion of the global container capable fleet is comprised of fully cellular containerships which as of November 1, 2013, totalled 5,135 vessels with an aggregate capacity of 17.1 million TEU. The remainder of the fleet is made up of a range of non-fully cellular vessel types, including multi-purpose vessels, or MPPs, capable of carrying container and breakbulk cargo, roll-on roll-off cargo vessels, or Ro-Ros, and general cargo vessels, which often have container carrying capacity. Unless noted otherwise, the remainder of the discussion in this section focuses on fully cellular containerships. As of November 1, 2013, liner companies accounted for the ownership of 52.4% of containership fleet capacity, and charter owners, who own containerships and charter them out for operation by liner companies, accounted for 47.6% of total fleet capacity. Overall fully cellular containership standing slot capacity expanded at a compound annual growth rate of 10.5% in the period between the start of 1985 and end of 2009. Fully cellular fleet capacity is estimated to have expanded by 9.6% in 2010 and by 7.9% in 2011. Fully cellular fleet capacity grew by 5.9% in 2012, and is currently expected to grow by 7.0% in full year 2013 and 5.6% in 2014.

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

(f)

2014

(f)

% growth

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

Containership Fleet Capacity Growth

Note: The full year 2013 and 2014 forecasts are as of the start of November 2013. These figures are subject to change as a result of actual delivery delay and cancellation, re-negotiation of contracts and levels of scrapping. Due to technical and contractual issues, there is currently considerable uncertainty surrounding the delivery of the orderbook.

246

4

As of November 1, 2013, the containership orderbook comprised 479 vessels and 3.7 million TEU, representing 21.6% of the existing fleet in terms of capacity. The size of orderbook, however, differed widely across containership size segments, as demonstrated below, with the most significant portion of the orderbook as a proportion of existing fleet capacity being in the larger vessel sizes.

Number '000 TEU % of fleet '000 TEU % of flt '000 TEU % of flt '000 TEU % of flt '000 TEU % of flt

Post-Panamax 8000 & above 252 2,970.6 53.8% 187.0 3.4% 1,062.5 19.2% 1,327.4 24.0% 393.7 7.1% 14%Post-Panamax 3000-7999 98 488.7 13.4% 118.9 3.3% 252.4 6.9% 91.9 2.5% 25.6 0.7% 33%Panamax 3000 & above 11 38.3 1.0% 18.0 0.5% 14.1 0.4% 3.1 0.1% 3.1 0.1% 32%Sub-Panamax 2000-2999 44 103.1 6.1% 19.3 1.1% 25.6 1.5% 48.4 2.9% 9.7 0.6% 35%Handy 1000-1999 65 92.9 5.4% 8.5 0.5% 45.6 2.6% 32.1 1.8% 6.7 0.4% 30%Feeder/Max 100-999 9 7.0 1.0% 4.6 0.7% 1.8 0.2% 0.6 0.1% 0.0 0.0% 50%Total 100+ TEU 479 3,700.5 21.6% 356.3 2.1% 1,402.0 8.2% 1,503.5 8.8% 438.7 2.6% 21%

Containership Orderbook by Year of Delivery

% Non-Delivery (2012)Containership Type Size (TEU)

Total Orderbook 2013 2014 2015 2016

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013. Note: Orderbook data is correct as of November 1, 2013 and does not take into account potential delivery problems. Going forward, the orderbook will be influenced by delays, cancellations and the re-negotiation of contracts. Due to these technical and contractual issues, there is currently considerable uncertainty surrounding the orderbook. The orderbook includes some orders originally scheduled for delivery prior to 2013. Overall, since the start of 2000, the containership orderbook has represented an average of 37% of fully cellular fleet capacity. Towards the end of 2007, the containership orderbook as a proportion of fully cellular fleet capacity reached a high of 60.8%, decreasing to 50.6% at the start of 2009, 38.2% at the start of 2010 and 27.2% at the start of 2011 before increasing marginally to 30.4% at the start of July 2011, and then decreasing to 28.5% at the start of 2012, 21.2% at the start of 2013 and 21.6% as at the start of November 2013.

Orderbook

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Orderbook as % of Fleet (RHS)

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

Historical Containership Orderbook

millionTEU

Note: Orderbook data is correct as of November 1, 2013. The historical orderbook is subject to change as a result of statistical reporting delays.

Although establishing accurate data is difficult, approximately 21% of scheduled deliveries in terms of TEU capacity expected to enter the fleet in 2012 at the start of that year have been confirmed as non-delivered during 2012. This figure was 50% for containerships below 1000 TEU in size, 32% for containerships between 1000 TEU and 2999 TEU, 32% for Panamax containerships and 18% for Post-Panamax containerships. This is partly due to statistical reporting delays but also because of delays in construction and cancellations of orders. The right-hand column of the previous table illustrates the difference between scheduled start year and actual containership deliveries in 2012. Delivering the orderbook presents a number of challenges, with factors both technical and financial facing both shipyards and owners contributing to delays in and cancellations of the containership scheduled deliveries.

247

5

In the period from 1996 to 2008, an average of 313 containership orders was placed each year, with the average annual level of capacity ordered totaling 1.2 million TEU. In 2007, a historical high level of 3.2 million TEU of containership capacity was ordered. In 2008 the volume of ordering slowed to 1.2 million TEU, while containership contracting activity in 2009 was negligible. Contracting activity picked up in the second half of 2010, taking total contracting in 2010 to 0.6 million TEU. Contracting levels remained high in the first half of 2011 and a total of 1.8 million TEU was contracted in the full year. Contracting activity in 2012 once again slowed and a total of 0.4 million TEU was contracted in the full year. In the first ten months of 2013, 203 containerships of a combined 1.7 million TEU were contracted.

In the period from 1996 to 2008, an average of 30 containerships was scrapped each year. A substantial volume of ageing containership capacity was sold for scrap in 2009, with the full year seeing 202 containerships with a combined capacity of 0.38 million TEU sold for scrap, significantly higher than historical levels. In 2010, 86 containerships with a combined capacity of 0.13 million TEU were sold for scrap and in 2011, 60 containerships with a combined capacity of 0.08 million TEU were sold for scrap. In 2012, 178 containerships with a combined capacity of 0.33 million TEU were sold for demolition. In the first ten months of 2013, 152 containerships of a combined 0.34 million TEU have been scrapped. As of November 1, 2013, the average age of a vessel in the containership fleet was 10.9 years. The majority of ageing containership capacity is at the smaller end of the fleet below 4000 TEU, where some capacity may be more at risk of becoming outdated as larger ships prove more efficient at serving increased trade volumes. Overall, 4.1% of containership fleet capacity is currently aged 20 years or more. As a result of the slowdown in demand through 2009, the portion of the fleet not in operation (or “idle”) grew from 0.42 million TEU at the end of 2008 to peak at an estimated 1.52 million TEU of capacity in December 2009, representing approximately 572 vessels, according to AXS-Alphaliner, equal to 11.8% of the global fleet by capacity, according to Clarkson Research. However, the proportion of “idle” capacity declined through most of 2010 and the first half of 2011 as carriers reintroduced capacity on reactivated or newly implemented services, and in some cases upgraded capacity on existing services, to meet the apparent increase in trade volumes. However, owners once again increased the number of “idle” containerships in the second half of 2011 and by mid-March 2012, 302 containerships of a combined 0.91 million TEU were in lay-up according to AXS-Alphaliner, equal to 5.9% of the global fleet by capacity according to Clarkson Research. The total idled capacity has subsequently declined, with just over 3% of the global fleet by capacity (0.52 million TEU) in lay-up at the end of October 2013. Following the downturn in container trade volumes in late 2008 and 2009, a significant number of container shipping services began to be operated by liner companies at slower vessel speeds than in the past, with additional ships added to services in order to maintain fixed regular port call schedules. This management of supply not only reduced liner company bunker costs but also helped absorb containership capacity, as “slow steamed” services offer the same amount of “running” capacity whilst requiring additional standing vessel capacity. As of November 2013, slow steaming remains in place on a range of container shipping services and appears to have been most prevalent on services on the longer mainlane trades such as the Far East-Europe and the Transpacific, where there is the greater possibility to add extra ships and adjust the service speed to an appropriate level, than on shorter-haul trades. Along with the idling of capacity, slow steaming of services was another of a range of initiatives to manage supply during the period of surplus capacity. During this period, redeployment of supply across trade lanes has also been a key feature of the containership sector. With deliveries of new capacity dominated by larger containerships and trade volumes growing more rapidly on north-south and intra-regional trade lanes traditionally served by medium-sized and smaller containerships, a significant degree of vessel redeployment, known as “cascading” has been required. As new very large Post-Panamax vessels have been delivered into service on the Far East-Europe trade lane, vessels have been redeployed from the Far East-Europe to other trade lanes including the Transpacific, from where medium-sized capacity has in turn been redeployed notably to north-south trade lanes, from where in turn some smaller vessels have been redeployed to intra-regional trade lanes for example.

248

6

Containership Markets Containership Timecharter Rates Pricing of containership transportation services occurs against a background of a highly competitive global containership charter market. Containership charter rates depend on the supply of, and demand for, containership capacity, and can vary significantly from year to year. Containership economies of scale mean that the daily timecharter rate per TEU for a larger containership is less than for a ship with lower TEU capacity. The containership charter market experienced significant upward movement in timecharter rates in the period between the start of 2002 and the middle of 2005. The market recovered from the decreases in charter rates seen in 2001 to levels beyond previous market highs before decreasing again mid-way through 2005, stabilizing in the first half of 2006, and then slipping further during the second half of 2006. The first half of 2007 saw the containership charter market recover to rate levels similar to those seen in late 2005 and early 2006. However, the onset of the global economic downturn and the resulting slowdown in container trade growth created a relative oversupply of capacity, leading to a rapid decrease in containership earnings in the latter half of 2008, which continued in the first half of 2009, with earnings remaining depressed during the rest of the year. In 2010, containership charter rates registered an upward trend over the year as a whole and made further gains in early 2011 before decreasing sharply in the second half of 2011 and remaining depressed through 2012 and the first ten months of 2013. Based on an index covering a range of containership sizes, timecharter daily rates improved 84% during 2010 only to decrease by around 29% during 2011 and remain relatively steady though 2012. The estimated one year timecharter rate for a 3500 TEU containership at the end of December 2010 was $14,500 per day. At the end of December 2011, the rate had declined to $6,500 per day and after fluctuating slightly through the following year, it still stood at $6,500 per day at the end of 2012. By the end of October 2013, the benchmark timecharter rate had increased marginally to $7,500 per day. This compares to a ten year historical average of $20,928 per day.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

$'000/day

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

Containership 6-12 Month Timecharter Rates

1700 TEU geared

2750 TEU gearless

3500 TEU gearless

4400 TEU gearless

Note: Estimates based on market assessments for theoretical fully cellular ships by brokers. These estimates are based on a given point in time and are no guide to or guarantee of future rates. Geared vessels have their own cranes for the purpose of loading and unloading containers.

There are limitations and risks to future projections, depending on developments in the world economy and global trade patterns, and the development of ordering, deliveries and scrapping in the future. With the decrease in demand for container volume in 2009, supply far outweighed demand for the global movement of containers, causing significant downwards pressure on the entire container shipping sector. The impact of the differential between growth in demand and supply on the containership charter market pushed rates sharply downwards. Demand growth outpaced capacity expansion in 2010 leading to upwards pressure on rates, while supply growth and demand growth were relatively matched in 2011 on an annual basis. However in 2012, and in the first ten months of 2013, demand growth has proved weaker than the growth in supply, and combined with the majority share of idle capacity

249

7

constituted by charter owner vessels, this has suppressed any significant upwards movement in charter rates. Vessel Values: The Newbuild & Secondhand Containership Market Newbuild Prices: The development of containership newbuild prices reflects both the demand for vessels as well as the cost of acquisition of new containerships by owners from shipyards, which is influenced by the cost of materials and labor, availability of shipbuilding capacity, and the impact of demand from other shipping sectors on shipyards. Economies of scale in containership building mean that the cost per TEU involved in building larger containerships is less than for vessels with smaller TEU capacity. The newbuild price for a benchmark 6600 TEU containership increased from $60.0 million at the start of 2003 to a peak of $108.0 million in the period June to September 2008. However, following the onset of the global economic downturn, this figure fell to $66.0 million at the end of January 2010. By the end of 2010 it had increased to $79.5 million. The figure subsequently softened slightly in 2011, and continued to decrease, falling to $58.0 million at the end of 2012. By the end of October 2013 the benchmark newbuilding price estimate had risen slightly to $65.0 million. The ten year historical average price for a 6600 TEU containership newbuild is estimated at $83.1 million. The following graph shows the historical development of containership newbuild prices.

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

$ millon

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

Containership Newbuilding Price Development

6600 TEU 5100 TEU

2750 TEU 1700 TEU

1000 TEU

Note: Prices are evaluated at the end of each calendar month. Newbuild prices assume “European spec.”, standard payment schedules and “first class competitive yards” quotations.

Secondhand Prices: Over the long-term, as the containership charter market has played an increasingly important role in the container shipping industry as a whole, the market for the sale and purchase of secondhand containerships has also expanded. Secondhand vessel prices are influenced by newbuild prices and also by vessel charter rates or earnings, although there is sometimes a lag in the relationship. Activity on the secondhand market for containerships has grown from the relatively low levels of the past. A portion of this activity has been constituted by the sale of containerships by liner companies to charter owners. These sales have commonly been accompanied by “timecharter back” arrangements whereby the liner company sells the vessel, removing the asset from its balance sheet, then, as part of the transaction, arranges a timecharter of the vessel from the party to which it has sold the ship. The liquidity of the secondhand sales market is much greater for small and medium-sized containerships than for large vessels. Only 299 of the 1,749 secondhand containership sales recorded between the start of 2000 and the start of November 2013 have involved ships with 3000 TEU or more in capacity. Large containerships are generally newer, and more likely to remain owned by their original owner either for their own end use or on an initial relatively long-term charter.

250

8

Secondhand containership sales volumes show some volatility. In 2010, a total of 171 secondhand vessels with a combined capacity of 373,667 TEU were sold, while a total of 94 vessels with a combined 259,437 TEU were sold in 2011 and 152 vessels with a combined 253,988 TEU were sold in 2012. The following graph shows the development of secondhand prices for five-year old 3500 TEU, 1700 TEU and 1000 TEU containerships. Trends in secondhand prices for older containerships typically move according to similar cycles. The price for a benchmark five-year old 1700 TEU containership decreased from $37.5 million at the end of May 2008 to $14.0 million at the end of 2009. There was an upward trend in secondhand containership prices in 2010 and the prices then remained steady in the first eight months of 2011, with the price of a benchmark 1700 TEU containership peaking at $24.0 million, before falling to $17.0 million by the end of 2011. The five-year old 1700 TEU price at the end of 2012 was estimated to be approximately $13.0 million and $14.25 million at the end of October 2013, compared to a ten year historical average of $24.7 million.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

$ million

Source: Clarkson Research, November 2013

Containership Secondhand Price Development

Five-year old 3500 TEUFive-year old 1700 TEUFive-year old 1000 TEU

Note: Prices are evaluated at the end of each calendar month. There have been periods of uncertainty surrounding secondhand prices and the values provided between October 2008 and December 2009 are subject to wider than usual confidence margins.

251